United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Solid Waste and
Emergency Response
(OS-240)
Directive 9200.3-01C
July 1989
Superfund  Program
Management Manual
Fiscal Year 1990
Volume 1
  Program Priorities and Goals
  SCAP Procedures
  National Information Needs
  SCAP/SPMS Targets and Measures
  Program Planning and Reporting Requirements
  Financial Management
  Program Assessment
  Workload Models

-------
                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
        SUPERFUND PROGRAM MANAGEMENT MANUAL


                              FY90



                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY	ES-1
     OVERVIEW	ES-1
     PROGRAM GOALS	ES-1
     SUPERFUND COMPREHENSIVE ACCOMPLISHMENTS  PLAN. ES-4
     INTEGRATED PLANNING	ES-4
     ENVIRONMENTAL  PRIORITIZATION	ES-4
     NATIONAL  INFORMATION  NEEDS	ES-6
     SCAP/CERCLIS RELATIONSHIP	ES-7
     REMEDIAL RESPONSE OUTYEAR  PLANNING	ES-8
     THE BUDGET PROCESS	ES-8
     FY90  RESPONSE BUDGET	ES-9
     FY90 ENFORCEMENT BUDGET	ES-9
     ENFORCEMENT  CASE BUDGET	ES-10
     FY90 CONGRESSIONAL BUDGET
     REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS	ES-10
     SCAP FINANCIAL PLANNING AND THE
     REGIONAL  ADVICE OF  ALLOWANCE	ES-10
     WORKLOAD  MODELS	ES-11
     FOCUS OF THE  SCAP PROCESS THROUGH THE YEAR	ES-11
     ACCOMPLISHMENT REPORTING	ES-12
     SCAP/SPMS AMENDMENTS AND  ADJUSTMENTS	ES-13
     PROGRAM MANAGEMENT  AND ASSESSMENT	ES-14
     SIGNIFICANT CHANGES  FY89 TO FY90	ES-14
     USES OF THE MANUAL	ES-16
     STRUCTURE OF  THE MANUAL	 	ES-17

CHAPTER I - PROGRAM GOALS AND EXPECTATIONS	1-1
     OVERVIEW	1-1
     INTEGRATED  PROGRAM PRIORITIES	1-2
     REMEDIAL PROGRAM  GOALS	1-6
     ENFORCEMENT  PROGRAM GOALS	1-7
          Criteria For RA Environmental Prioritization	1-8
          Application Of Prioritization To Fund Financed Remedial Actions	1-9
          Documentation	1-11
          The Decision Making Process	I-11
          CERCLIS Implementation	1-12
     PRE-REMEDIAL PROGRAM GOALS	1-12
     REMOVAL  PROGRAM  GOALS	1-13
     FEDERAL FACILITIES PROGRAM  GOALS	1-14
     CHEMICAL EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
     AND PREVENTION PROGRAM	,	1-14
          Earthquake and National Security Emergency Preparedness Programs .. 1-14

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
CHAPTER II - SUPERFUND COMPREHENSIVE
ACCOMPLISHMENTS PLAN PROCEDURES	H-l
      INTRODUCTION	H-l
      BACKGROUND	H-l
      SCAP/CERCLIS RELATIONSHIP	H'2
      SCAP  ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES	n'3
      SCAP  CHANGE CONTROL PROCEDURES	n'4
      OVERVIEW OF THE SCAP PROCESS	n'4
      PROCEDURES FOR ANNUAL  TARGET SETTING	n'5
      SCAP  PLANNING	n'8
            Semi-Annual Planning Process	^-8
            CERCLIS Reports for SCAP PlanningfTarget Setting	H-9
      SCAP  ACCOMPLISHMENT REPORTING	H-IO
            CERCLIS Reports for Accomplishment Reporting	H-ll
      SCAP/SPMS  ADJUSTMENTS  AND  AMENDMENTS	H-ll
      MAINTAINING THE TARGETS AND
      ACCOMPLISHMENTS  FILE	H-14

CHAPTER III - NATIONAL  INFORMATION NEEDS	DM
      INTRODUCTION	IH-1
      SUPERFUND  PROGRESS REPORT  (SPR)	IH-2
      SENIOR MANAGEMENT PROGRAM STATUS  REPORTS	ffl-2
            Response Reports	ffl-4
            Enforcement  Reports	Ett-5
      ADMINISTRATIVE  REQUIREMENTS	ffl-6

CHAPTER IV - TARGETS AND MEASURES	IV-1
      ROLE  OF SCAP	IV-1
      SCAP/SPMS  TARGETS  AND  MEASURES	IV-1

CHAPTER V - PROGRAM PLANNING REPORTING	V-l
      INTEGRATED  PLANNING	V-l
      PROGRAM MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES	V-2
      PRE-REMEDIAL PLANNING AND
      REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS	V-4
          Preliminary Assessments/Screening Site Inspections	V-4
          Listing Site Inspection	V-4
     REMOVAL  PLANNING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS	V-4
     REMEDIAL PLANNING  REQUIREMENTS	V-5
          Site Classification	V-5
          Project/Event Lead Codes	V-5
          Takeovers	V-7
          Impact on Funding Status of PRP Takeover	V-8
          Operable Units in Remedial and Enforcement Programs	V-9
          First and Subsequent Starts and Completions	V-12
          To Be Determined (TBD) Sites	V-13
          Standard Timeframes	V-14
          Planning for Mega Sites	V-15
          Treatability Study Planning	V-15
          Alternate Remedial Contracts Strategy (ARCS) Coding	V-16
          Remedial Action Information	V-17
          Project Support Activities	V-19
          Technical Assistance Grants...	V-21
                                  11

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
      ENFORCEMENT PLANNING REQUIREMENTS	V-22
            Mixed Funding Settlements	..V-22
            PRP Removal	V-22
            Pre-RI/FS  Enforcement Activity	V-23
            RI/FS Settlement and Oversight	V-24
            Pre-RD/RA Enforcement Activity - RD/RA
             Negotiations  and  Oversight	V-25
            Section 106 Judicial and Administrative Activity	V-26
            Cost Recovery	V-26
            State Enforcement	V-28
      FEDERAL  FACILITIES	V-28

CHAPTER VI - FINANCIAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT	VI-1
      SCAP'S RELATIONSHIP  TO ANNUAL REGIONAL BUDGET....VI-1
            Pre-Remedial Annual Regional Budget	VI-1
            Remedial Annual Regional Budget	VI-2
                 Fund-Financed RI/FS Funding Strategy	VI-2
            Removal Annual Regional Budget	VI-2
            Enforcement Case Budget ~ Annual Regional Budget	VI-2
            Enforcement Case Budget - Annual Regional Budget	VI-4
      ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE  PROCEDURES  AND FINANCIAL	VI-5
            Regional  Allowances	VI-5
            The AOA Process	VI-5
            AOA Flexibility	VI-6
            AOA Change Request Procedures	VI-8
            FY90 Congressional Reporting Requirements	VI-8
      SCAP'S RELATIONSHIP TO THE AOA	VI-9
            Remedial Financial Planning for AOA	VI-13
            Removal Financial Planning for AOA	VI-14
            Enforcement Financial Planning for AOA	VI-14
      OWPE  CASE  BUDGET PROCESS	VI-14
      OVERVIEW OF THE CASE BUDGET PROCESS	VI-
            Preliminary Case Budget Allocation and Distribution	VI-15
            Regional Planning Against Preliminary Budget	VI-18
            HQ/Regional Adjustment	VI-20
            Final Budget Distribution	VI-20
            Tasking	VI-20
      ACTIVITY  SPECIFIC  CODING INSTRUCTIONS	VI-23
            FY90 Budget Category: PRP Removals
                 PRP  Removals	VI-23
                 Non-NPL PRP  Search	VI-23
                 Removal Negotiation Starts	VI-23
                 PRP  Removal  Oversight	VI-23
            FY90 Budget Category: Pre RI/FS Starts
                 Pre RI/FS Starts	VI-23
                 NPLPRP Search	VI-23
                 RIIFS Negotiation Starts	VI-23
            FY90 Budget Category: PRP RI/FS Oversight
                 PRP RIIFS Oversight	VI-24
                 PRP RIIFS Oversight	VI-24
            FY90 Budget Category: RD/RA Compliance Monitoring
                 RDIRA Compliance Monitoring	VI-24
                 RD/RA   Oversight	VI-24
                                    111

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
      FY90 Budget Category: Litigation Support
             Litigation Support	VI-24
             Administrative Cost Recovery	VI-24
             RD/RA Negotiation Starts	VI-24
             Non-Binding Allocation of Responsibility (NBAR)	VI-24
             Litigation Referrals	VI-25
             Ongoing Litigation Support	VI-25
      FY90 Budget Category: State Enforcement
             State Enforcement	VI-25
      FY90 Budget Category: Federal Facilities
             Federal  Facilities	VI-25
             IAG Negotiations	VI-25
             RI/FS and RD/RA  Oversight	VI-25
      FY90 Budget Category: Program Implementation
             Program Implementation	VI-25
             TES 5 Program Management	VI-25
             Administrative Records	VI-26
             Records Management	VI-26
             Community Relations	VI-26
             Federal Facility Docket	VI-27
             State Enforcement Management Assistance	VI-27
             Information Management	VI-27
             ERA  Oversight	VI-27
             Management Assistance	VI-27
             Preliminary Natural Resource Surveys	VI-27
             Technical Assistance	VI-28
ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL REPORTS	VI-28
      Financial  Planning Reports	VI-28
      Financial Planning Audit Reports	VI-28
      Contract Management	VI-28
             Contract Management Delegation	VI-28
             Interagency Agreements	VI-29
             Technical Assistance	VI-31
             Department of Justice	VI-31
             8(a) Contracts	VI-31
SUPERFUND FINANCIAL  MANAGEMENT	VI-32
      Regional Financial Management Responsibilities	VI-32
             Regional Administrator	VI-32
             Regional Program Office	VI-32
      HQ  Financial Management Responsibilities	VI-35
             Financial Management Division/Office of the Comptroller	VI-35
             Financial and Administrative Management S
             ection/Office of Emergency and Remedial
             Response (FAMS/OERR)	VI-35
             Contracts Management Section/Office of Waste
             Programs Enforcement	VI-35
             Procurement and Contracts Management
             Division/Office of Administration (PCMD)	VI-36
             Grants Administration Division/Office of Administration	VI-36
             Budget Division/Office of the Comptroller	VI-36
             Cincinnati Financial Management Center	VI-36
             Office of Administration/Research Triangle Park	VI-36
                                 IV

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
            Financial Management Tools and Systems	VI-37
                 Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS)	VI-37
                 Account Number	VI-37
                 Document Control Number (DCN)	VI-38
                 Document Control Register (DCR)	VI-38
                 Site/Spill Identifiers (SIS IDs)	VI-38
            Financial Management and Funding Processes	VI-39
                 Approvals	VI-40
                 Commitments	VI-41
                 Obligations	VI-41
                 Payments	VI-42
                 De-obligations	VI-42
            Financial Management Funding Mechanisms	VI-42
                 Contracts	VI-42
                 Interagency Agreements	VI-47
                 Cooperative Agreements (CA)	VI-51
                 Superfund State Contracts (SSCs)	VI-52
                 Cost Recovery/Cost Documentation	VI-54
      HANDLING FINANCIAL DATA  IN THE
      CERCLIS ENVIRONMENT	VI-56
            Entering Remedial/Removal Data into CERCLIS	VI-56
            Entering Enforcement Case Budget Data into CERCLIS	VI-56
            IFMS to CERCLIS Financial Data Transfer	VI-57
            Correcting Financial Data	VI-57

CHAPTER VII - PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND ASSESSMENT	VH-1
      ROLES  AND RESPONSIBILITIES	VH-
      PERFORMANCE  EVALUATION	VH-2
            Quarterly  Reviews	VH-2
            Mid-Year  Assessment	VII-3
            End-of-Year Assessment	Vn-4
      OSWER  REVIEWS OF REGIONAL PERFORMANCE	VH-4
            Identification of Superfund Priority Issues	VII-6
            Assessment of Regional Performance	VQ-6
            Headquarters Strategy Determination	VII-6
            The OSWER  On-Site  Review	VH-7
            Follow-Up	VH-7
      SPECIAL STUDIES & FMFIA	VH-7
      COORDINATION  OF RESPONSES TO OFFICIAL REPORTS	VH-8

CHAPTER VIII - WORKLOAD MODELS	Vffl-1
      OVERVIEW	vm-i
      HAZARDOUS  SPILL  AND SITE RESPONSE MODEL	Vffl-1
      TECHNICAL  ENFORCEMENT MODEL	Vffl-2
            Program Resource Assumptions	Vffl-5
                 Removals	Vffl-6
                 PRP  RIIFS  Starts	Vffl-6
                 PRP RI/FS Oversight	Vffl-6
                 RD/RA Referrals	VIE-6
                 Cost  Recovery Referrals	Vffl-7
                 Ongoing Case Support - Section 106,106/107 and 107	Vffl-7
                 PRP'/Sate (PS) Lead Sites	Vffl-7

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-OlC


                  Remedial RD/RA Enforcement (Compliance)	Vm-7
                  Federal  Facilities	VHI-7
                  Program Implementation	Vm-8

ACRONYMS	I
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS
            Office of Waste Programs Enforcement	IV
            Office of Program Management	V
            Emergency Response Division	VI
            Office of Emergency and Remedial Response	VII
            Hazardous  Site Evaluation  Division	VIE
            Hazardous Site Control Division	IX
U.S.  EPA  REGIONS  MAP	X
                                     VI

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                              LISTOFEXfflBITS

EXHIBIT                                                       PAGE NUMBER
   EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
   ES-1     Priority Setting Matrix	ES-2
   ES-2     Integrated Planning Responsibilities	ES-5
   ES-3     RA Prioritization Criteria	ES-7
   ES-4     SCAP/CERCLIS Responsibilities	ES-9
   ES-5     SCAP  Planning Year	ES-12
   ES-6     Accomplishment Reporting/Regional Responsibilities	ES-13
   ES-7     Amendment Conditions	ES-13
   ES-8     Superfund Management and Assessment Strategy	ES-14
   ES-9     Implementation Responsibilities	ES-15

   CHAPTER I
   I-1       Schedule for Achievement of SARA Goals	I-1
   1-2       Qualitative Legislative and Regulatory Goals	1-2
   1-3       Priority Setting Matrix	1-4
   1-4       RA Prioritization Criteria	1-10

   CHAPTER H
   H-l      SCAP  Planning Year	H-5
   II-2      Primary vs. Alternate SPMS Status and "Approved"
            vs. "Alternate" Budget Priority	n-8
   II-3      SCAP Planning/Target Setting CERCLIS  Reports	H-10
   II-4      Program Evaluation CERCLIS Reports	H-12
   II-5      SCAP Amendment Process	n-13

   CHAPTER IV
   IV-1     SCAP/SPMS Targets	IV-3
   IV-2     SCAP/SPMS Measures	IV-5
   IV-3     SCAP/SPMS Targets for CEPP	IV-7
   IV-4     SCAP/SPMS Measures for CEPP	IV-8
                                    vn

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-OlC

CHAPTER V
V-l       Flexibility Scale for Budgeting/Planning	V-3
V-2       Project/Event Lead Codes in CERCLIS	V-6
V-3       Event or Activity Takeover at Workplan Stage	V-7
V-4       Event or Activity Takeover	V-8
V-5       Operable Unit Groundrules	V-10
V-6       Examples of Operable Units	V-10
V-7       Operable Units and First and Subsequent Start
          and Completion Coding	V-ll
V-8       First and  Subsequent Start and Completions	V-12
V-9       Impossible FSS and FSC Code Combinations	V-12
V-10     Psuedo State Codes	V-13
V-ll     Standard Time Frames	V-16
V-12     ARCS Contractor Codes	V-18
V-13     Remedial Action Remedy  Type Codes	V-20

CHAPTER VI
VI-1     Criteria for Proposed Regional Remedial
          Budget Development	VI-3
VI-2     The Advice of Allowance Process	VI-7
VI-3     Site vs. Non-site Specific Planned Obligations	VI-9
VI-4     Budget Source Codes	VI-10
VI-5     Who Pays for What	VI-11
VI-6     FY90 Case Budget Funded  Activities Required
          To Achieve Program Outputs	VI-16
VI-7     Case Budget Responsiblities	VI-21
VI-8     Regional/HQ Case Budget Reponsibilities	VI-22
VI-9     Enforcement Financial Reports	VI-29
VI-10     Enforcement Financial Audit Reports	VI-30
VI-11     Handling Financial Data in the CERCLIS Environemt	VI-39
VI-12     EPA Forms Commonly Used for Superfund Procurements	VI-43
VI-13     Removal and Remedial Financial Data to
          be Transferred from DFMS	VI-57
VI-14     Corrections to Financial Information in IFMS	VI-58
                                   Vlll

-------
                                                       OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C

CHAPTER VH
VII-1     Implementation Responsiblities	VII-1
VH-2     The  Quarterly Review Process	VH-3
VH-3     The OSWER Review Process	VH-6

CHAPTER Vm
Vm-1    Workload Model Operations Remedial
         Pipline  Information	Vffl-3
VIH-2    Workload Model Operations Remedial
         Pipline  Processing	VIH-4
                                  IX

-------
u

9
en
00
O
         (0 3
         go.
         .2 ra
         5 5
                                               FY90 PROGRAM MANAGER'S SCHEDULE
Task


SCAP Planning Data
Accomplishment Reporting
16
                                  10
                Workload Model
                FY89 SCAP/SPMS

                     Targets & Measures
                FY90 SCAP/SPMS

                     Targets & Measures
                FY91 SCAP/SPMS

                     Targets & Measures
                Superfund Progress Report
                Monthly Management Reports
                ProActive Memo
                Advice of Allowance
                  RA Project Status Review
                Mid-Year Assessment
                End-of-Year Assessment
                "P"  INDICATES PLANNING
                                      INDICATES KEY HQ DATES
                                                                             A"  INDICATES ACCOMPLISHMENTS
                                                                                                                 X

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
QUARTER 1
                                                                 OCTOBER
                                                                 NOVEMBER
                                                                     13-17

                                                                      20

                                                                 DECEMBER
Regions input Advice of Allowance to Integrated Financial Management System
First quarter Advice of Allowance approved by the AA SWER
and Comptroller

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) AA monthly report;
2) special program reports;
3) end-of-year assessment for FY89;
4) Superfund Progress Report;
5) final FY89 SPMS Accomplishments; and
6) Dingell Report.

Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP for pro-active
memorandum
FY90 final targets, including open season changes, set in CERHELP

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) special program reports;
3) AA monthly report; and
4) Dingell Report.

 OMSE SPMS verified (fourth quarter FY89)

 OMSE SPMS system closes (fourth quarter FY89)
Draft FY91 Operating Guidance and SPMS Measures sent to
regions for review

 Pull of CERCLIS/CERHELP data for
  second quarter Advice of Allowance.

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) special program reports;
3) AA monthly report; and
4) Dingell Report.

Second quarter Advice of Allowance request submitted to AA SWER
and placed in CERHELP
                                         XI

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-OlC
         MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (Cont'd)
QUARTER 2

Second quarter Advice of Allowance approved by the AA SWER and
Comptroller

HQ pulls SCAP data from CERCLIS and baseline; FY91 targets and
measures are developed using SCAP Methodologies

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) entry into OMSE SPMS system for first quarterly review;
2) Superfund Progress Report;
3) special program reports;
4) AA monthly report; and
5) Dingell Report.

Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP for pro-active memorandum

OMSE SPMS data verified

OMSE SPMS system closes

Call memorandum containing schedules for semi-annual planning and
mid-year assessment and baseline targets and measures sent to regions

Regional comments on FY91 Operating Guidance due

Program Management (SCAP/Workload Model)
JANUARY
     5


     8
     8

    8-12

     12


     12

     15

    23-24
                                                               FEBRUARY
 Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
 and provided for:
 1) Superfund Progress Report;
 2) special program reports;
 3) AA monthly report; and
 4) Dingell Report.

 Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP to support negotiation of:
 1) preliminary SCAP/SPMS FY91 targets;
 2) preliminary FY91 annual regional budget;
 3) preliminary FY91 FTE allocation; and
 4) budget projections for FY92 projects.
Data pulled from CERCLIS for review of FY90 and FY91 RA project
schedules.

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
         MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (Cont'd)


Final FY90 Operating Guidance issued

Complete HQ/regional negotiations of:
1) FY90 third and fourth quarter targets and budget;
2) FY91 SCAP/SPMS targets;
3) FY91 annual regional budget; and
4) FY92outyear budget.

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLJS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) AA monthly report;
3) special program reports; and
4) Dingell Report.

Data pulled from CERCLIS for mid-year assessment

Pull CERCLIS/CERHELP data for third quarter advice of allowance

CERCLJS/CERHELP revised to reflect negotiated FY92 RA budget and FY91
preliminary targets and measures

Run workload model for preliminary FY91 FTE distribution

Third quarter Advice of Allowance request submitted to the AA SWER
and placed in CERHELP

Memorandum to regions on preliminary targets and FTEs

Draft FY91 SCAP Manual distributed for review

Regions input Advice of Allowance to Integrated Financial Management System

QUARTER 3

Issue Addendum for FY91 Operating Guidance

Third quarter Advice of  Allowance approved by the AA SWER and Comptroller

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP and:
1) entered into OMSE system for second quarterly review;
2) provided for Superfund Progress Report;
3) AA monthly report;
4) special program reports; and
5) Dingell Report.

Pull of data from CERCLIS/CERHELP for pro-active memorandum

OMSE SPMS data verified (second quarter accomplishments)

OMSE SPMS system closes (second quarter accomplishments)

Program Management (Budget/pricing factor) meeting
MARCH

     1
                                      xui

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
           MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (Cont'd)
 Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
 and provided for:
 1) Superfund Progress Report;
 2) special program reports;
 3) AA monthly report; and
 4) Dingell Report.

 Pull planning data for outyear budget
MAY

  7
 Regional Comments on FY91 SCAP Manual due


 Pull of CERCLIS/CERHELP data for fourth quarter Advice of Allowance

 Data pulled from CERCLIS for review of fourth quarter RA Schedules

 Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
 and provided for:
 1)  Superfund Progress Report;
 2)  special program reports;
 3)  AA monthly report; and
 4)  Dingell Report.

 Complete negotiations on RA, removal and enforcement 4Q AOAs

 Final FY91 SCAP Manual

 Call memorandum and FY91 proposed regional budget sent to the regions for
 semi-annual planning update

 Fourth quarter Advice of Allowance request submitted to the AA SWER
 and placed in CERHELP

 Regions input Advice of Allowance to Integrated Financial Management
 System

 QUARTER 4
 Fourth quarter Advice of Allowance approved by the AA SWER and
 Comptroller

 Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
 and provided for:
 1) entry into OMSE SPMS;
 2) Superfund Progess Report;
 3) special progam reports;
4) AA monthly report; and
5) Dingell Report.
  11
.TUNE

  1

  1
  15

  15


  15


  22


  29

JULY

  5
                                     xiv

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
          MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (Cont'd)

Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP for pro-active memorandum
Data pulled from CERCLIS for review of fourth quarter RA projects
Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP to support negotiation of:
1) final SCAP/SPMS FY91 targets;
2) first quarter FY91 removals;
3) final FY91 operating plan; and
4) final FY91 FTE allocation.
OMSE SPMS data verified (third quarter accomplishments)
OMSE SPMS system closes (third quarter accomplishments)

Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) special program reports;
3) AA monthly report; and
4) Dingell Report.
Data pulled from CERCLIS for review of fourth quarter RA projects
Complete negotiations on final FY91 SCAP/SPMS targets and budget
Memorandum to regions on final FY91 budgets, targets and measures

CERCLIS/CERHELP revised to reflect final FY91 budgets, targets and measures
Data pulled from CERCLIS for review of fourth quarter RA projects
Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP for first quarter Advice of Allowance
Accomplishments data pulled from CERCLIS and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) special program reports;
3) AA monthly report; and
4) Dingell Report.
FY91 first quarter Advice of Allowance request submitted to the AA SWER
and placed in CERHELP
Run workload model for final FY91 FTE distribution
Regions input Advice of Allowance to Integrated Financial Management System
    9-13
     24
SEPTEMBER
      7
                                        xv

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                MANAGER'S SCHEDULE OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS (Cont'd)



01IARTER1(FY91>                                                OCTOBER

First quarter Advice of Allowance approved by the AA SWER and the Comptroller      3

Accomplishment data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP                           5
and provided for:
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) special program reports;
3) AA monthly report;
4) entry into OMSE system for FY90 SPMS end-of-year;
5) FY90 end-of-year assessment; and
6) Dingell Report.

Data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP for pro-active memorandum                  5


                                                                  NOVEMBER

Accomplishment data pulled from CERCLIS/CERHELP
and provided for:                                                           7
1) Superfund Progress Report;
2) AA monthly report;
3) special program reports; and
4) Dingell Report.

FY91 final targets, including open season changes, set in CERHELP                  7

OMSE SPMS verified (fourth quarter FY90)                                   12-16

OMSE SPMS system closes (fourth quarter FY90)                                16
                                         xvi

-------
                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

-------
                                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


                           EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
OVERVIEW
       TheFY90 Superfund Program Management Manual presents and discusses the
relationships among the major Superfund program management tools. This includes
identifying program goals and priorities, translating those program priorities into targets
and measures that are planned and tracked through the Superfund Comprehensive
Accomplishments Plan (SCAP), using the targets and measures to allocate resources and,
finally, using the evaluation process to determine whether program goals are being met.

       Regions must develop solutions to performance problems as they encounter them,
and should strive for a balanced approach to site work, encouraging both potentially
responsible parties (PRPs) and states to assume responsibility for response activities.
States and Regional Counsel should be consulted throughout the SCAP planning process
as a primary means of ensuring an integrated and coordinated program effort.


PROGRAM  GOALS

       The central mission of the Superfund program is to use PRP resources as a first
option and then Fund or state resources to maximize the protection of human health and the
environment through fast, effective, and efficient cleanup of priority hazardous waste sites
and releases.  The Office of Waste Programs Enforcement (OWPE) and the Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) collaborated on the development of a matrix
designed to identify and place in rough priority order the Superfund program goals for
FY90 and the activities which support achievement of those objectives.

       The matrix is designed to 1) identify relative program priorities; 2) list major
program activities for which resources are provided; and 3) provide a framework to
estimate the funding levels needed to support the activities.

       The overall goals identified in the matrix (Exhibit ES-1) are:

       •      Mitigate immediate threats;

       •      Move sites into cleanup using PRP resources as a first resort; and

       •      Maintain a baseline of supporting activities.

       The matrix will be used by HQ and the regions in making trade off decisions
during:

       •      Budget formulation;

       •      Operating plan development and initial and final target setting and
              negotiation; and

       •      Mid-year adjustment.
                                       ES-1

-------
                                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                  p.YHTBIT  ES-1

                             Priority Setting Matrix
      PROGRAM PRIORITY
           ACTIVITIES
FUNDING
 LEVEL*
I. Mitigate Immediate Threat
Classic Emergencies (Removal and
Remedial, Fund and Enforcement)

NPL Removals (Fund and
Enforcement)

AOsfor NPL Removals
                                                                             B
                                                                             B
II. Move Sites to Cleanup
   A.  Support Ongoing Work to Com-
      pletion of Current Phase (Oper-
      able Unit)
Support Ongoing RD
Ongoing RA (Fund and PRP)
Ongoing RD/RA Negotiations
Ongoing RI/FS (Fund and PRP)
Ongoing 107 (SOL) Litigation
Ongoing 106 Litigation for Remedy
Ongoing 104 Access
Ongoing Compliance Enforcement
   B.  Take Enforcement Actions to En-
      sure a Strong Enforcement Pre-
      sence and to maximize Likelihood
      of PRP Takeover
  C. Fund RD and RA Starts Where
     Enforcement Action is not
     appropriate
RD/RA Negotiations (New)
PRP RD/RA Starts
106 Settlement Referrals
106 UAOs for RD/RA
107 SOL Referrals
106 Litigation for Remedy
Mixed Funding RD and RA

RD Start (Fund)
RA Start (Fund)
  D. Federal Facilities
Negotiate lAGs
Oversee lAGs
  'A' = ALL and 'B' = BASELINE
   *  "A" and "B" are designed to indicate degree of importance, not an absolute rule
     with regard to funding. As used in this column "B" indicates that we continue to carry
     out a level of activities consistent with prior year activity. "A" means all those activities
     available to be done.
   ** Provided that timely special notice, special notice waiver or general notice with timelines has been issued
     and extensions have been requested/approved consistent with Agency policy.
  *** Consistent with cost recovery strategy.

 (Note: All activities identified in the matrix are to be funded at least at a minimum baseline level.)
                                         ES-2

-------
                                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                      EXHIBIT  ES-1

                         Priority Setting Matrix (Cont.)
PROGRAM PRIORITY

II. Move Sites to Cleanup (continued)
E. Maximize Cost Recovery
F. Initiate RI/FS and Other Activities
to Keep Pipeline Balanced


G. Pre-Remedial, Removal,
Enforcement and
State Support Activities to
Support Long Term Goals







New Initiatives
Essential Program Management
Elements
A. Critical Path Support Activities




B. Core Program Support




^TiHB^^^SBBSSBBB9BS8B!B^SSBSSJSBB^BSBS^5B^?SBJSSS5BJBBBS8
ACTIVITIES


Non-SOLRA Referrals
PRP RI/FS
Fund RI/FS
Listing Sites
State Enforcement RI/FS
Non-NPL Time Critical Removals
AOs for Non-NPL Time Crit. Removal
Pre-Remedial (PA/SI)
1 07 Non-SOL Pre-RA Referrals
TAG Grants
Federal Facilities Pre-Remedial
Non-NPL PRP Search
Core Program Cooperative
Agreements
1 07 Administrative Settlements


PRP Searches
CLP
Removal Support
Remedial Project Support
Community Relations
CERCLIS Database Management
Contract Management
Records Management including
Administrative Records
Program Management
State Program Support
^^^%SR&$S&8SES&G&8G£&£&&S^S55^&Bffll^S&^^&^&^^&
FUNDING
LEVEL*

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B"*
B
B
B
B
B



Fund at
Level to
Support
Program
Integrity
Fund at
Level to
Support
Program
Integrity
WSSS3SSS&SSSS&££S^^&
 'A' = ALL and 'B' = BASELINE
 • "A" and "B" are designed to indicate degree of importance, not an absolute rule
   with regard to funding.  As used in this column "B" indicates that we continue to carry
   out a level of activities consistent with prior year activity. "A" means all those activities
   available to be done.
***  Consistent with cost recovery strategy
(Note: All activities  identified in the matrix are to be funded at leaslat a minimum baseline level.)
                                            ES-3

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 fill PER FUND  COMPREHENSIVE  ACCOMPLISHMENTS  PLAN

        The SCAP is the central mechanism for planning, tracking and evaluating
 Superfund program activities. Because of its program-wide importance, SCAP has a
 dynamic, interdependent relationship with other Agency planning and management
 systems, including:

              Agency Operating Guidance;

              Superfund Budget;

              Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS);

              Superfund Progress Report (SPR); and

        •      Superfund Workload Models.


        Priority activities (as reflected on Exhibit ES-1) and programmatic guidance are
 used to guide the development of the SCAP. Planning reflects current goals under the
 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
 (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
 (SARA), the National Contingency Plan (NCP), and the FY90 Agency Operating
 Guidance.
 INTEGRATED  PLANNING

        Integrated planning is the responsibility of both HQ and the regions. HQ adjusts
 resources within and between the response and enforcement programs to ensure that
 priority activities have adequate resources. Regions provide specific input on the level of
 resources needed to accomplish priority activities, and negotiate SPMS and SCAP
 commitments consistent with realistic site planning.

        Regions should realize, however, that the flexibility to adjust resources in response
 to changing program conditions decreases through time. There is maximum flexibility
 during the budget formulation 12 to 18 months prior to the fiscal year and minimum
 flexibility once the operating year starts. There are no contingency reserves in the operating
 plan. As a result, once the regional operating plan is established at the start of the year,
 resources can be shifted to a region only at the expense of resources for other regions.

       Exhibit ES-2, on the following page, describes the HQ and regional responsibilities
 in the integrated planning process.


 ENVIRONMENTAL PR1ORITIZA TION

       In FY90, resources for enforcement activities and fund-financed RAs are
 constrained.  These resource problems have led to the development of a prioritization
 scheme which ensures that the highest environmental priority sites are addressed and
 enforcement flexibility is maintained. The prioritization scheme is not absolute.
 Programmatic and other implementation factors could cause a site to be elevated in priority
 at either the negotiation stage or the RA stage.  It is important to realize that all NPL sites
 which require further action after the RI/FS are, by definition, priority sites. The issue is
their relative priority.

                                      ES-4

-------
                                                                   OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
                                 EXHIBIT  ES-2

                    INTEGRATED PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES
              REGIONS

      Manage projects to integrate
      enforcement and fund milestones and
      to ensure that schedules and timelines
      are met

      Provide accurate, complete
      and timely project planning data in
      CERCLIS and SCAP

      Follow established planning
      procedures and requirements
                                                       HQ

                                          Joint establishment of
                                          program priorities

                                          Joint review of operating
                                          plans and site commitments

                                          Work with regional managers
                                          on adjusting resources to
                                          meet program priorities
                                          Timely communication with the regions
                                          on changes/additions to SCAP schedules
                                          Reprogram resources between
                                          Fund and Enforcement to
                                          support priority activities
                                          Provide funding and FTE when targets
                                          are negotiated
                                          Involve regions in preliminary
                                          resource requests
                                          Develop policy and guidance in response
                                          to Congressional or Agency initiatives
      Recognize that missed
      commitments in the operating year
      severely affect resource availability
      in future years
       Enforcement activity budget constraints require that resources focus on actions to
ensure timely decisions as to whether settlements are likely to be achieved, or Fund-
financed response or litigation should be employed. RA funding constraints require
prioritization of scheduled projects to ensure that the most environmentally significant
projects can be supported. These criteria will be applied along with other program
considerations, including addressing sites through the operable unit or segmenting
approach, maximizing removal activity at NPL sites (including removal assessments), and
breaking out actions consistent with the "bias for action" approach.

       The following sites and/or projects will not be evaluated under the environmental


              Small dollar RA projects which lead to deletion upon completion;

              Phased construction projects or actions that have been incrementally funded;

              Mixed funding response actions; and

              Long term response activities.
criteria:
                                       ES-5

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       The RA environmental prioritization criteria is contained in Exhibit ES-3. Regions
 should ensure that RD projects in the pipeline continue moving toward completion even if it
 does not appear, based on the decisions made prior to the start of the FY, that these sites
 will be funded for RA. Since the status of RA projects and the funding decisions will be
 reassessed at mid year and throughout the third and fourth quarters, sites that are ready to
 proceed could be moved up in the funding queue.

 NATIONAL INFORMATION NEEDS

       Although the major focus of this manual is the SCAP process and its planning and
 reporting requirements, it must be recognized that Superfund program management
 requires information beyond SCAP-specific reporting.  Senior management must be kept
 current on all aspects of progress at the regional level. Program offices require specific
 program information to adequately manage segments of the Superfund process. Growing
 public concerns related to hazardous waste management require timely and extensive data
 reporting.  Information beyond SCAP-specific data will continue to play a critical role in
 managing and reporting progress of the Superfund program. On the fifth working day of
 each month the national program office pulls data from the Comprehensive Environmental
 Response, Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) on a selected
 number of key indicators of progress in the Superfund program.  CERCLIS  must be up-to-
 date when these reports are prepared. The most effective way to assure that CERCLIS is
 up-to-date is  to enter data as an event or activity occurs. Within 5 working days of an
 accomplishment (e.g., ROD signature, RA obligation, PRP search completion, Consent
 Decree referral, issuance of special notice letters, etc.) regions are expected to have
 recorded the information in CERCLIS. This will ensure that the monthly and quarterly
 management reports given to senior program managers, the Assistant Administrator, the
 Administrator, Congress or the news media are accurate and that any interim or ad hoc
 reports will contain the latest  information. Other non-recurring information requests, such
 as Freedom of Information Act requests,  can also be satisfied  using up-to-date CERCLIS
 data, with little or no need for additional data collection.

       In FY90, the agency will report environmental results  achieved by Superfund.  The
 data elements required for this reporting will be derived from the Superfund Environmental
 Indicators Project that has been ongoing for the past year.  It is unclear at this time how
 these data will be collected and reported.  Additional guidance on  this initiative will be sent
 to the regions.

       HQ is requiring that regions place additional information into CERCLIS on RA
 projects.  This information will be used to develop and justify  the RA budget and provide
 for characterization of RA projects and their associated costs. Regions will not
 receive funds for an RA  in their Advice  of Allowance unless the RA remedy
 type is in CERCLIS.  Regions will  not receive credit for a PRP  RA start
 unless the remedy type is in CERCLIS.

      HQ is also initiating several strategies for enhancing CERCLIS data quality.  The
data quality problems which are the focus of the strategies include reconciling historical
data in CERCLIS, addressing  problems with management reports that use inconsistent
select logic and improving operating year data in non-resource related areas.
                                     ES-6

-------
                                                               OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
  PRIORITY 1
                                EXHIBIT  ES-3

                         RA PRIORITIZATION CRITERIA
Immediate or imminent threat to human health as determined by
ATSDR or other.
  PRIORITY 2
Actual exposure or exposure occurring within the short term* which
results in:
 • risk to human health greater than risk-based site
   remediation goals; or
 • risk to human health greater than a hazard index of 1; or
 • contamination which exceeds health-based ARARs.

An ATSDR determination than an actual public health
threat exists.

Actual or short term threat to endangered species.
   PRIORITY 3
An ATSDR determination that a probable health threat exists.

Existence of an actual or short term* threat to sensitive
environments.
   PRIORITY 4
Potential for exceeding any ARAR in the long term.

Potential for exceeding risk-based site remediation goals in the
long term.

ATSDR determination that a potential public health problem exists.
  PRIORITY 5
Potential threat to endangered species.

Potential threat to sensitive environments.
     * Short term means the amount of time not exceeding twice the time of the
       planned remedial action.

SCAP/CERCLIS RELATIONSHIP

       The SCAP represents the management  process used to set performance targets,
report significant accomplishments and allocate resources. CERCLIS is the information
system used to develop the SCAP. (Exhibit ES-4 indicates the major
Headquarters/regional SCAP/CERCLIS responsibilities.)

       Only data as recorded in CERCLIS will be recognized by Headquarters for SCAP
tracking, planning and evaluation purposes. This includes information used for budget
formulation, the workload model, setting of annual and quarterly targets and other national
information needs.  No monies will be issued to  the regions through the
Advice of Allowance process unless  the appropriate obligation and
                                     ES-7

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
commitment data  are reflected in CERCLIS   No  FTE) are given to projects
that are incorrectly coded and scheduled in CLKLLlfc.
                                f YHTRTT ES-4

                      SCAP/CERCLIS RESPONSIBILITIES
          REGIONAL
      RESPONSIBILITIES

  Plan and schedule all pre-remedial, remedial
  and removal events and
  enforcement activities

  Update CERCLIS on a regular basis (within
  5 days) to report accomplishments, changes
  in planning data or adjustments in approved
  plans

  Reconcile CERCLIS financial data with
  data automatically transferred from FMS

  CERCLIS data maintenance and integrity

  Update CERHELP to reflect
  accomplishments and target site
  substitutions
      HEADQUARTERS
     RESPONSIBILITIES

Determine the Advice of Allowance
(AOA) based on region's input of SCAP
planned activities and assure that
regional budgets are balanced

Respond to regional requests for
changes through the change request and
amendment process

Enter negotiated targets and measures and
site back-up in CERHELP

Update CERHELP to reflect
approved target changes

Enter and maintain data on AOA through
the CERHELP data base
 REMEDIAL RESPONSE  OUTYEAR  PLANNING

       When a site is proposed as a candidate for a RI/FS start regions must develop and
 record in CERCLIS a schedule for the core remedial activities and core enforcement
 activities. Where better data are not available, regions should use the standard timelines
 provided in the manual. As better information on project schedules and RA
 costs  becomes available, regions must  update their SCAP data in
 CERCLIS. Keeping the data current in CERCLIS is a continuous process that is
 particularly important for outyear budget planning, the workload model, regional
 evaluation, and SCAP/SPMS target setting.
 THE  BUDGET PROCESS

       The budget planning process begins a year and a half prior to the start of the fiscal
 year. In February 1990, regions will begin planning for major remedial dollar
 expenditures, as well as expenditures for key enforcement actions in FY92. To project the
 FY92 budget, regions must review core activity schedules for projects expected to begin in
 FY92. Since Fund-financed RAs play such a major role in the Superfund budget, it is
 crucial that these projects are identified and reasonable cost estimates derived using the draft
Feasibility Study (FS), the Record of Decision (ROD) or Cost Of Remedial Action (CORA)
Model estimates.
                                      ES-8

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
FY90   RESPONSE
       The FY90 funding in the response program is essentially the same as FY89 in the
pre-remedial, removal, RI/FS, and remedial support areas. Significant growth is projected
for RA projects.  However, a major portion of the FY90 RA budget will be needed to
support projects which were phase funded or deferred in FY89. This in turn will limit the
number of Fund-financed FY90 remedial actions which can be supported. A fundamental
concern in FY90, as in previous years, is that construction begins at all sites in a timely
mariner.  To meet this objective, the recommended approach is that regions issue special
notice letters (where appropriate) and bring negotiations to a close within the moratorium
time periods, issue unilateral Administrative Orders where appropriate, lodge enforceable
Consent Decrees within a reasonable time period where settlement occurs, and use the
authority of Section 106 (administrative or judicial) to bring about a PRP lead cleanup. If
these methods fail, the Fund should be used. As in FY89, those sites which have
completed negotiations, have not settled and are not deemed suitable for litigation will be
funded for RD in FY90. This will ensure that PRPs are fully aware that Fund-financed
actions will be initiated when negotiations fail. Those sites at the RA phase which are not
candidates for a Section 106 action should be evaluated against the environmental
prioritization criteria and placed in the funding queue.

       FY90 represents the third year of the Fund-financed RI/FS full funding strategy.
The strategy calls for full funding of all program lead RI/FS projects started prior to or
during FY90 by the end of the year. Successful implementation of this strategy requires
meeting the RI/FS cost reduction  goals initiated in FY89.  This requires that RI/FS costs be
reduced to a national average of $750,000 per operable unit and $1,100,000 per site.  This
strategy does not include a small number of unusually large or complex sites which will
continue to be funded on an annual basis.
       Regional activities must fall within the final negotiated budget levels.  The
 regional Advice of Allowance will not  be issued unless the approved
 planned obligations, commitments and  actual  obligations  are  within the
 annual  budget.


 FY90 ENFORCEMENT  BUDGET

       Extramural funding in FY90 for enforcement activities is at approximately the same
 level as in FY90. There was some modest growth in FTEs. The net result is, however,
 shortfalls in both parts of the budget. This leads to constraints across the enforcement
 program. The budget does not support as many PRP removals, RI/FS starts, ongoing
 RI/FS, RD/RA negotiations and referrals, and cost recovery actions as is possible.
 Consequently, regional managers must consider the effects across the program when
 making a decision to focus on one part of the program as opposed to another.  The rough
 order of priority should be on maintaining ongoing project oversight and compliance
 enforcement, maintaining ongoing litigation for response and cost recovery, referring
 statute of limitation (SOL) cost recovery cases and negotiating PRP RD/RA response.

       The extramural budget constraint in FY90 limits regional funding to the fiscal year.
 That is, wherever possible, PRP oversight and ongoing case support should not be funded
 into FY91. Fully funding projects into FY91 severely limits resources for FY90 projects.

       Regional extramural budgets must fall within their Advice of Allowance.  The AOA
 will not be issued unless approved, planned obligations are within the budget ceiling.


                                      ES-9

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 ENFORCEMENT  CASE  BUDGET

        The Case Budget refers to the extramural financial resources necessary to pay for
 Superfund enforcement support.  A region's Case Budget Allocation contains its share of
 available extramural resources to support the enforcement SPMS/SCAP targeted activities
 and funding needs for non-targeted activities identified in CERCLIS. The budget for most
 of the activities is based on the activity pricing factors in Appendix G.


 FY90  CONGRESSIONAL BUDGET  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS

        Congress is requiring that the Agency establish budget levels and track financial
 activities for the following eight response program areas:

              Pre-remedial;
              RI/FS;
              RD;
              RA;
              Removal actions;
              Response support;
              Remedial support; and
              Removal support.

        If planned or actual obligations exceed any of the budget levels by $2 million ($10
 million for RAs) or more, the Agency must notify Congress. CERCLIS will be used to
 manage the monitoring and after the fact reporting requirements. This requirement will not
 affect the region's ability to obligate funds, nor will it impact the flexible funding initiatives
 implemented in FY88.


 SCAP FINANCIAL  PLANNING AND THE REGIONAL ADVICE OF
 ALLOWANCE

        The SCAP financial planning process is the mechanism which drives the quarterly
 AOA approved by the AA S WER and the Office of the Comptroller. The process for
 issuing the AOA begins four weeks prior to the start of each quarter when planned site and
 non-site specific obligation data are pulled from CERCLIS and reviewed by Headquarters.
 Two weeks prior to the end of the quarter HQ will put the approved AOA amount into
 CERHELP and send a copy to the AA SWER.  Regions must put this amount into IFMS
 before the end of the quarter.  The AA SWER and the Office of the Comptroller will review
 the amounts in IFMS and approve or disapprove the AOA at the beginning of the quarter.

       The Office of the Comptroller will issue the following allowances to the regions in
 FY90:

             RA (site-specific);
             RD (non-site specific);
             RI/FS;
             Other Remedial;
             Removal; and
             Enforcement.

       The other remedial allowance includes site specific and non-site specific program
and project support activities and technical oversight of Potentially Responsible Party
(PRP) RD and RA projects. Consistent with the flexible funding criteria developed in

                                     ES-10

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

FY88, regions have the flexibility to move funds among projects within the RD AOA, the
other remedial AOA and RI/FS AOA. Based on regional priorities, regions can also move
funds among projects covered by the RA AOA, between AOAs and between the
enforcement and response programs. These shifts require a SCAP amendment, must be
reflected in CERCLIS, and may require Congressional notification and/or approval. HQ
will generally approve shifting funds between allowances for the following activities:

       •     Classic emergencies;
       •     PRP oversight;
       •     RA projects (consistent with the national prioritization); and
       •     Removals at NPL sites.

WORKLOAD  MODELS

       Regional full time equivalent (FTE) allocations are made through the Hazardous
Spill and Site Response model and the Technical Enforcement model.  Resources for the
pre-remedial, remedial, and removal programs are contained in the Response model.
Enforcement and Federal Facility resources are in the Technical Enforcement model.

       The workload models are designed to reflect priorities and policies contained in
both the budget request and the SCAP/SPMS planning process.  For the most part, the
workload models are a straightforward application of FTE pricing factors from the national
budget to region-specific SCAP/SPMS  targets and projections in CERCLIS. No FTE
are given to projects that  are  incorrectly coded and  scheduled in CERCLIS.

       Regional FTE allocations occur in two stages.  An initial allocation of 95% of the
total regional response and enforcement FTEs is made in April based on the preliminary
negotiated SCAP/SPMS targets and schedules.  A final distribution is made in September
and reflects the final negotiated SCAP. Unless major target changes occur in the final
SCAP, each region receives, at a minimum, the FTE level developed in April.


FOCUS OF THE SCAP PROCESS  THROUGH THE YEAR

       Current fiscal year planning information must be updated regularly by the regions
through CERCLIS.  Routine changes in planning information, i.e., those that do not
require a target or budget change, can be made by the region without HQ involvement.  In
recognition of this, HQ and the regions will conduct formal negotiations twice a year.
During these formal negotiation time periods, current year issues and problems will be
discussed, as well as schedules and budgets for future fiscal years. States should be
consulted prior to negotiations to ensure an integrated and coordinated EPA and state effort.
The focus of regional responsibilities during the formal SCAP update/negotiation periods is
outlined in Exhibit ES-5.

       Although RA funding will be based on the environmental prioritization criteria,
these RAs will be carefully assessed at mid-year and throughout the third and fourth
quarters to identify slippage in schedules.  If it appears that planned RAs with approved
funding will not be ready to start in FY90,  adjustments may be made within and among
regional RA budgets.

       The fourth quarter SCAP update is  the most important planning event of the year.
This update will yield final SPMS targets and will set each region's annual budget for the
upcoming year.  In addition, commitments made during this update will be the basis of
final regional FTE distribution.
                                     ES-11

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                pYHTRTT  ES-5

                          SCAP PLANNING YEAR
     SECOND QUARTER (JANUARY/FEBRUARY 1990)

         Revise FY90 annual budget ceilings to reflect first and second quarter
         performance and revised plans for the remainder of the year
         Update and negotiate planning information in CERCLIS for the third and fourth
         quarter FY90
         Review slippage in FY90 targets for development of action strategies
         Reassess the remedial action funding strategy
         Negotiate preliminary FY91 SCAP/SPMS targets and measures
         Negotiate preliminary annual regional budgets for FY91
         Determine preliminary FY91 FTE allocations based on the
         preliminary targets and measures
         Provide complete site schedules including planned RA obligations to
         allow HQ to project the outyear budget (FY92)
         Negotiate third and fourth quarter enforcement AOA

     FOURTH QUARTER (JULY 1990)

         Finalize  FTEs for FY91
         Establish final SCAP/SPMS commitments for FY91
     •    Establish FY91 annual regional budget
ACCOMPLISHMENT  REPORTING

       Data on accomplishments will be pulled from CERCLIS by Headquarters on the
fifth working day of each month. Monthly data will be used in reports to the Assistant
Administrator, Congress, the public, etc., on the progress of the Superfund program. This
is also the information that will be used for calls to the Regional Administrators regarding
progress on the key indicators tracked in the Assistant Administrator's pro-active
memorandum. Formal accomplishment reporting for SPMS and SCAP purposes will be
pulled on the fifth working day of each quarter. This information will be used to evaluate
regional progress toward meeting SCAP and SPMS targets and submitted to the Office of
Management Systems and Evaluation (OMSE) for reporting SPMS accomplishments.

       The major regional responsibilities during the accomplishment reporting phase are
shown below in Exhibit ES-6.
                                    ES-12

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                              EXHIBIT  ES-6
                ACCOMPLISHMENT REPORTING PHASE
                     REGIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
               •  Reconcile financial data in CERCLIS with data
                  transferred from FMS;

               •  Ensure accomplishment information in CERCLIS
                  is current;

               •  Perform QA/QC procedures on SCAP and SPMS
                  data in CERCLIS.
SCAP/SPMS AMENDMENTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

       SCAP incorporates flexibility into the planning process through the adjustments and
amendments mechanism which allows the regions to change their plans during the year.
Amendments are changes to SCAP which meet the conditions shown in Exhibit ES-7.

                              EXHIBIT  ES-7
                       AMENDMENT CONDITIONS

                    Change a quarterly or annual SPMS or SCAP
                    target;

                    Increase the region's annual budget;

                    Change an Advice of Allowance.
      Adjustments are any other changes to SCAP during the fiscal year. Regions may
adjust their SCAP plans without Headquarters approval. SCAP amendments must be
approved by the appropriate OSWER Office Director. SPMS amendments are reviewed
and concurred on by the relevant program office (OWPE or OERR), but must be approved
bytheAASWER.

      Regions are responsible for maintaining the sites in the CERHELP Targets and
Accomplishments data file to reflect SCAP adjustments. Regions will be allowed to add or
delete sites from this file, for the purpose of substituting sites. The overall targeted number
of sites must remain constant throughout the year. However, the site-specific CERCLIS
records should be updated when a SCAP or SPMS amendment is requested.
                                   ES-13

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 PROGRAM  MANAGEMENT  AND  ASSESSMENT

       The Superfund program management and assessment strategy has four components
 as shown in Exhibit ES-8.

                                EXHIBITES-S
                         SUPERFUND MANAGEMENT
                              AND ASSESSMENT
                                 STRATEGY

                    •   Performance evaluation with
                        CERCLIS data;

                    •   Superfund participation in the OSWER
                        regional reviews;

                     *   Special studies;* and

                     •   Coordination of responses to official
                        reports.**
                  * e.g., High priority studies tracked through the Office Director's
                  High Priority Workplans that assist the National Program Manager
                  in implementing the program and support the Federal Managers
                  Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) requirements.

                  ** e.g.. Reports from the General Accounting Office (GAO) and
                  the Office of the Inspector General (OIG).
       Together these components give program managers regular opportunities to
 recognize high performance, focus resources in regions that demonstrate success, and
 provide training and technical assistance to those regions that are experiencing difficulties.

       Regional and HQ responsibilities for implementing and conducting the program
 evaluation strategy process are shown in Exhibit ES-9.

 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES FY89 TO FY90

       The following discussion summarizes the significant changes in the Superfund
 Program Management Manual and the SCAP planning process between FY89 and FY90.

       The Superfund program goals and priorities associated with site cleanup remain
 unchanged. However, the performance expectations of each of the programs have been
revised. In the FY90 Manual, the concepts of integrated (Fund and Enforcement) planning
and the integrated Superfund priority setting matrix are elaborated upon (see Chapters I and
                                      ES-14

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                EXHIBIT FS-9

                   IMPLEMENTATION RESPONSIBILITIES
              REGIONAL
         RESPONSIRTIJTTF^

   Meet quarterly SCAP and SPMS targets
   and solve performance problems when
   they arise.

   Provide quarterly SCAP and SPMS
   data to HQ through CERCLIS.

   Maintain CERCLIS data quality at high
   levels for Superfund program and
   project management.

   Participate in OSWER On-Site reviews

   Negotiate performance standards that
   provide individual accountability for
   quarterly targets.

   Develop action strategy to recoup
   slipping targets.
      HEADQUARTERS
     RESPONSIBILITIES

Provide guidance to the regions for
preparing the quarterly review, the
mid-year assessment, the year-end
assessment, and the OSWER
On-Site Review.

Identify priority issues and participate
in OSWER On-Site reviews.

Implement and report on follow-up
action items from the OSWER On-Site
review and Superfund mid-year
assessment.

Review monthly performance data
reported by the regions and negotiate
action strategies with regions for
recouping slipping targets.

Continually assess program
performance and analyze timeliness
and quality of work.

Recommend resource re-allocation
based on regional needs and
performance.

Assure that all staff are informed of the
results of performance reporting and
OSWER reviews.

Identify and undertake high priority
special studies.

Assure that special studies and external
official reports are reflected in FMFIA
documentation.
       Resources for post-ROD activities (except RDs) are constrained. As a result, an
environmental prioritization scheme is being developed to focus regional resources on
priority sites (see Chapter I).

       The SCAP/SPMS targets and measures, definitions and FY91 methodologies for
target setting are revised. The SPMS targeting measures for both programs have been
reduced.  The SCAP targeting and reporting measures have increased (see Chapter IV and
Appendixes A and D).

                                     ES-15

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
        As part of the national information reporting needs, regions will begin reporting
 indicators of environmental progress in Superfund (see Chapter HI).

        New planning or information requirements for certain activities were incorporated
 into the SCAP process. These include planning for treatability studies, projecting mixed
 funding settlements, developing mega-site management plans, identifying ARCS
 contractors with associated work, developing enforcement site management plans, and
 recording additional information on RA projects and budgets in CERCLIS. To counter
 these additional requirements, the planning of project support activities and site
 classification have been revised and simplified (see Chapter V).

        The removal Advice of Allowance process has been revised (see Chapter VI).

        Regional contingency accounts for design projects and other (non-RA) activities
 will be allowed. These accounts can be used for short term budget balancing, to identify
 funds made available by PRP takeover, to "backstop" PRP negotiations and to cover
 potential changeover costs. Dollar amounts in these accounts will be limited and monitored
 byHQ. (see Chapter VI).

        The Enforcement Case Budget system has been revised as a result of revisions to
 the Technical Enforcement workload model. Chapter VI and Appendix G discuss the new
 Case Budget planning requirements.

        Congress is requiring the Agency to budget and report planned and actual
 obligations in eight response program areas (see Chapter VI).

        The Advice of Allowance structure has changed (see Chapter VI).

        The Agency begins full implementation of the Integrated Financial Management
 System (IFMS) in FY90. The effects of this system on SCAP financial planning and
 management and the Advice of Allowance are described in Chapter VI.

        The FY90 Manual has been expanded to include a discussion of the Response and
 Enforcement workload models and an explanation on how resources are allocated in the
 two models (see Chapter VIE).

        The SCAP/SPMS planning requirements of the Chemical Emergency Preparedness
 and Prevention Program have also been added to the Manual (see Chapter IV and Appendix
 F).


 USES  OF THE  MANUAL

       The FY90 Program Management Manual includes information and guidelines for
 regional staff on Superfund program goals and priorities, the development of planning
 data, the application of planning data to the workload model process, Superfund financial
 management (including the new Case Budget process), the tracking of accomplishments
 and the evaluation of regional progress toward meeting program goals. The FY90 SCAP
planning and evaluation process is supported by the information contained in this manual
Users of the manual must also refer to the CERCLIS User Reference Notebook for specific
guidance on SCAP data coding, entry, maintenance and generation of SCAP reports.
                                     ES-16

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


STRUCTURE OF  THE MANTJAI

       The FY90 Program Management Manual consists of two volumes. The remainder
of Volume I contains information on:

       •      Program priorities and goals;

       •      SCAP procedures;

       •      National information needs;

       •      SCAP targets and measures;

       •      Program planning requirements and procedures;

       •      Financial planning and management;

       •      Evaluations; and

       •      Workload models.

Volume II includes the following Appendices:

       •      Appendix A presents the methodologies used to derive the FY91
              preliminary targets and measures;

       •      Appendix B discusses the applicability of the Freedom of Information Act
              (FOIA) to SCAP;

       •      Appendix C provides a crosswalk displaying the relationship between
              CERCLIS Enforcement activities, remedies and events and their
              corresponding codes;

       •      Appendix D is divided into two sections. Section 1 provides technical
              definitions for the SCAP/SPMS targets and measures and Section 2
              provides definitions for other planning activities. A brief description of the
              planning processes associated with each definition is included;

       •      Appendix E is a compilation of select logic for SCAP reports;

       •      Appendix F contains the planning requirements and definitions for the
              Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program; and

       •      Appendix G is the CERCLIS coding instructions and activity pricing factors
              for Case Budget.

       In summary, the FY90 Manual encompasses many new or revised program
management policies, processes and procedures. In order  to acquire a more in-depth
understanding, the manual  itself should be read.
                                      ES-17

-------
                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              CHAPTER I



PROGRAM GOALS AND EXPECTATIONS

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 92003-01C
          CHAPTER I - PROGRAM GOALS
                AND EXPECTATIONS
       ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.
      Evaluate RA projects ready for funding in a given year
      against the RA environmental prioritization criteria, and
      submit documentation by June 23,1989 for RAs in
      FY90.

      Only RA projects with documentation will be considered
      for funding.

      The RA funding decisions will be reevaluated at mid-year
      and throughout the third and fourth quarter, therefore
      keep RDs on schedule.

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
CHAPTER  T - PROGRAM
                                                 AND FXPECTATIQNS
OVERVIEW
 A            !S a vital year for ^ Superfund program as the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) enters the fourth year of the five year Superfund Amendments and
Keautnorization Act (SARA) and looks toward reauthorization. Exhibits 1-1 and 1-2 outline
major SARA goals. By October 16, 1989, EPA faces the statutory deadlines for starting
 l /} Remedial Actions (RAs) and 275 Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Studies (RI/FS).
in addition, the pipeline for meeting the subsequent 1991 deadline for starting another 200
RAs must be well underway. As funding grows tighter, regions need to increase their use
or the wide range of settlement authorities provided by SARA to compel Potentially
Responsible Party (PRP) response.  Where this cannot be achieved, regions should issue
unilateral orders to viable PRPs and/or refer Section 106/107 cases.  Cost recovery actions
should be initiated to address the backlog of cost recovery sites. Removals will need to be
undertaken for "classic emergencies" first and then for time critical removals at National
Priorities List (NPL) sites where the removal will lead to deletion. The goals for the pre-
remedial program found in SARA require that all sites in the Comprehensive Environmental
Response,  Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) as of October 16,
1986 be evaluated for inclusion on the NPL by October 1990.

       Effective pursuit of SARA's statutory goals, as well as achieving the goal of
cleaning up sites, requires constant attention to the proper balance among enforcement and
Fund-financed options.

                                  EXHIBIT T-1
            SCHEDULE FOR ACHIEVEMENT OF SARA GOALS
 SECTION
 M^kHH|H^H^^^B^^^^^^^H

 SARA116(a)(l)




 SARA 116(a)(2)



 SARA 116 (b)



 SARA116(d)(l)
 SARA 116(e)(l)

 SARA116(e)(2)
                           GOAL
         To the maximum extent practicable, (MEP) EPA shall have
         conducted Preliminary Assessments at all sites on CERCLIS
         at the time of enactment of SARA.


         To the MEP, EPA shall have performed Site Investigations where
         PAs have shown they were warranted.

         All sites on CERCLIS at the time of enactment of SARA will be
         evaluated for inclusion on the NPL.
         EPA will commence at least 275 Remedial Investigations/
         Feasibility Studies.
                            OR
         EPA will commence 450 RI/FS
         and an additional 20O RI/FS.

         EPA will commence 175 Remedial Actions.

         EPA will commence 200 additional Remedial Actions.
10/89


10/90
10/91

10/89

10/91
                                        1-1

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                     F.XHTRTT  1-2
       QUALITATIVE LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY GOALS
                                             ••^^•W^^MHIB

  SECTION                                  GOAL
           •••••^•^^•^^•••••••••H

  SARA 121 (a)       To the extent practicable, Remedial Actions shall be in accordance with the
                    NCP and shall be cost effective remedies.



  SARA 121 (b)      A preference shall be given to remedies that include, as their principal
                    element, treatment that permanently and significantly reduces the volume,
                    toxicity, or mobility of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants.
                    RAs should be protective of human health and environment, cost effective,
                    and utilize permanent solutions and alternative treatment technologies or
                    resource recovery technologies to the maximum extent practicable.


  SARA 121 (d)      Applicable or relevant and appropriate Federal standards and more stringent
                    State standards must be attained in CERCLA cleanups.


  SARA 118         High priority for remedial action shall be given to sites  at which the drinking
                    water supply has been contaminated.

  CERCLA 104 (a)    Primary attention in response actions should be given to public health threats.

  NCP 300.61 (c)     In determining the need for and in planning or undertaking Fund financed
                    action, the lead agency shall engage in prompt response, encourage state
                    participation in response actions, conserve Fund monies by encouraging
                    private party cleanups, be sensitive to local community concerns, rely on
                    established technology, but also consider alternative...technology, involve
                    the RRT...at appropriate stages, encourage involvement...by industry and
                    other experts, and encourage involvement of organizations to coordinate
                    responsible party actions, foster site cleanup, and provide technical advice
                    to the public.
INTEGRATED PROGRAM  PRIORITIES

        In FY89, the Office of Waste Programs Enforcement (OWPE) and the Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) worked with the regions to develop a matrix
designed to identify and place in rough priority order the Superfund program's goals for
FY90 and the activities which support achievement of those objectives.

        The matrix is designed to provide the following:

        •       Identification of the most significant categories of program priorities,
               arranged in order of importance where possible;

               Listing of all the program activities that receive resources, grouped
               according to their contribution to a program priority; and

               Estimation of the funding level needed to support that activity.
                                           1-2

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


       The matrix provides a framework for establishing, testing and adjusting resource
levels. This matrix will be used by HQ and the regions in making trade off decisions
during:

              Budget formulation;

              Operating plan development and initial target setting and negotiation; and

       •      Mid-year adjustment.

       The overall organization of the matrix is governed by the following concepts:

       •      After dealing with any emergency situations that may arise, the highest
              priority for the Superfund program is to maintain ongoing projects. The
              next highest priority is to move sites quickly into construction while
              insuring that PRPs are always the first option for financing cleanup actions;

       •      All of the activities listed in the matrix contribute in a significant manner to
              Superfund program success. Therefore, priority setting must be couched in
              terms of maintenance of an essential minimum baseline of activity across the
              board; and

       •      A baseline of supporting activities must be maintained to ensure that a
              constant flow of projects is maintained across the remedial and removal
              pipelines, and that the entire program maintains its operating integrity.

       Use of the matrix is constrained by the following assumptions:

       •      Although baseline levels may be adjusted, there is a minimum level of
              activity that will be supported, even if all of the high priority activities that
              fall under funding level "A" are not funded. The basic decision on the
              baseline is the responsibility of the national program managers;

       •      Proposed shifts in funding between activities during the course of an
              operating budget year will be carefully scrutinized to assure their possibility
              of implementation;

       •      The ordering of the matrix may change from year to year in response to
              Congressional or Agency initiatives; and

       •      Shortfalls in priority activities that may lead to a requested reprogramming
              are evaluated at a national level.

       Exhibit 1-3, on the following page, is the integrated priority setting matrix.
                                        1-3

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                             Priority Setting Matrix
      PROGRAM PRIORITY
                                                ACTIVITIES
                                       FUNDING
                                        LEVEL*
L Mitigate Immediate Threat
Classic Emergencies (Removal and
Remedial, Fund and Enforcement)

NPL Removals (Fund and
Enforcement)

AOsfor NPL Removals
                                                                             B
                                                                             B
II. Move Sites to Cleanup

   A.  Support Ongoing Work to Com-
      pletion of Current Phase (Oper-
      able Unit)
   B.  Take Enforcement Actions to En-
      sure a Strong Enforcement Pre-
      sence and to maximize Likelihood
      of PRP Takeover
   C.  Fund RD and RA Starts Where
      Enforcement Action is not
      appropriate
   D.  Federal Facilities
Support Ongoing RD
Ongoing RA (Fund and PRP)
Ongoing RD/RA Negotiations
Ongoing RI/FS (Fund and PRP)
Ongoing 107 (SOL) Litigation
Ongoing 106 Litigation for Remedy
Ongoing 104 Access
Ongoing Compliance Enforcement
RD/RA Negotiations (New)
PRP RD/RA Starts
106 Settlement Referrals
106 UAOs for RD/RA
107 SOL Referrals
106 Litigation for Remedy
Mixed Funding RD and RA
RD Start (Fund)
RA Start (Fund)
Negotiate lAGs
Oversee lAGs
  'A'= ALL and'B' = BASELINE
    *  "A" and "B" are designed to indicate degree of importance, not an absolute rule
      with regard to funding. As used in this column "B" indicates that we continue to carry
      out a level of activities consistent with prior year activity. "A" means all those activities
      available to be done.
   **  Provided that timely special notice, special notice waiver or general notice with timelines has been issued
      and extensions have been requested/approved consistent with Agency policy.
  ***  Consistent with cost recovery strategy.

  (Note: All activities identified in the matrix are to be funded at least at a minimum baseline level.)
                                          1-4

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                     EXHTBTT  y-3

                         Priority Setting Matrix (Cont.)
       PROGRAM PRIORITY
                                                  ACTIVITIES
                                      FUNDING
                                       LEVEL*
   Move Sites to Cleanup (continued)
   E.  Maximize Cost Recovery
Non-SOLRA Referrals
B
    F.  Initiate RI/FS and Other Activities
       to Keep Pipeline Balanced
PRP RI/FS
Fund RI/FS
Listing Sites
State Enforcement RI/FS
B
B
B
B
   G.  Pre-Remedial, Removal,
       Enforcement and
       State Support Activities to
       Support Long Term Goals
Non-NPL Time Critical Removals
AOs for  Non-NPL Time Crit. Removal
Pre-Remedial (PA/SI)
107Non-SOLPre-RA Referrals
TAG Grants
Federal Facilities Pre-Remedial
Non-NPL PRP Search
Core Program Cooperative
 Agreements
107 Administrative Settlements
B
B
B
B"*
B
B
B
B
B
    New Initiatives
    Essential Program Management
    Elements
    A.  Critical Path Support Activities
PRP Searches
CLP
Removal Support
Remedial Project Support
Community Relations
Fund at
Level to
Support
Program
Integrity
   B.  Core Program Support
CERCLIS Database Management
Contract Management
Records Management including
Administrative Records
Program Management
State Program Support
Fund at
Level to
Support
Program
Integrity
 'A' = ALL and 'B' = BASELINE
 * "A" and "B" are designed to indicate degree of importance, not an absolute rule
   with regard to funding. As used in this column "B" indicates that we continue to carry
   out a level of activities consistent with prior year activity. "A" means all those activities
   available to be done.
*** Consistent with cost recovery strategy
(Note: All activities identified in the matrix are to be funded at least at a minimum baseline level.)
                                           1-5

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
REMEDIAL  PKOKRAM GOALS


       The remedial program will continue the efforts begun in FY89 to improve and better
integrate the response and enforcement management approach.   The program priorities of
moving sites toward cleanup result in the following remedial objectives:

       •       Issue special notice, where appropriate, at all sites where a Record of
              Decision (ROD) has been signed. Make early decisions as to whether a
              good faith offer has been made and termiiiate negotiations that do not appear
              to be leading to settlement.  Use appropriate incentives for settlement (e.g.,
              mixed funding). Also use the judicial and administrative authorities of
              Section 106 to bring about a settlement or compel a PRP response.

       •       Continue an active remedial action strategy - the program should continue
              to work toward the mandates set forth in SARA by moving sites through the
              remedial pipeline in a timely and cost effective manner. The number of
              PRP-lead Remedial Designs (RD) and Remedial Actions (RA) must be
              maximized. For those sites where PRPs are not viable or available, the
              regions will use the environmental prioritization scheme (discussed later in
              this Chapter) to determine which projects to fund and which to place on
              temporary hold. The funding outlook for FY91 looks the same as FY89
              and FY90 and hard decisions on fund balancing and the use of alternative
              technologies in order to control outyear construction costs will have to be
              made.

       •       Alternative technologies — greater emphasis will be placed on the evaluation
              and selection of alternative technologies and the employment of the
              technologies on-site. Treatability studies will be an important part of the
              RI/FS ensuring that adequate data exist to effectively evaluate each
              technology prior to remedy selection.

              Make effective use of other agency expertise - It is important that EPA
              make full use of construction management expertise available from the
              Corps of Engineers (COE) and the Bureau of Reclamation (BUREC), and
              that EPA staff avoid duplicative oversight of projects assigned to these
             agencies. Our goal for FY90 is to assign oversight responsibility to the
             COE or BUREC or 65% to 75% of RP, RD, and RA projects started on
             FY90.  In addition, a significant portion of Federal Lead, Fund financed RD
             and RA Projects should be assigned to the COE or BUREC.

             Implementation of a well managed program - FY90 represents the third
             year of a strategy calling for full funding of all RI/FS projects started prior
             to or during FY90. Successful implementation of this strategy requires that
             regions meet the RI/FS cost reduction goals initiated in FY89. This requires
             that RI/FS costs be reduced to a national average of $750,000 per operable
             unit (OU) and $1,100,000 per site exclusive of treatability studies. Both the
             operable unit and site goals are important. The operable unit goal primarily
             affects year-to-year funding limitations.  The site goal is needed for long
             term cost management and to eliminate the incentive a region may have to
             break sites into operable units to increase its annual budget.  A region's
             RI/FS budget is developed based on the full funding strategy. "Mega Sites"
             are excluded from the operable unit  and site level cost reduction goals
                                      1-6

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


             described above. However, regions will be required to develop a Mega-site
             Management Plan characterizing site problems and management options for
             mega sites. Mega-sites are defined as sites where RI/FS work at the site
             exceeds $3 million.


       •      Building public confidence - In FY90, regions will begin reporting on
             environmental indicators of progress in the Superfund program. In
             addition, the use of the environmental prioritization approach will ensure
             that the Agency will be able to communicate to the public which RA projects
             will be initiated. (The environmental prioritization approach is discussed
             later in Chapter I.)


ENFORCEMENT  PROGRAM GOALS

       The goals of the Enforcement Program are to maximize efficient PRP responses, to
maximize cost recovery to the Fund and to send a clear message to the PRP community that
inaction is costly. To reach these goals, the following priorities have been identified for
FY90.

       •     Aggressively seek settlement for PRP response — in order to promote PRP
             participation in the response program, and to assure cost recovery, PRP
             searches should be comprehensive and completed early. General and
             special notice letters should be issued in a timely manner. Well planned
             negotiations need to be initiated and completed within the special notice
             moratorium or the schedules in a general notice letter. Regional
             Administrator or Assistant Administrator extensions should be used only
             where settlement appears likely. Regions are encouraged to develop
             enforcement site management plans to lay out their strategy for a site. Use
             of the enforcement site management plan or negotiation strategy develops
             positions to ensure that roles/responsibilities of Department of Justice
             (DOJ), Regional Counsel, Office of Enforcement Compliance Monitoring
             (OECM), and the regional and HQ program staff are outlined at the start of
             negotiations. The settlements incentives/disincentives concepts are to be
             applied at multipary sites. Effective use of the settlement authorities under
             SARA (e.g., mixed funding and de minimis) should be applied where
             appropriate.

             Negotiate and execute Section 120 Interagencv Agreements at Federal
             Facilities - regions should issue notice letters and conduct 90-day
             negotiations to execute 3-party Interagency Agreement (IAG) at Federal
             Facilities on or proposed for the NPL for RI/FS through RD/RA. Regions
             should coordinate negotiations and enforcement strategies among
             Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
             of 1980 (CERCLA), RCRA and Office of Regional Council (ORC) offices
             as well as with headquarters. The overall priorities for Federal Facilities are
             to (1) oversee work at Federal Facilities pursuant to a Section 120 IAG; (2)
             complete negotiations at any facilities that may have slipped from FY89 to
             FY90; and (3) negotiate lAGs at the remaining proposed and final NPL
             facilities.
                                       1-7

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              Effective PRP oversight -- having achieved settlement, regions should
              diligently monitor PRP compliance and take actions to enforce settlements.
              Regions should use stipulated penalties and dispute resolution to enforce
              compliance, especially where schedules are not met or work products are of
              poor quality. Compliance status must be maintained in CERCLIS.

       •      Cost recovery -- Cost recovery actions should maximize returns to the
              Fund.  Statute of limitations sites should be addressed first. Demand letters
              should be issued prior to cost recovery actions.

       .      Pursuit of non-settlers ~ Section 106 actions or cost recovery should be
              sought against viable non-settlers where there are partial settlements for less
              than complete relief.  Actions should be filed in a timely manner so as to
              discourage recalcitrants and encourage settlement.

       •      Increase the use of Section 106 orders and litigation — regions should
              consider issuing unilateral administrative orders (UAO) for remedial and
              removal actions to compel a PRP to initiate response actions and/or
              encourage settlements and refer Section 106 actions without settlement for
              RD/RAs, especially where RA funds are not available and there are viable
              PRPs.

       •      Support state participation in the enforcement program — states are playing
              an increased role in the Superfund Enforcement process and regions should
              encourage state participation by entering into Superfund Memoranda of
              Agreement (SMOA) or Cooperative Agreements.


ENVIRONMENTAL PRIORITIZATION INITIATIVE

       In FY90, resources for enforcement activities and fund-financed RAs are
constrained. These resource problems have lead to the development of a RA prioritization
approach which ensures that the highest environmental priority sites are addressed. The
prioritization approach is not absolute. Other environmental, programmatic and other
implementation factors could cause a site to be elevated in priority.  It is important to realize
that all NPL sites which require further action after the RWS are, by definition, priority
sites. The issue is their relative priority.


       Criteria For RA Environmental Priorirization

       Prioritization begins with the ROD. A set of environmental criteria have been
developed and each region determines which criteria are applicable to a particular ROD.
The RODs are then grouped according to their relative environmental priority. There  are a
subset of sites and projects that will not be evaluated under the environmental prioritization
criteria. These are:

             Small dollar RA projects which will lead to deletion upon completion;

             Phased construction projects or actions that have been incrementally funded;

             Mixed funding (preauthorization) response actions; and

      •      Long term response activities.
                                       1-8

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


       The prioritization criteria, which are contained in Exhibit 1-4, were based on the
following principles:

              Protection of human health is the highest priority;

       •      Actual threats to sensitive ecosystems and endangered species also are high
              priority;

              Priority is increased as the risk becomes nearer in time;

       •      Most priority levels have several factors, and a ROD receives higher priority
              if more than one factor is met; and

       •      Only results from a full Health Assessment may be used in ranking priority.
              ATSDR may do a preliminary health assessment based on PA/SI data, but
              this should not be used to determine the priority for post-ROD activities.

       A variety of other environmental criteria can also influence which projects will be
funded. These include:

       •      The degree to which actual exposure exceeds health based levels;

       •      The stability of the site; and

       •      Sites which may be considered of a relatively lower environmental priority
              as a result of a potential, not actual, threat where a variety of factors suggest
              that if the region did not accurately project the likelihood of near-term risk,
              public health, environmental and dollar costs could escalate considerably.

       Application Of Prioritization To Fund Financed Remedial Actions

       Environmental prioritization is the primary consideration in determining what sites
are funded for fund-financed construction. However, it is also desirable to maintain a
balance of both RA  starts and completions. Therefore a moderate level of RAs which will
lead to completions will be funded regardless of the relative environmental priority of the
operable unit.  Protocols for managing the queue will be established before the beginning
of the fiscal year.

       A variety of other programmatic factors can also influence which projects will be
funded. These include:

       •      Escalating costs ~ remedy is certain and delays in funding will cause a
              sharp rise in remedy costs due to need for redesign under changing site
              conditions;

       •      Advancing technology - this factor may cause a region to delay funding an
              RA project while testing a more cost-effective remedy or quickly funding
              site work could enable the technology to be used more cost-effectively at
              other sites;

       •      Contracting obligations - Agency has contracted for RA and the effect of
              delayed funding would be to break federal obligation under the terms of the
              contract;
                                        1-9

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
PRIORITY 1
               pyyiTRTT 1-4

        RA PRIORITIZATION CRITERIA
       -

Immediate or imminent threat to human health as determined by
ATSDR or other.
PRIORITY 2  I  Actual exposure or exposure occurring within the short term* which
               results in:
                •  risk to human health greater than risk-based site
                  remediation goals; or
                •  risk to human health greater than a hazard index of 1; or
                •  contamination which exceeds health-based ARARs.

               An ATSDR determination than an actual public health
               threat exists.

               Actual or short term threat to endangered species.
PRIORITY 3  I  An ATSDR determination that a probable health threat exists.

               Existence of an actual or short term* threat to sensitive
               environments.
PRIORITY 4  I  Potential for exceeding any ARAR in the long term.

               Potential for exceeding risk-based site remediation goals in the
               long term.

               ATSDR determination that a potential public health problem exists.
PRIORITY 5  |  Potential threat to endangered species.

               Potential threat to sensitive environments.
   * Short term means the amount of time not exceeding twice the time of the
    planned remedial action.
           Enforcement considerations — priority funding is not available in support of
           a priority enforcement action;

           Priority RA action is linked to another site — for example, an incinerator
           brought on to a priority site is planned to be used for another site; and

           Schedule - if the schedule for a priority site slips beyond FY90, a site of
           relatively lower environmental priority which is ready to proceed in FY90
           may be moved up in the queue. For this reason, regions should ensure that
           RD projects continue to meet their completion schedules.
                                    1-10

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C



                                                                 ; activities must be
              A thorough responsible party search has been completed, after which
              general notice with negotiating deadlines and/or special notice, if
              appropriate, and reasonable opportunity for willing PRP negotiations has
              been afforded.

              Large scale projects have been evaluated to determine whether aspects of the
              project can be "phase-funded" consistent with a well engineered approach to
              the site without increasing cost or risk to health or the environment.

              Remedial design must be 95% complete.

              State match must be available through a signed Superfund State Contract for
              Federal-lead sites.

              Site access for RA has been secured.
       Documentation

       The initial prioritization is performed by the regions. All sites within a region that
will be ready for funding in a given year are examined. Once the region has evaluated their
RA projects against the prioritization criteria, the documentation and resulting priority
category within which that site is located should be sent to HQ.  For RAs scheduled to
begin in FY90, documentation must be submitted to HQ by June 23,1989. Only projects
where documentation has been submitted will be considered for funding.


       The Decision Making Process

       Decisions on funding will be made by a panel composed of HQ and regional senior
management. In general, the following rules will apply:

       •      Only when sites are of comparable risk, will funding for a large site be
              postponed in favor of funding for a number of smaller sites;

       •      Projects in the first three priority categories will never sit for more than one
              year awaiting funding or litigation;

       •      Projects of lessor environmental priority may be queued for several years if
              there are sufficient projects of higher or equal priority except when
              recalcitrant PRPs are present. In such cases, the site will not sit for more
              than a specified period of time before funding or litigation proceeds.
              Substantial flexibility will be allowed when a region needs to make a point
              with a recalcitrant PRP even if a project is not scheduled for funding; and

       •      Each region will receive some level of RA funding based on the number of
              sites scheduled to begin during the FY.

       •      The funding decisions will be re-evaluated at mid-year and throughout the
              third and fourth quarters and adjustments may be made at these points, both
              within and among regional RA budgets. As the end of the fiscal year
              approaches, the more likely a lower priority project that is "ready to go" will

                                       1-11

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              be funded.  As the result of RP takeovers and project slippages, these lower
              priority projects could become a reality.  It is important, therefore, to
              complete RD projects on schedule, and have projects ready to go, regardless
              of where the project fits in the environmental priority scheme.


       CERCLIS Implementation

       FY89 RA projects that will not be started because of funding constraints should be
 shown by placing a 'Q' (queued) in the Strategic Planning and Management
 System/Superfund Comprehensive Accomplishments Plan (SPMS/SCAP) Target Status
 (C2110). The planned start date should be changed to FY90. This information should be
 in CERCLIS by the July 10,1989 pull data for final FY90 negotiations.

       By September 8,1989, regions should identify which of their FY90 RA projects
 will be funded and which will be queued. Projects that will be funded should be identified
 by placing a 'P (primary) in the SPMS/SCAP Target Status field (C2110) and 'APR1
 (approved) in the Funding Priority Status (3225).  Projects that have gone through the RA
 prioritization decision making process and were not funded should be identified by placing
 a 'Q' in the SPMS/SCAP Target Status (C3225).  Other RAs that mavbe ready to begin in
 FY90 should be coded as 'Alternate' in both the SPMS/SCAP Target Status and Funding
 Priority Status Fields. The SPMS/SCAP Target Status and the Funding Priority Status
 must be maintained throughout the FY. If queued projects are funded the 'Q' should be
 replaced with a 'P1 and the 'ALT' with 'APR.1

       During the fiscal year (FY), regions should also maintain the planned start and
 completion dates for all RA projects. If a project that has been queued is ready to proceed
 and the planned start date has passed without funds, the planned start date should be moved
 to the next quarter.

       Queued RA projects which experience schedule slippages which cause them to be
 moved out of the current FY will have to be reevaluated for funding. Prior to the
 preliminary negotiation of future year targets the 'Q' in the SPMS/SCAP target should be
 changed to a 'P1 or an 'A' (Alternate).

 PRE-REMEDIAL  PROGRAM  GOALS

       The FY89 Site Inspection (SI) completion goals imposed by SARA were met in
 only two regions. However, the program must continue to make steady progress toward
 eliminating the SI backlog prior to reauthorization. Resources will be placed wherever Sis
 are needed to carry the program forward.

       The last SARA pre-remedial goal requires all sites in CERCLIS as of the date of
enactment to be evaluated for inclusion on the NPL by October 1990. The transition to the
new Hazard Ranking System (HRS) will be completed during FY90 and the program must
concentrate now on using the new HRS to score sites. It is doubtful that the SARA goal
can be met, but as regions work toward eliminating the SI backlog, they should also
evaluate the NPL potential of those sites.

      The regional objectives of the pre-remedial program are as follows:

             Continue EPA's policy of conducting preliminary assessments (PAs) within
             one year of CERCLIS listing in order to prevent the build-up of a PA
             backlog;
                                     1-12

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              Maintain site inspection (SI) momentum during the transition to the revised
              HKJ>, stressing commitment to completing pre-SARA sites within the
              context of "worst sites first";

              Review all completed Sis to determine which sites require listing site
              inspections (LSIs) or the development of HRS listing packages i e "SI
              reassessment".

       •      Implement the Environmental Priorities Initiatives (EPI).

       •      Enter all pre-remedial decisions/priority recommendations at each step of the
              evaluation process and all appropriate identifiers (RCRA, Federal Facilities,
              Indian lands, etc.) into CERCLIS as rapidly as possible to facilitate overall
              program planning and to expedite response to Congressional and public
              inquiries;

              Gradually phase in use of the revised HRS in all parts of the pre-remedial
              process as data collection requirements become more clearly defined;

       •      Assist Headquarters to finalize some 400 currently proposed NPL sites by
              providing input to EPA's response-to-comment activity; and

       •      As stated in both the FY88 and FY89 Pre-remedial guidance, state, Field
              Investigation Team (FIT) and EPA staff conducting PAs, PA site
              reconnaissances and Sis should consider the need for removal activities at
              all sites evaluated. Removal personnel must be notified in all instances
              where evidence of potential fire, explosion or direct exposure hazards exist
              or where removal activities may substantially improve a hazardous situation.


REMOVAL  PROGRAM  GOALS

       In FY90, as in the past, the key goal of the removal program is to ensure that
resources are available for time critical removals and not diverted to less critical removal
actions. Regions should prioritize time critical removals in the following order:

       •     Classic emergencies;
       •     Removals at NPL sites; and
       •     Time critical removals at non-NPL sites posing major environmental and
             public health threats that can not be addressed by other authorities.

       Non-time critical removals should be undertaken only as resources allow. Non-
time critical removals at NPL sites should be planned and budgeted site-specifically. For
all non-time critical removals, regions should involve states and responsible parties to the
maximum extent practicable.  In classic emergencies, PRPs should be notified orally and
given up to 24 hours to respond, depending on the situation. Oral notification should be
followed up in writing. For time critical removals, enforcement activities (PRP searches,
negotiations and issuance of an order) should be initiated as soon as the site is identified
and scheduled for completion based on the timing of the removal start.

       Regions should give more attention to conducting removal investigations at NPL
sites.  Many of these sites have never been looked at by removal personnel and may be a
substantially improved by removal activity.  To the extent resources allow, regions should
conduct removal investigations at all NPL sites that have never received such a review.


                                       1-13

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 FEDERAL  FACILITIES PROGRAM  GOALS

       The primary focus of the program is on Federal Facilities currently on or proposed
 to the NPL and entering into Section 120 Federal Facility Agreements/Interagency
 Agreements (FFA/IAG) with these facilities. The first priority for FY90 is to continue to
 oversee work at facilities with §120 FFA/IAGs signed in FY89. The second pnonty is to
 complete §120 FFA/IAG negotiations at facilities which were targeted in FY89 but slipped
 to FY90 and the third priority is to enter into § 120 FFA/IAGs at all facilities that were not
 targeted for § 120 FFA/IAGs in FY89. All proposed and final Federal Facilities, including
 Update 9 sites, should have signed §120 FFA/IAGs by the end of FY90, except for several
 Federal Facilities which will be targeted in FY91.

       Many of the Federal Facilities will have significant RCRA/CERCLA integration
 issues.  Regions, in conjunction with states, need to address these issues relative to the
 scope of the FFA/IAG early in the negotiations process. Both RCRA and CERCLA
 program staff, as well as the Office of Regional Counsel, need to be involved in these
 discussions.


 CHEMICAL EMERGENCY  PREPAREDNESS  AND  PREVENTION
 PROGRAM

       The main goal of the Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Program
 (CEPP) is to prevent and prepare for chemical accidents. The program's authorities are
 CERCLA and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, also
 know as Title IH of SARA. CEPP's FY90 SPMS measures focus on key activities to meet
 the above goal, specifically State status reports, technical assistance activities, EPA
 assistance with emergency simulations, chemical safety audits, and the Accidental Release
 Information Program measure aimed at gathering and analyzing information on accidental
 releases and prevention methods. Enforcement measures have been added. The SCAP
 measures for CEPP complement and supplement the SPMS measures and include outreach
 activities and training to Federal, state, and local governments and industry officials.
 Because the deadline for completion of initial Local Emergency Planning Committee
 emergency response plans occurred in FY89, review, exercise, revision, and improvement
 of plans will be emphasized in FY90. Plans must be reviewed, revised, and updated at
 least annually. Regional Response Teams (RRTs) may also review plans.

       Reporting by regions of SPMS information in the CEPP program does not need to
 be entered into CERCLIS. The reporting mechanism is outside the CERCLIS system.


       Earthquake and National Security Emergency Preparedness Programs

       The plan for Federal response to a catastrophic earthquake was mandated by the
 Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act. The plan, which is being developed by 25 Federal
 departments and agencies and is coordinated by the Federal Emergency Management
 Agency (FEMA), is an effort to improve Federal, state, and local preparedness and
 response to a catastrophic earthquake. EPA's responsibility in plan development is to act
 as the primary agency for Emergency Support Function (ESF) #10 - "Hazardous
 Materials", and as a support agency to other ESFs.  Each EPA region which has a high-
risk, high population area for a catastrophic earthquake within its boundaries must develop
a risk-area specific, hazardous materials annex to the multi-agency regional response plan
which operationally identifies how the agency and its support agencies would respond to
multiple hazardous material incidents, including radiological incidents, during a

                                      1-14

-------
                                                            OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C


catastrophic earthquake.  In regions containing more than one catastrophic risk area, risk-
area specific sub-plans are necessitated.

       The purpose of the National Security Emergency Preparedness Program is to
ensure the performance of essential functions of the agency in the event of a national
security emergency. EPA's responsibilities are outlined in Executive Order 12656 and
related directives.  Each region is required to establish and maintain a designated team of
personnel for such events; participate in EPA, FEMA or other agency sponsored planning
sessions, workshops, training and exercises; and assist in preparing program support
materials.
                                          1-15

-------
                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              CHAPTER II

     SUPERFIJND COMPREHENSIVE
ACCOMPLISHMENTS PLAN PROCEDURES

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
   CHAPTER H - SUPERFUND COMPREHENSIVE
    ACCOMPLISHMENTS PLAN PROCEDURES
       ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES


Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.

    Most of the Superfund Budget is based on the SCAP.

    HQ will not recognize an SPMS/SCAP accomplishment
    unless it is recorded in CERCLIS by the specified pull
    date.

•   The preliminary and final distribution of resources for
    the upcoming fiscal year is based on planning
    information in SCAP as of the beginning of April and
    the beginning of August, respectively.

•   No FTE are given to projects incorrectly coded and
    scheduled in CERCLIS.

    The preliminary and final SPMS/SCAP targets are
    established in March and August, respectively.

•   Response and enforcement funding needs identifying in
    January form the basis for the annual regional budgets.

•   RA cost estimates for outyear budget should be derived
     using the draft FS, the ROD or Cost of Remedial
     Action (CORA) model.

•    Final 'approved' funding requests must be within the
     annual regional budget proposed by HQ.

     On the fifth working day of February and July, HQ
     pulls SCAP data from CERCLIS for negotiations.

     On the fifth working day of each month, HQ pulls
     planning and accomplishment data from CERCLIS to
     support a variety of official reporting requirements.

     SCAP/SPMS amendments require HQ concurrence and
    approval.

     Changes to SPMS should not be made simply because a
    target cannot be met.

    Final SPMS amendments should be submitted from the
    Regional Administrator to the AA SWER by April 15.

-------
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
  CHAPTER H - SUPERFUND COMPREHENSIVE
ACCOMPLISHMENTS PLAN PROCEDURES (Cont'd)
      ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
      Amendment requests will not be approved unless
      they are in CERCLIS.

      Planning and accomplishment data should be
      updated at least monthly.

      Regions will not receive credit for an
      accomplishment unless the appropriate site name
      is reflected in the CERHELP Targets and
      Accomplishments file.

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
INTRODUCTION


*u  o  15eS,uPerfundComPrehensive Accomplishments Plan (SCAP) process is used by
the Superfund program to plan, budget, track, and evaluate progress toward Superfund site
cleanup. The SCAP planning process is a dynamic, ongoing effort that has a significant
unpact on Superfund resource allocation and program evaluation. Planned obligations and
Strategic Planning and Management System (SPMS) targets and measures are generated
through SCAP and influence the Superfund budget and evaluation process. SCAP
planning is a day-to-day responsibility of the regions. A semi-annual process has been
established through which HQ and regions formally negotiate plans for the future.
CERCLIS serves as the conduit for the SCAP process.  CERCLIS provides both HQ and
regions with direct access to the same data. Reports can be produced allowing for daily,
interactive updates of planning and site cleanup progress information.


BACKGROUND

       The SCAP process is crucial to Superfund program planning, tracking, and
evaluation. As the Superfund program's central planning mechanism, it is interrelated with
all Agency and Superfund program specific planning and management systems, such as the
Agency Operating Guidance, the Superfund budget, SPMS, and the Superfund workload
models. The Agency Operating Guidance defines Superfund goals for the upcoming year.
SCAP targets/measures are designed to reflect the Agency Operating Guidance. In some
cases, new SCAP categories are developed, or the projections for SCAP activities are
adjusted to match the Agency's goals.

       Most of the Superfund program's budget is based on the SCAP. The budget is
developed 18 months prior to the fiscal year being planned. For example, the SCAP
existing in the third quarter of FY90 will be used to formulate the FY92 budget. The site
schedules reflected in the SCAP serve as the foundation for determining outyear budget
priorities, such as the dollar levels to be requested in the budget and the total level of full-
time equivalents (FTEs) to be made available for distribution through the workload model.
Because dollars for Fund-financed RAs and RDs dominate Superfund's budget, it is critical
that the SCAP identify RD and RA candidates and projected funding needs. RA cost
estimates should be derived using the draft Feasibility Study (FS), the Record of Decision
(ROD) or Cost of Remedial Action (CORA) Model estimates.

       The Superfund budget provides the basis for the Agency Operating Plan.  The
Operating Plan, which is finalized prior to the fiscal year, establishes the funds available to
the regions for performing Superfund work.

       SPMS is used by EPA to set and monitor the environmental objectives identified in
the Agency's Operating Guidance for a fiscal year. National and regional SPMS  goals for
Superfund are established and tracked through SCAP. SPMS targets are a subset of those
contained in SCAP. SPMS targets and measures are reported quarterly by HQ and the
regions to the Office of Management Systems and Evaluation (OMSE). OMSE tracks
regional progress toward SPMS goals on a quarterly basis as part of the overall Agency
performance evaluation process.  HQ will not recognize a SPMS accomplishment unless it
is recorded in CERCLIS.
                                      H-l

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


       The Superfund workload models distribute FTEs for each program and region.
There are two Superfund program models, the Site and Spill Response model, which
distributes resources for the pre-remedial, remedial and the removal programs, and die
Technical Enforcement model which distributes enforcement and Federal Facility FTEs.
SCAP plans form the basis for the workload models. The preliminary and final
distributions of regional and program resources for the upcoming fiscal year are based on
the planning information contained in SCAP in April and August, respectively.


SCAP/CERCLIS  RELATIONSHIP

       CERCLIS is the data base that is used by HQ and regional personnel for Superfund
site, program and project management.  CERCLIS contains the official inventory of
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(CERCLA) sites and supports current site planning and tracking functions.  In CERCLIS,
financial data are integrated with data from the pre-remedial, remedial, removal and
enforcement programs.  Pre-remedial, remedial and removal activities are called "events" in
CERCLIS.  Enforcement actions are called "activities".  SCAP information is a subset of
the site data collected through CERCLIS.  Data entry responsibilities and report retrieval
abilities are at the regional level so that regional managers and users play  a central role in
maintaining and using the data base. HQ relies on CERCLIS as the sole repository of
information on plans and accomplishments.

       CERCLIS consists of two data bases:  a site-specific data base, CERCLIS, and a
non-site specific data base, CERHELP.  The site-specific data base contains site, operable
unit (OU), event, enforcement activity, technical and financial information. Each week
financial data from the agency-wide integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) are
transferred into CERCLIS. The data transferred include such information as commitments,
decommitments, obligations, deobligations, outlays, credits, transaction date, obligating
document number and funding vehicle.

       CERHELP contains information such  as SCAP/SPMS targets and
accomplishments, Advice of Allowance (AOA), budget, and information on non-site
specific activities. The CERHELP data base consists of the following separate files:

             The Targets and Accomplishments System is the data  file used for setting
             and tracking SCAP/SPMS targets and measures. Preliminary and final
             regional  SCAP/SPMS commitments are entered into the system by the HQ
             SCAP Coordinator. Target data  are updated by the region to reflect SCAP
             adjustments and by HQ to reflect approved amendments.  Regional
             reporting of non-site specific accomplishments is also performed through
             this system. Data from this system are used in all "official" SCAP Targets
             and Accomplishment Reports and are the baseline for regional evaluation.

             The Budget Control/Advice of Allowance file is used  by HQ for SCAP
             budget development and  control and for tracking and reporting the AOA
             process.

             Planning and tracking of non-site/incident activities and financial data are
             accomplished through the Non-Site/Incident Activity system. Regions are
             responsible for entering and maintaining SCAP non-site specific
             information.
                                     H-2

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       Using CERHELP.regions will be able to track planning data and reconcile the site-
specific planning in CERCLIS with the AOA and SCAP/SPMS targets. It serves as an
important management tool for regions and HQ.

       SCAP reports comprise over sixty percent of the total volume of reports generated
by users in the CERCLIS system.  In response to concerns voiced by users, the method for
generating SCAP reports is being revised. By the start of FY90, Regions  will be able to
generate standard reports or customize the reports to select a specific data base, a specific
region, a particular state, remedial project manager or EPA ID. Users will also be able to
specify the fiscal year and quarter. Instructions and further information on the new SCAP
report menu restructuring is found in Appendix E.

       Additional information including regional responsibilities for CERCLIS and
CERHELP can be found in the CERCLIS Users Reference Manual.


SCAP ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

       HQ responsibilities for maintaining the SCAP in CERCLIS include:

       •     Entering negotiated preliminary and final SCAP/SPMS targets and measures
             and site back-up in the CERHELP Targets and Accomplishments data file;

       •     Updating the numbers and site back-up in the Targets and Accomplishments
             data file to reflect approved amendments to the SCAP throughout the year;

       •     Entering preliminary and final budget data in the CERHELP Budget
             Control/Advice Of Allowance (BC/AOA) system;

       •     Determining the AOA based on SCAP planned activities in CERCLIS;

             Entering and maintaining AOA data in the CERHELP BC/AOA system; and

       •     Responding to regional requests for changes in plans through the
             amendment and change request process.

       Regions have complete responsibility for maintaining CERCLIS and selected
portions of the CERHELP data base. At a minimum this requires:

             For sites which are beginning the RI/FS in the current or next fiscal year,
             planning and scheduling all remedial events and enforcement activities
             through the NPL deletion process;

             Keeping SCAP planning data current. This includes updating site schedules
             established at the RI/FS stage and RA cost estimate when better planning
             data become available;

             Updating the site back-up in the Targets and Accomplishments data file to
             reflect adjustments to the SCAP throughout the year;

             Reporting accomplishments as they occur,

             Reconciling CERCLIS financial data with IFMS;
                                      II-3

-------
                                                        OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C

              Entering and maintaining quarterly planning and accomplishments reporting
              for non-site specific activities; and

              Preparing SCAP amendments and change requests.

        The regional Information Management Coordinator (IMC) is a senior position
 which serves as regional lead for all Superfund program and systems management
 activities. The IMC serves as the liaison between the Waste Management Division and the
 Environmental Services and Management Divisions. The following lead responsibilities
 for regional program planning and management rest with the IMC:

              Coordinate SCAP/SPMS planning, development and reporting;

        •      Ensure regional accomplishments are accurately reflected in CERCLIS;

              Reconcile  IFMS data transferred into CERCLIS;

              Provide liaison to HQ on SCAP/SPMS and program evaluation issues;

              Coordinate regional evaluations by HQ; and

              Ensure that the quality of CERCLIS data are such that accomplishments and
              planning data can be accurately retrieved from the system.


 SCAP CHANGE CONTROL  PROCEDURES

        Stability in the SCAP through the year is essential to the success of SCAP planning
 and accomplishment reporting/evaluation procedures.  As a result, the following
 procedures were implemented in FY89 to control changes to the SCAP:

        •      Changes (including additions or deletions) to the SCAP targets, measures,
              definitions, methodologies or processes must be presented by the Office
              Director for the program office proposing the change;

        •      All proposed changes must be sent to the regions and all other program
              offices for review and comment prior to implementation;

              The decision on whether to proceed with the proposed change must be
              documented in writing.  If the proposed change will be implemented, an
              addendum  to the Program Management Manual will be published.


 OVERVIEW OF THE  SCAP  PROCESS

       The SCAP process generates data that fulfill the following functions:

       •      Tracking of accomplishments against targets/measures;
              Updating planning (schedules and funds) for the current fiscal year;
              Developing planning data for the upcoming fiscal year; and
              Providing data for outyear budget planning purposes.

       It is essential that SCAP data remain current and up-to-date and that
accomplishments be reported as soon as they occur. Planning information should be
reviewed on at least a weekly basis and information updated as necessary.


                                      H-4

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

the                                      1S imp0rtant tecause of its ««« ^^t on
me                  '
                       's budget. Regions are required to manage their funds and
 re's b             eStabUShed *?*** Ae ^ <*»** upS^R
 region s budget must be reprogrammed to meet unexpected contingencies.
                               ^f otiati°ns, and throughout the third and fourth
         n        f  11** acheSIed$r ^nding ba^d on the environmental prioritization
 B 5?S A   ™ *?? Uy/ssess.^ to ^tify schedule slippage. If it appears that planned
 RAs with approved funding will not be ready to proceed in FY90, adjustments may be
 made within and between regional RA budgets.
                                 EXHTBTT TT-1

                           SCAP PLANNING YEAR
     SECOND QUARTER HANIT4RY/FRRRTTARV IQOm

     •    Revise FY90 annual budget ceilings to reflect first and second quarter
         performance and revised plans for the remainder of the year
         Update and negotiate planning information in CERCLIS for the third and fourth
         quarter FY90
         Review slippage in FY90 targets for development of action strategies
         Reassess the remedial action funding strategy
         Negotiate preliminary FY91 SCAP/SPMS targets and measures
         Negotiate preliminary annual regional budgets for FY91
         Determine preliminary FY91FTE allocations based on the
         preliminary targets and measures
     •    Provide complete site schedules including planned RA obligations to
         allow HQ to project the outyear budget (FY92)
     •    Negotiate third and fourth quarter enforcement AOA

     FOURTH QUARTER (JULY 1990)

         Finalize FTEs for FY91
         Establish final SCAP/SPMS commitments for FY91
     •    Establish FY91 annual regional budget
PROCEDURES FOR ANNUAL  TARGET SETTING

       The process for the development of a fiscal year's SCAP and SPMS
targets/measures begins with the SCAP developed during the second quarter of the
previous fiscal year.  Preliminary targets/measures for the upcoming fiscal year are set by
early March and used to derive the preliminary FTE allocations for the coming year. No
FTE are  given to  projects  that are incorrectly coded and scheduled in
CERCLIS. All targets/measures are negotiated and numbers are established only after
discussions between Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR), Office of

                                      H-5

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


Waste Programs Enforcement (OWPE), and the regions. Final SCAP and SPMS targets
are set in the fourth quarter SCAP which is finalized in August.  Final targets/measures also
involve HQ/regiona][negotiations. The dates for pulling CERCLIS information that will be
used for negotiations can be found in the Manager's Schedule of Significant Events found
at the beginning of this Manual.

      The procedures for target setting for the upcoming fiscal year are as follows:

             At the beginning of the second quarter HQ sends to the regions initial targets
             and planning estimates based on the SCAP Methodologies (SCAP
             Methodologies for FY91 are presented in Appendix A).

             Regions will respond to proposed SCAP targets/measures through
             CERCLIS and CERHELP within the timeframes established for the second
             quarter SCAP negotiations. To adequately plan for the year, a region must
             make decisions on the status of projects. States and Regional Counsel
             should be consulted prior to making these decisions. Remedial and
             enforcement projects should be identified as either "Primary" (P) or
             "Alternate" (A) in the SCAP/SPMS Target Status field (C2110 and C1725)
             in CERCLIS. Primary projects represent those that have the greatest
             likelihood of meeting the schedules in CERCLIS. Alternates represent sites
             that can be substituted for primary targets. The negotiated number of
             primary projects will be used to determine SCAP/SPMS preliminary
             commitments. A sufficient number of alternate projects should be
             maintained to replace primary projects which experience slippage or are
             deferred because of revised project priorities. A region should identify
             alternate projects to ensure that it can maintain a steady pipeline of remedial
             activity. At this time the schedules for queued RA projects should be
             reevaluated.  Projects experiencing slippage which will lead to a planned
             start date in the upcoming fiscal year must be reclassified.  The 'Q' (queued)
             in the SCAP/SPMS target  status field must  be changed to a 'P' or 'A.' The
             'Q1 should only be found on RA projects scheduled to begin in the current
             FY. (See Exhibit II-2 for an example of the  use of primary or alternate
             target status field.)

      •      The regional response to non-site specific targets or planning estimates
             should be reported in the Targets and Accomplishments file in CERHELP.
             The regional target or planning estimate must be entered into CERHELP
             with the appropriate activity code and a "Proposed" (P) in the Version data
             field in CERHELP. Appendix D identifies the targets and measures which
             are planned on a site-specific vs. non-site specific basis.

             Regions must also identify  FY91 remedial and enforcement funding needs
             in CERCLIS and CERHELP.  States should be consulted to ensure that
             State-lead activities and State funding needs are accurately reflected in
             SCAP. At this time, the region only needs to provide the planned quarter of
             obligation, the budget source, amount, and contractor vehicle for Response
             funding needs. Appendix  G contains the CERCLIS coding instructions for
             requesting Case Budget funds.

      •       HQ/regional negotiations occur during the second quarter (A separate
             negotiation schedule is sent to the regions). Action strategies developed for
             current year performance problems are a factor in the negotiation of targets
             and measures.
                                      n-6

-------
                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

Draft final targets/measures are set after completion of the negotiations in
early March.  These are used for the preliminary workload distribution.

Based on the fourth quarter SCAP reflected in CERCLIS and CERHELP, a
second round of negotiations is held to finalize the targets and planning
estimates and the regional budget. At this time, only minor changes to
targets and measures developed during the second quarter should occur.
These negotiations are conducted in early August and final targets, measures
and associated budgets are in place by early September.

In preparation for the fourth quarter SCAP negotiations, final proposed
regional budget ceilings for removal, remedial and enforcement programs
will be sent to the regions. Those remedial events or enforcement activities
which have the greatest likelihood of requiring funding during the fiscal
year that are within the region's budget allocation should be identified by
placing "Approved" (APR) in the Funding Priority Status field in CERCLIS
and CERHELP. The total of all approved funding must not exceed the
budget ceilings or HQ will not initiate negotiations.  "Alternate" (ALT)
projects are a pool of projects which are moving toward the point of
obligation. As with primary and alternate SCAP/SPMS targets and
measures, projects with alternate funds may be substituted for approved
projects which experience slippage or are deferred due to changing
priorities.  Activities/projects identified as alternate will also form the basis
for any requests for supplemental funding. For all events (RI/FS, RD, RA)
scheduled to begin during the fiscal year, the "APR" funding status can only
be placed on funds for sites which are  coded as "P" SCAP/SPMS targets.
For example, only RI/FS starts that are primary SCAP/SPMS targets will be
used by HQ to establish the RI/FS budget. (See Exhibit E-2 for an example
of the use of the funding priority status field.)

The SCAP/SPMS Target Status should also be updated prior to fourth
quarter negotiations.

Any site scheduling or target changes that result from the negotiation of
preliminary or final targets/measures must be entered into CERCLIS by the
regions. At this point, regions should also reflect the RA prioritization
funding decisions in CERCLIS.

Written concurrence of negotiated targets and budget levels will be obtained
at the close of negotiating sessions between HQ and each region.

HQ will enter preliminary and final commitments including the site-specific
back-up where appropriate into the Targets and Accomplishments file in the
CERHELP non-site specific data base.

Targets and measures, site back-up, and the regional budget are sent to the
Assistant Administrator for approval in early September. They are then
submitted to the Office of Management Systems and Evaluation as final
SPMS targets and are used for final FTE distribution.
                          n-7

-------
                                                      OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                               EXHIBIT  II-2

                  PRIMARY VS. ALTERNATE SPMS STATUS AND
               "APPROVED" VS. "ALTERNATE" BUDGET PRIORITY
  ORIGINAL PLAN
SCAP/SPMS Activity
Target Target
(C2I10)

P
P
A


First RI/FS Starts
Program


TOTALS
Site
Name
(C104)

X
Y
Z
2
State
(C2)

IA
MO
KS

{fc
Unit
(C1101)

01
01
01

Evt
TVDC
(C2I01)

CO1
C01
C01

Ld
(C21

F
F
F

Plan Actual j
Start Start
I7)(C2I32)(C2140)

88/2
88/4
88/4

Funding
Status
(C3225)

APR
APR
ALT

  ALTERED PLAN
SCAP/SPMS Activity
Target
(C21IO)

A
P
P

Target

First RI/FS Starts
Program


TOTALS
Site
Name
(C104)

X
Y
Z
2

State
(C2)

IA
MO
KS

Ofi
Unit
(CHOI)

01
01
01

Evt
l£D£
(C2101)

CO1
CO1
C01


Ld
(C2I

F
F
F

Plan
Start
Actual Funding
Start
I7HC2I32HC2140)

88/4
88/4
88/2




2/09/88

Status
(C3225)

ALT
APR
APR

 SCAP  PLANNING

       Regions are required to keep the SCAP data in CERCLIS and CERHELP up-to-
 date and accurate.  Changes in planning information (schedules and funds) should be
 entered into CERCLIS or CERHELP within five days. If changes affect a SCAP or SPMS
 target or measure or the approved funding level for a site, the SCAP/SPMS Target Status
 and Funding Priority Status fields in CERCLIS must also be updated.


       Semi-Annual Planning Process

       As a final check to ensure that SCAP data are up-to-date, regions should generate
 SCAP and Audit reports periodically, especially those regions which have delegated
 responsibility for the database to RPMs and OSCs. At a minimum reports should be
 generated beginning on the first working day of January and June for internal review of the
 planning data in CERCLIS and CERHELP. These planning data should reflect any
 adjustments or approved amendments made to the annual plan.  Regions should note that
 changes made in CERCLIS to site schedules and other planning data will not automatically
result in changes to SCAP/SPMS targets. Although regions have the flexibility to alter
plans, they are still accountable for meeting the targets negotiated at the beginning of the
fiscal year. (See the section on SCAP/SPMS Adjustments and Amendments).
                                    n-8

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


          *** flfth working da? of February and July, HQ pulls the proposed regional
         *?      serves as ** basis for HQ/regional mid-year and final negotiations.
HQ will perform all negotiations based on the information in CERCLIS on these pull dates
To ensure consistency in the negotiation phase, the CERCLIS and CERHELP data bases
are frozen pnor to pulling the reports used for negotiations.  As a result, all parties (HQ and
the regions) will have identical data for use during the negotiation process.

       CERCLIS data quality problems that affect the SCAP update shall be resolved prior
to negotiations.  These problems are to be resolved on a region-specific basis through
telephone calls between HQ and the IMC or program manager.


       CERCLIS Reports for SCAP Planning/Target Setting

       Exhibit II-3 presents the CERCLIS reports used by HQ and the regions in the
development and negotiation of regional targets/measures. Following is a discussion of
these reports:

       •     The SCAP/SPMS Targets and Accomplishments Summary Report (SCAP-
             14) displays current year aggregate quarterly target totals and site back-up
             by SCAP activity.

       •     The Event/Activity Summary Report for NPL Sites (AUDIT-10) provides
             planned obligations, first and subsequent start and completion codes and
             budget source for events and activities at sites on the NPL.  It is similar to
             the SCAP-2 except for the addition of these codes.

       •     The Non-NPL Site Summary Report (SCAP-1) displays major planned,
             ongoing and completed activities for sites which are not on the current NPL.
             Information on PRP searches, non-NPL removals, non-NPL removal
             Administrative Orders, etc. are found on this report. A site must have
             planned or ongoing work to show on this report.

       •     The NPL Site Summary Report (SCAP-2) contains major planned and
             actual data for remedial events and enforcement activities at sites which are
             on the NPL.

             The SCAP Financial Report - FY9Q APPR (SCAP-4) and SCAP Financial
             Report-FY90 ALT  (SCAP-5) aggregate dollars by program area and
             provide both site-specific backup from CERCLIS and non-site-specific
             backup from CERHELP. These reports should be used to compare the
             funding requests contained in CERCLIS and CERHELP against the
             regional budget.  SCAP-4 and SCAP-5 are both new reports for FY90.
             They combine the Financial Summary Report (SCAP-15) with the Projects
             Report (SCAP-3).

             ThP Data Quality Check Reports (DQCK-1) are a series of edit reports the
             regions can use to check CERCLIS data quality. Any errors noted in these
             reports should be corrected in CERCLIS prior to the HQ deadline for
             pulling reports from CERCLIS. Enforcement also has a series of reports
             which can be used to identify enforcement data quality problems (ENFR 2-
             8).
                                      n-9

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                      (SCAP-16) is similar to the
               r    LH Accomplishments Report and is used for target negotiations for
             the upcoming FY. The SCAP flags and other coding requirements needed
             to identify a liven event/activity as a planned start or completion is included
             in the report.  A similar report, Projected Planning Estimates and Prelected
             Measures (SCAP-13) will be used for negotiation of SCAP measures and
             used for budget and FTE allocations.

             The Planned Starts. Completes. Ongoing and Obligations Report (RMVL-
             18), provides planning information for the removal program.

             The Cost Recovery Category Report (CRCR) will be used to negotiate cost
             recovery targets.
                              F.YHTBTT  II-3
SCAP PLANNING AttHF/T SETTTNH
                                                    S REPORTS
           DQCK-1:     Data Quality Check Reports
           SCAP-1:      Non-NPL Site Summary Report
           SCAP-2:      NPL Site Summary Report
           SCAP-4:      Financial Report - FY90 APPR
           SCAP-5:      Financial Report - FY90 ALT
           SCAP-13:     Projected Planning Estimates and Projected
                        Measures
           SCAP-14:     SCAP/SPMS Targets and Accomplishments
                        Summary Report
           SCAP-16:     Target/Negotiation Report
           AUDIT-10:    Event/Activity Summary Report for NPL Sites
           RMVL-18:    Planned Starts, Completions, Ongoing and
                        Obligations
           ENFR-2:      Litigation/Consent Decree Summary Report
           ENFR-3:      RD/RA Negotiations Report
           ENFR-4:      Statute of Limitations Management Report
           ENFR-(TBD):  CRCR - Cost Recovery
SCAP ACCOMPLISHMENT REPORTING

       Accomplishments data are recorded on Site Information Forms (SIF) and
CERHELP Non-Site Incident Activity Maintenance Forms, or other regional data entry
forms and entered into Wastelan, CERCLIS and CERHELP by the IMC or designee. Data
on accomplishments should be entered into Wastelan or CERCLIS within five working
days of the event or activity. Only accomplishments reported in CERCLIS will
be  recognized  by HQ.

       Beginning on the first day of each month, regions should generate SCAP reports
for internal review. Regions should perform data quality checks and make adjustments to
CERCLIS or CERHELP if the data bases do not reflect actual accomplishments.

       On the fifth working day of each month, HQ will pull data from CERCLIS on a
selected number of key indicators of progress in the Superfund program (i.e., Removals,
RI/FS starts, RODs, RDs, RA, Post SARA RA starts, RD/RA Consent Decrees, Section
                                    II-10

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                                       numb^s will be the official numbers used for
                      r        a°,y uep°rtS °f P10^688 8iven to ^ Administrator,
wn                   Congress and the news media. This is also the information that
wJl be used for calls to the Regional Administrators regarding progress on the key
indicators tracked in the Assistant Administrator's pro-active memorandum.


  A ™?™e/rf£lWOrking day of each 1uarter' HQ ?ulls SCAP reports from CERCLIS
and ChKHhLP. These reports are reviewed by HQ to evaluate regional progress toward
SCAP targets and are submitted to OMSE for reporting SPMS accomplishments  It is
important to note that in addition to reporting accomplishments in CERCLIS, regions must
continue to enter SPMS data into the OMSE SPMS system. If a region identifies a
discrepancy between the accomplishments the region entered into the OMSE system and the
accomplishments reported by HQ, they should note it in the system and contact the relevant
HQ program office. Discrepancies must be resolved generally by the 15th working day of
a quarter.

       CERCLIS Reports for Accomplishment Reporting

       Exhibit n-4 presents CERCLIS reports HQ uses to evaluate regional
accomplishments.  All are used for reporting and crediting SCAP/SPMS targets and
accomplishments.  Following is a discussion of these reports:

       •       The Projected Planning Estimates and Projected Measures (SCAP-13),
              SCAP/SPMS Targets and Accomplishments (SCAP-14) and Event/Activity
              Report for NPL Sites (AUDIT-10) reports are used by the pre-remedial,
              remedial and enforcement programs to provide planned and actual
              information for events and activities.

       •       Quarterly Removal Plans and Accomplishments Summary show actual
              (RMVL-7A) removal starts and actual (RMVL-7B) removal completions.

       •       Financial information and the status of obligations are provided by the
              SCAP Financial Report - FY9Q APPR (SCAP- 4) and the SCAP Financial
              Report - FY90 ALT (SCAP-5).

SCAP/SPMS ADJUSTMENTS  AND  AMENDMENTS

       After targets have been finalized and planned funding levels developed, the SCAP
process provides the flexibility to modify plans during the year. Modifications to planned
targets are termed either adjustments or amendments. Amendments are SCAP changes
which:

              Increase the region's annual operating budget (OERR or OWPE);

              Change the AOA; or

              Change a quarterly or annual SCAP or SPMS target.
                                     11-11

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C



                                F.XHTBTT  II-4
                PROGRAM EVALUATION CERCLTS REPORTS


        SCAP-4:    SCAP Financial Report - FY90 APPR
        SCAP-5:    SCAP Financial Report - FY90 ALT
        SC AP-13:   Projected Planning Estimates and Projected Measures
                    Report
        SCAP-14:   SCAP/SPMS Targets and Accomplishments
                    Summary Report
        RMVL-7:   Quarterly Removal Plans and Accomplishments
                    Summary
        AUDIT-10:  Event/Activity Report for NPL Sites
        Amendments require HQ concurrence and approval. Any other SCAP
 change, including site substitutions, is an adjustment and does not require HQ approval.
 Adjustments should be reflected in CERCLIS by updating the site-specific data base and
 the CERHELP Targets and Accomplishments data file on an ongoing basis. The processes
 described in Exhibit n-5 must be followed when amending the SCAP. Chapter VI outlines
 the procedures for processing AOA change requests. The Office of Program Management
 (OPM) and the program offices in OERR and the Compliance Branch of OWPE provide
 input on SCAP amendment approval decisions.

        Changes to SPMS commitments should not be made simply because targets will not
 be met. However, in some cases, amendments to targets may be necessary and may be
 changed under the following conditions:

        •      Major, unforeseen contingencies arise that alter established priorities (i.e.,
              Congressional action);

             Major contingencies arise to alter established regional commitments (i.e.,
             state legislative action); or

             Measure or definition in system is creating an unanticipated negative impact.

       OSWER requires that all SPMS amendments be submitted to HQ by April 15 in
 order to meet the April 30 deadline imposed by OMSE. SPMS amendments must be
 approved by the AA SWER. The OPM and program offices in OERR and the Compliance
 Branch in OWPE provide input on SPMS amendment approval decisions. All amendments
 should be recorded in the CERCLIS site-specific data base as an "approved" action after the
 region issues the change request or memorandum to OSWER. Regions should not initiate
 any obligation against change requests until the Office of the Comptroller and AA SWER
 approve the revised AOA in IFMS. The site back-up in the Targets and Accomplishments
 data file will be revised by HQ if the amendment is approved.  If the amendment is not
approved, HQ will notify the region and the "approved" record in CERCLIS will have to
be revised.
                                    11-12

-------
                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                          EXHIBIT II-5

                   SCAP AMENDMENT PROCESS
                           AMENDMENTS
 Affecting quarterly
     or annual
   SPMS targets
    or measures
    Affecting
    SCAP but
   not the AOA
     Affecting
    SCAP and
     the AOA
  Memorandum from
Regional Administrator
    to the Assistant
   Administrator of
   SWER explaining
   the reason for the
       change.
 Memorandum from
 Regional Director to
  the HQ OSWER
   Office Director
   explaining the
reason for the change.
 Region will contact the
appropriate HQ program
   office to discuss the
       planned
       change.

      Memorandum from regional director to HQ OSWER Office Director
      explaining the reason for the change

      The change request is electronically transmitted to HQ through
      IFMS

      AOA in IFMS is revised to reflect the change

      The requested amount is entered into CERCLIS
                 OSWER and the Comptroller review the request
                After OSWER concurrence, the revised AOA in IFMS
                   is approved by the Comptroller and AA SWER
                              11-13

-------
                                                       OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

MAINTAINING  THE TARKK™  AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS  FILE

      HQ is responsible for putting the preliminary and final negotiated SCAP/SPMS
targets and site back-up in the Targets and Accomplishments file in CERHELP. During the
fiscal year, HQ will also be responsible for changing the targets and site back-up if
amendments are approved. Regions are responsible for updating the Targets and
Accomplishments file to reflect SCAP/SPMS adjustments. Regions will not receive
credit for  an  accomplishment(s)  unless the appropriate site name(s) is
recorded in the Targets  and Accomplishments  file in CERHELP. Appendix D
contains tables which show which targets and measures require site-specific backup in
CERHELP.

      Following are guidelines for regional maintenance of the Targets and
Accomplishments file.  Additional detailed instructions on CERHELP can be found in the
CERCLIS Users Reference Manual.

      •     Regions will be allowed to add to or delete sites from the Targets and
            Accomplishments file only in the case of site substitutions.  However, the
            site-specific CERCLIS records should be updated at the time a SCAP or
            SPMS amendment is requested.

      •     The number of approved sites named in the Targets and Accomplishments
            file must equal the numerical target.  If a region has a target of eight RDs,
            for example, eight approved sites must be named in the Targets and
            Accomplishments site back-up.

            If "to be determined" (TBD) sites are used instead of real sites in the Targets
            and Accomplishments file, there must be enough candidate sites in
            CERCLIS that can be used to replace the TBD sites as soon as possible.

      •     A site and its associated events/activities which are planned site-specifically
            must be in CERCLIS before they can be in CERHELP. FTE
            distributions use site data in CERHELP.  Regions  may lose FTE if
            appropriate site backup is not in CERHELP.

            It is essential that the list of sites that support the targets be kept up-to-date
            and current. Regional SCAP adjustments must be reflected in CERHELP.
            This includes site substitutions and changes in schedules that do not affect
            SPMS or SCAP targets.

      Following are the procedures for making changes to the CERHELP target site data:

            Each time a change to site data in CERCLIS results in a SCAP adjustment,
            run the CERHELP Target Maintenance Report for FY90 (Report #4 on the
            CERCLIS Site Reports Menu).

            Locate the Target Activity Code page on the report (report is sequenced
            alphabetically by Target Activity Code).

            Scan target site data to locate site no longer being targeted and delete the
            EPA ID, Operable Unit and Event Codes or Enforcement Activity Code.

            Record corresponding codes for the replacement site.
                                    II-14

-------
                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
Access Non-Site/Incident Screen #27 -- CERHELP Target/Accomplishment
Data Maintenance Screen:

       Enter Action Code C=Change and Record Type S=Site
       To access record to be changed, enter required field data (region,
       Fiscal Year, activity type, lead, quarter and sequence number codes)
       directly from report
       Enter replacement site data (EPA ID, OU and Event or Enforcement
       Activity Codes)
       Run Target Maintenance Report to verify changes. File report for
       use in making subsequent changes.

 The HQ SCAP Coordinator and interested program offices will run National
 Target Maintenance Reports as needed to review changes.
                           11-15

-------
                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
          CHAPTER III



NATIONAL INFORMATION NEEDS

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
   CHAPTER ffl - NATIONAL INFORMATION NEEDS
         ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.


   •  CERCLIS data should be updated at least monthly.

   •  On the fifth working day of each month, HQ pulls
      planning and accomplishment data from CERCLIS
      to support a variety of official reporting
      requirements.

   •  No accomplishments are reported that are not
      accurately recorded in CERCLIS by the pull date.

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


                CHAPTER III -  NATIONAL INFORMATION  NF.F.HS
thm,iahrrarRKi^ntiSfS ISS?n1!SSrting SuPerfund nati°nal information needs obtained
through CERCLIS (other than SCAP/SPMS which are fully discussed in other parts of this
manual) and associated regional CERCLIS data entry requirements.  Particular emphasis is placed
on the necessity for more frequent updating (within five working days) of the planning and
accomplishment data in CERCLIS to support monthly and ad hoc management reporting. The
chapter describes data entry and reporting schedules for the CERCLIS Superfund I Progress Report,
senior management monthly program status reports, and Enforcement program management
reports. Some of the reports may change as a result of changes in HQ senior management. The
regions will be kept informed of any new or revised reporting requirements.


INTRODUCTION

       In the past, most Superfund reporting has been on a quarterly basis to support the
SCAP/SPMS process.  Prior to the start of FY89, the regions were only required to assure that
data were up-to-date just before the quarterly planning and accomplishment data pulls. However,
now that data quality has improved to the point that CERCLIS can be used for its intended ongoing
program and project management function, Superfund managers are starting to request more
frequent reports on program status.

       CERCLIS data are now the basis of the monthly management reporting process. For this
process to be effective, the data must be updated on at least a monthly basis. This includes not only
actual accomplishment data but current planning data as well. Emphasis has been placed on the
importance of providing official Superfund numbers and site names to CERCLIS in a timely
manner.  Since accomplishment for RODS, RDs, RAs, Removals, site completions/deletions,
negotiation conclusions, cost recovery, AOs and referrals with and without settlement are taken
from CERCLIS, it is no longer acceptable to report success in a less than formal manner.

       In addition, Headquarters is also initiating several strategies for enhancing data quality in
CERCLIS. In December 1988 Headquarters began a comprehensive effort to clean up the data in
CERCLIS. While current SPMS and SCAP data seem to be of fairly high quality, significant
problems exist with historical program-to-date and  SARA-to-date data. In addition, the various
management reports that are now being produced on a monthly basis are giving inconsistent data.

       The purpose of the data quality initiative is to 1) establish consistent select logic among the
various management reports; 2) correct historical and miscoded data in CERCLIS; 3) produce
CERCLIS reports which are consistent with each other and with numbers from definitive outside
sources; and 4) establish an ongoing data quality program.

       A detailed review of all major management  reports has already been completed, including
SPMS, SCAP, the Superfund  Progress Report, enforcement reports, and workload model reports,
and reprogram'ming is underway to make the select logic more consistent. Upon completion of this
effort the select logic  will be made available to the regions. Also, audit reports have been added to
the CERCLIS menu for regional use in cleaning up historical data. The effort has been prioritized
so that the data quality effort is focused on the more critical measures, such as RODs, RD starts,
RA starts, Consent Decree, Litigation, etc. Headquarters will also be forming a workgroup to look
into the ongoing problem of data quality in CERCLIS data elements not used for ongoing SPMS
and SCAP reporting, such as technical and administrative data elements. Data quality in data
elements that are not directly tied to regional Advices of Allowance, SPMS accomplishments, the
workload model, etc., is of growing concern, particularly with the start of the environmental
results initiative  The workgroup will be soliciting regional participation and suggestions in this
area.

                                      III-l

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
        To be  consistent with  the quarterly SCAP/SPMS reporting  requirements,
 end-of-month CERCLIS reports will be run  on the fifth working day of the next
 month (specific dates are contained in the manager's schedule of significant events found at the
 beginning of this manual). CERCLIS must be up-to-date when these reports are prepared. The
 most effective way to assure that CERCLIS is up-to-date is to enter data as an event or activity
 occurs (i.e., on a real-time basis).  This will ensure that the monthly and quarterly management
 reports are accurate and that any interim ad hoc reports will contain the latest information. Other
 non-recurring information requests, such as Freedom of Information Act requests, can also be
 satisfied using up-to-date CERCLIS data, with little or no need for additional data collection.

        In FY90 the Agency will begin reporting environmental results achieved by Superfund.
 The data elements required for this reporting will be derived from the Superfund Environmental
 Indicators Project that has been ongoing for the past year. The reporting requirements will be
 phased in over the next two years, starting at the beginning of FY90 with data that are readily
 available to the regions in such potential areas as volumes of waste handled, reduced human
 exposure, reduced concentrations, and elimination of pathways of exposure. Specific guidance on
 required elements, data sources, and how this information will be collected and reported will be
 issued separately.

        The following sections provide a brief description of the reporting requirements (other than
 SCAP/SPMS) used for Superfund program management and in the Monthly Management Reports
 package.


 SUPERFUND PROGRESS REPORT (SPR)

        The Superfund Progress Report is a monthly report of year-to-date and inception-to-date
 accomplishments of the Superfund program. No planning data are included in  the SPR. The
 report records site-level (as opposed to operable  unit, event and activity) accomplishments at all
 NPL and non-NPL sites.  It is derived from essentially the SCAP/SPMS event and activity data.
 The Superfund Progress Report is distributed widely to the press, public and Congress and is the
 official source for many of the statistics used to  measure the progress of the Superfund program.

        Because the SPR is run monthly, relevant CERCLIS accomplishment data must be updated
 on a monthly basis. The SPR report will be  run on the fifth working day  of each
 month.  To be available for the SPR  Report, CERCLIS changes must be complete by close of
 business on the fifth working day of each month. This also means that uploads from Wastelan
 must be done by then. It is critical that the data used in generating the SPR be as up-to-date and
 accurate as possible.  Inaccurate, misleading, or outdated information will severely affect program
 credibility since this report is regularly given to Congress and the public.

       This report is  also a part of the OERR Monthly Management Reports mentioned later in this
 chapter.


 SENIOR  MANAGEMENT PROGRAM STATUS REPORTS

       Now that CERCLIS is in the full production mode and data quality has improved to the
 point that it can be used effectively for program and project management, a series of monthly
 reports are being generated for senior managers. Primary among these requirements is the
 "Superfund Monthly Briefing" package for the Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and
Emergency Response. This package, run on the fifth working day of each month and presented to
the AA at a monthly status briefing given by the  OERR and OWPE Office Directors,  contains
progress status information and regional comparison in graphical format. The monthly


                                      III-2

-------
                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
RI/FS Starts and Completions (First and Subsequent, PRP, Fund and State lead) ~
shows regional progress against both RI/FS start and completion SCAP/SPMS
fQT*(Y£*f"O*                                            *
targets;
RI/FS Progress Ongoing (First and Subsequent) - compares the number of RI/FS
events that have been ongoing less than six quarters to RI/FS ongoing over six
quarters;

Average RI/FS Duration and Cost - compares the average cost and duration of
completed projects, pre-SARA starts that are still ongoing, and post-SARA starts
that are still ongoing;

First RODs - shows the number of first RODs signed as well as the number on
schedule and behind schedule for the current year SPMS cycle.  Behind schedule is
defined as when the current planned quarter is later than the targeted quarter;

Subsequent RODs — shows the number of subsequent RODs signed as well as the
number on schedule and behind schedule. For a definition of behind schedule refer
to the First RODs definition above;

First RD Starts - shows the number of first RDs started as well as the number on
schedule and behind schedule.  For a definition of behind schedule refer to the First
RODs definition above;

First RA Starts — shows the number of first RAs started as well as the number on
schedule and behind schedule.  For a definition of behind schedule refer to the First
RODs definition above;

Post-Sara RA Start Target ~ displays progress towards the SARA RA start target.
Site progress is classified as either pre-remedial design, in remedial design, RA
start no contract award, or RA contract awarded;

RD/RA Negotiations -- depicts the target RD/RA negotiations and shows where
negotiations have been completed or have slipped;

RD/RA Settlements -- depicts total RD/RA consent decrees and unilateral orders in
compliance;

RD/RA Enforcement -- shows UAOs for RD/RA as well as 106 referrals for
RD/RA;

Settlements for PRP Work and Cost Recovery - depicts the value of settlements for
PRP work to be performed (Section 106) and the dollars recovered from PRPs via
settlements (Section 107 & 122);

Cost Recovery Actions Referred to Headquarters/DOJ - depicts the number of site
referrals and dollars per region  where cost recovery actions for pre-remedial action
and remedial projects have been referred to Headquarters or to the Department of
Justice;
                         III-3

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
             Removal Starts and Obligations (First and Subsequent, PRP and Fund lead) -- a
             comparison of removal starts as a percent of target and obligations, shown as a
             percent of allowance.  RP response cost estimates are also shown;

             PA and SI Completions -- displays progress towards the annual PA and SI target
             levels;

             Superfund Site Completions and Deletions from the NPL -- displays the number of
             sites deleted from the NPL, sites noticed for deletion, sites with completed close out
             reports awaiting publication of deletion notice, Long Term Response Actions, and
             sites with completed final action but close out report not final; and

             Federal Facility IAG Negotiations -- depicts the number of sites where IAG
             negotiations for RI/FS through RD/RA or RD/RA only have been completed, have
             slipped, or are anticipated to start by years end.


       The management reports, listed above, are being supplemented by monthly management
reporting packages in both OERR and OWPE and gathered into the "OSWER Monthly
Management Reports" package which is distributed to both Headquarters and regional
management.  It is absolutely essential  that end-of-month CERCLIS data  be up-to-
date as of the fifth working day of each month. This is the day that reports will be pulled
from CERCLIS to satisfy these monthly reporting requirements.  Again it is strongly
recommended that planning and accomplishment data be entered on a daily basis as events,
activities, and slippage occur.


       Response Reports

       The following CERCLIS reports along with the "Superfund Monthly Briefing" are part of
the OERR Monthly Reports to management:

       •      Proactive Report -- shows targets and slippages for current quarter targets
             for RODs, RDs and RAs. Slips are defined as where the current planned
             accomplishment quarter is later than the originally targeted quarter or where
             the current planned quarter is blank.  Target and slippage data presented on
             this report are only through the current FY/Quarter. This should not be
             confused with the Proactive Memorandum that was formerly produced;

       •      Average Duration and Costs of Major Activities -- presents the number, the
             average duration in quarters, and the average cost of major remedial events
             for three classes of events: completed events, pre-SARA starts still ongoing,
             and post-SARA starts still ongoing;

             Pipeline of Ongoing Major Remedial Events -- shows total starts and
             completions of fund lead remedial events by year. By computing starts and
             completions the report indicates the number of ongoing projects (operable
             units) at the end of the fiscal year;

             Pre-Remedial and Remedial Program Performance - displays the percent
             of the current quarter target that was achieved in the major pre-remedial and
             remedial program areas. Performance is aggregate performance
             (Fund/PRP);
                                     III-4

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              Ongoing Work at NPL Sites - shows the number of ongoing RI/FS, RD
              and RA (operable units) over time, by lead;
                      StartS and ComPletions " provides a summary of all NPL and
              Non-NPL Removal starts and completions since inception and also includes
              information on the duration of ongoing removals;

              Superfund Progress Report -- provides information on site activity,
              including financial and enforcement information. This report is also used as
              a stand alone report. For a more detailed description refer to the previous
              section in this chapter titled Superfund Progress Report;

       •       Superfund Numbers Matrix (event- and activity-based counts) - displays
              accomplishment totals, by lead, over three time periods: since program
              inception, post-SARA, and pre-SARA;

       •       Completions/Deletions Site Listing - lists sites deleted from the NPL, sites
              noticed for deletion, sites with completed close out reports awaiting
              publication of deletion notice, Long Term Response Actions, and sites with
              completed final action but close out report not final;

       •       Site Inventory and Progress Toward SARA Targets ~ provides a summary
              of pre-remedial activity with an emphasis on progress towards SARA
              targets and annual SPMS commitments; and

       •       Regional Commitments and Obligations - shows commitments and
              obligations against the quarterly advice of allowance by allowance type and
              by region.


       Enforcement Reports

       The following CERCLIS reports along with the "Superfund Monthly Briefing" are used by
Enforcement management in order to monitor not only accomplishments versus targets, but also
planned activities or any activities that might call for immediate action:

              Program to Date Superfund Settlements ~ This report lists all Settlements
              with a financial type of "R", or where PRP work is to be performed;

       •       Statute of Limitations Management Report - This report lists planned and
              actual completion dates for removal, Rl/FS, and remedial activities for all
              quarters. Planned and actual obligations for each type of activity are also
              included;

              Dingell Quarterly Report - This report lists the status of ongoing
              negotiations, special notice letter information, sites where federal agencies
              are PRPs, and those federal agencies that are PRPs;

              Cost Recovery Category Report -  This report lists every removal
              completed  every RA started and some pre-RA activities that are ripe for
              cost recovery. The sites are divided into two categories -  actions already
              taken and sites needing action.
                                       III-5

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


              "Report Card" Reports -- The reports list, by fiscal year, PRP and Fund
              response counts along with site back-up. Additional enforcement Activity
              Reports, by fiscal year, recording counts with site back-up for major
              enforcement activities are also used.


ADMINISTRATIVE  REQUIREMENTS

       In addition to the previously mentioned reporting requirements, CERCLIS provides
valuable information to a broad range of users. For example, the Freedom of Information Act
(FOIA) provides public access to CERCLIS data that have not been designated as confidential.
These data are provided to private citizens, public and private interest groups, and industry (See
Appendix B for FOIA information).  Site name, description, location, NPL status, and current site
activity are of particular interest to some of these groups, while not always being critical to internal
management reporting requirements.

       Ad hoc requests from Congress can also be answered, in many cases, by data contained in
the CERCLIS data base. The more up-to-date and complete Superfund site data are, the more
outside requests can be satisfied by queries of the CERCLIS database, and less time will have to be
spent by the regions in searching through files.

       There are also data elements in CERCLIS that are used as links to other data bases.  The
Zip Code is used by the Geograph data base to provide system-generated data to CERCLIS with
site latitude, longitude, hydrogeologic unit, standard metropolitan statistical area, county name,
county code, and congressional district.  The EPA ID is supplied by the FINDS system and is used
in data bases throughout EPA and other Federal Agencies, which relate to Superfund sites. The
Superfund account number is used in CERCLIS and the Integrated Financial Management System
(IFMS) and links CERCLIS and IFMS financial data. While some of these elements are not
critical to SCAP, SPMS or SPR, they are nonetheless of great importance to the efficient running
of the CERCLIS data base and other related programs.
                                      III-6

-------
                                    OSWER Directive 92003-01C
       CHAPTER IV



TARGETS AND MEASURES

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                CHAPTER TV  - TARmrTfr A.ND ME ASTTPF.fi
ROLE OF  SCAP
             and SPMS ^gets *& the key device by which program goals are translated
into quantifiable program achievements.  They identify performance expectations for the
regions and should not be seen as only a method for allocating resources. Specific targets
are negotiated by HQ and the regions. The regions are expected to concentrate their
resources on achieving these targets.

       SPMS is used by the Administrator to set and monitor the progress each program is
making toward meeting its environmental goals.  SPMS targets and measures are reported
quarterly by HQ and the regions to the Office of Management Systems and Evaluation
(OMSE) through the OMSE SPMS computer system. SCAP is used by the Assistant
Administrator SWER and senior Superfund managers to monitor the progress each region
is making toward achieving its Superfund goals.  SCAP targets and measures are reported
monthly by the regions through CERCLIS. As discussed in Chapter I, the CEPP does not
use CERCLIS for reporting SCAP accomplishments. The reports used by the CEPP in
recording quarterly accomplishments can be found in Volume II, Appendix F "reserve".

       National and regional SPMS goals are established and tracked through SCAP.
SPMS targets are a subset of those contained in SCAP.
SCAP/SPMS TARGETS AND MEASURES

       A SCAP or SPMS target (either quarterly or annual) is a pre-determined numerical
goal that is established prior to the fiscal year the designated activities will take place. All
SPMS targets are SCAP targets. An example of a SCAP and SPMS targeted activity is a
first RD start. Annual budgets and resources are allocated based on SPMS and SCAP
targets.  In addition, regions are evaluated on a quarterly basis according to their
completion of activities with established targets.

       A SCAP or SPMS measure, on the other hand, is used to track an activity that is
important in monitoring overall program progress. The three types of measures are SCAP
planning estimates, SPMS reporting, and the Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program
(CEPP), which uses SCAP reporting measures. Planning estimates result in numerical
goals being established prior to the fiscal year (e.g., RD completions) which are used in
setting annual budgets and full-time equivalent (FTE) staff allocations. Regions report
progress against the planning estimates. SPMS reporting measures have no associated
quantitative goals; only actual accomplishments are tracked (e.g., AOs for PRP response).
SCAP reporting measures are used by the CEPP to report progress toward achieving a
SCAP target or to describe the types of activities being conducted.
                                     IV-1

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       There has been growing concern during the past two years that the SPMS measures
have been increasing in number and require reporting on milestones that are difficult to
predict months in advance or that are so closely related in time that it is unnecessary to
report on both. In an effort to address these concerns, continue to provide the
Administrator with information on the progress of the program and retain or develop
measures that support environmentally significant program priorities, the FY90 combined
Fund and Enforcement SPMS targeted activities have been reduced to the following:

       •     Number of sites with completed Site Inspections;

       •     Number of NPL sites addressed through a removal action or RI/FS start;

       •     Number of remedies selected at NPL sites;

       •     Number of remedial design activities started;

       •     Number of remedial action activities started; and

       •     Number of sites where all remedial/removal implementation has been
             completed.

       The new measures are the number of NPL sites addressed and the number of sites
where all remedial/removal implementation has been completed.  The NPL sites addressed
measure is an effort to initiate response actions at the backlog of NPL sites which have
been left dormant after the SI stage. The remaining measures are unchanged from FY89
and represent the major environmental milestones of the program. Measures being dropped
from SPMS will still be included as SCAP targets or measures to be targeted, reported
against and evaluated by the Assistant Administrator and senior Superfund management.

       Exhibits IV-1 and IV-2 on the following pages contain the SCAP/SPMS Targets
and Measures. Definitions and planning requirements for Pre-Remedial, Remedial,
Removal, Enforcement, Federal Facility and Oil Spill activities are in Volume n, Appendix
D. SCAP/SPMS Targets and Measures for the Chemical Emergency Preparedness and
Prevention Program are found in Exhibits IV-3 and IV-4. CEPP  definitions and
requirements can be found in Appendix F.
                                     IV-2

-------
                                                                      OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
                                   EXHIBIT IV-1
                               SCAP/SPMS TARGETS
ACTIVITIES
   ^^^^^^"^^^^^••i^MI
Pre-Rcmcdial
Preliminary Assessment (PA) Completions
Site Inspection (SI) Completions (S/F-1)
Remedial
Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study Start
 First RI/FS Starts
 Subsequent RI/FS Starts
 RI/FS To Public
RI/FS Completions (ROD) (S/C-3)
 First RI/FS Completions (ROD)
 Subsequent RI/FS Completion (ROD)
 Final RI/FS Completion (ROD)
Remedial Design (RD) (S/C-4)
 First RD Start
 Subsequent RD Starts
 Final RD Start
Remedial Action (RA) Start (S/C-5)
 First RA Start-RP
 First RA Start-Fund
 Subsequent RAStart-RP
 Subsequent RA Start - Fund
 Final RAStart-RP
 Final RA Start-Fund
NPL Sites with RA Starts Post-SARA
Final RA Completions
Deletion Initiated
 SPMS
TARGET
 SCAP
TARGET
QUARTERLY
  TARGET
ANNUAL
TARGET
  ' The SPMS target combines first, subsequent and final as a single target.
                                       IV-3

-------
                                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                           EXHIBIT IV-1 (CONTINUED)
                              SCAP/SPMS TARGETS
ACTIVITIES
 SPMS
TARGET
 SCAP
TARGET
QUARTERLY
  TARGET
ANNUAL
TARGET
Removal
NPL Removal Start
Non-NPL Removal Start
NPL Site Completions through
  Removal Actions

Remedial/Removal
NPL Sites Addressed through removal
 action or RI/FS start (S/C-2)
NPL Sites where all remedial/removal
 implementation has been completed (S/C-6)


Enforcement
Start of RD/RA Negotiations
Conclusion of RD/RA Negotiations
Small Case Cost Recovery Referrals
Administrative Settlements
Section 106 RD/RA Referrals/Orders (S/E-4)
 - with settlement
 - without settlement
 - Unilateral Orders
Section 107 Cost Recovery Referral Actions
  and Settlements (>$200,000) (S/E-2)
- Pre-RA
- Remedial Action and other pre-RA Events
Federal Facility
NPL Sites with Federal Facility Agreements/
  Interagency Agreements (S/E-5)
RI/FS Start
RVFS Completions (ROD)
RD Start
Remedial Action Start
 First RA Start
 Subsequent RA Start
 Final RA Start
             X
                                      IV-4

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
ACTIVITIES
                                 EXHIBIT IV-2
                             SCAP/SPMS MEASURES
 SPMS     I    SCAP
REPORTING  PLAN/REPORT
                                                        QTRLY
ANNUAL
Pre-Remedial
% SI Candidates Req.Further Action
 (S/F-la)
FTT-PA/SI Completions
State-PA/SI Completions
Sites with LSI Starts

Remedial/Removal
Percent of NPL Sites Addressed
 todate(S/C2a)

Remedial
RD Completions
RA Completions
RA On-Site Construction
Tieatability Studies

Removal Completions
Removal Investigations Completed at
 NPL Sites
Removal Completions


 Federal Facilities
 NPL Sites with RA Start Post -
   SARA

Oil Spill Activities
SPCC Inspections/Reviews
Clean Water Act Funded Oil Spills
 Cleaned Up by EPA
On-Scene Monitoring of Oil Spill
 Responses
                        X
                                  IV-5

-------
                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
EXHIBIT IV-2 (CONTINUED)
  SCAP/SPMS MEASURES
ACTIVITIES
Enforcement
NPL PRP Search Start
Non-NPL PRP Search Start
NPL Sites with Completed
PRP Searches
Non-NPL Sites with Completed
PRP Searches
Issuance of General Notice Letters
Issuance of Special Notice Letters
Removal Negotiations Starts
Removal Negotiations Complete
Administrative Orders for Removals
(S/E-1)
RI/FS Negotiations Start
RI/FS Negotiations Complete
Section 106/107 Referrals with or w/o
Settlement (>$200,000) (S/E-2)
- Pre-RA
- Remedial Action and other pre-RA
Events
Section 106, 106/107 Case Resolution
Section 107 Case Resolution
Dollars Achieved thru Cost Recovery
(S/E-3)
104(e) Letters Issued
104(e) Referrals
Demand Letters Issued
Cost Recovery Close-out Memo
Administrative Record Compilation
Completed (Removal and Remedial)
Compliance Enforcement
SPMS
REPORTING












X




X

X



X







SCAP
PLAN/REPORT

X
X

X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X


X

X
X
X


X
X
X
X

X
X
QTRLY

X
X

X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X


X

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X
X
ANNUAL 1
1
X I
X I
1
x H
1
^ 1
X 1
X 1
X 1
x 1
1
x H
x I
x H
1
I
x 1
1
X H
x 1
X H
1
x 1
x 1
x 1
x 1
x 1
I
x I
I
     IV-6

-------
                                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                      EXHIBIT IV-3
                                CEPP SCAP/SPMS TARGETS
ACTIVITIES
CEPP
Status of Tide HI implementation
in each State
Technical assistance activities which EPA
conducted, sponsored, assisted in developing
or participated
Exercises in which EPA provided assistance to
or participated in to test Federal, State or
local plan
Chemical safety audits conducted
Formal training courses EPA conducts
or participates in to improve Federal,
State and local chemical emergency
preparedness programs
SPMS
TARGET


X

X


X
X



X
SCAT
TARGET


X

X


X
X



X
QUARTERLY
TARGET


X*

X


X
X



X
ANNUAL
TARGET


X

X


X
X



X
Quarterly targets vary. Specific dates are to be determined.     * Second and fourth quarters only,
                                                      by state.
                                        IV-7

-------
                                                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                           EXHIBIT IV-4
                                   CEPP SCAP/SPMS MEASURES
  ACTIVITIES
    CEPP
    Outreach activities in which EPA
    participated in, conducted, sponsored
    or developed
   Investigations of possible violations
   of Sections 302,303,304,311 or 312
   Section 304 violations identified
   Facilities determined to be in violation
   of Sections 302,303,311 or 312
   Administrative Orders, judicial referrals
   and State orders for 302,303,304,311
   and 312
   EPA informal or formal enforcement
   actions which resulted in non-compliers
   returning to compliance
   Eartnauake Prenaredness Program
   Completion of draft Hazardous Materials
   Annex to the multi-agency plan for Federal
   response to a catastrophic earthquake
   for the region
   Participation in earthquake preparedness
   activities
   National Security Emergency
   Preoaredness Proeram
   Participation in National Security
   Emergency Preparedness activities
Quarterly targets vary. Specific dates are to be determined.     * Second and fourth quarters only.
                                            IV-8

-------
                                 OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
            CHAPTER V

 PROGRAM PLANNING REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 92003-01C
        CHAPTER V - PROGRAM PLANNING
        REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES
       ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES

       —	_____

Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.

   •  Pre-remedial

        -   In order to receive credit for Preliminary
           Assessments and Site Inspection completions,
           the completion date and a decision on further
           activities must be entered into CERCLIS.

   •  Removal

        -   Enter planning data on removal actions into
           CERCLIS as soon as a site is identified or the
           quarter before a removal will begin.

   *  Response

       -   CERCLIS must identify lead for all response events
           and enforcement activities.

       -   If a PRP takes over an RI/FS after Fund dollars
           have been obligated, the unspent funds should
           be deobligated.

       -   If a PRP takes over an RD/RA after Fund dollars
           have been obligated, the region should retain
           the fund's needs for oversight, and deobligate the
           remainder.

       -   For outyear budget purposes provide schedules for
           all core remedial events and enforcement activities
           when identifying sites for RI/FS starts.

       -   Standard durations should only be used until more
           accurate timeframes for response events and
           enforcement activities are not available. When
           better planning data and schedules are developed
           CERCLIS must be revised.

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
     CHAPTER V - PROGRAM PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES (Cont'd)
    ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
•  Response (Cont'd)
         A mega-site management plan must be submitted
         to HQ for all sites where the total site RI/FS
         work exceeds $3 million.

         Request funds for treatability studies separate
         from the RI/FS under the "TS" event in CERCLIS.
         Record actual start and completion dates for
         treatability studies in CERCLIS.

         Remedial action information must be entered into
         CERCLIS. Regions will not receive funds for an
         RA in their Advice of Allowance unless the R A
         remedy type is in CERCLIS. Regions will not
         receive credit for a PRP RA start unless the remedy
         type is in CERCLIS.

         Negotiate reimbursement of Technical
         Assistance Grants at Federal Facilities
         during FFA/IAG negotiations.

         Mixed funding settlements must be planned.
         Funds are part of the region's RA budget.

         Send notice letters to PRPs, conduct negotiations and
         issue administrative Orders at every removal, time
         permitting.

         Prepare enforcement site management plans
         shortly after a site is proposed for the NPL.

         Issue notice letters for RI/FS at least 90 days prior to
         the planned RI/FS start.

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
     CHAPTER V - PROGRAM PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES (Cont'd)
    ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
•  Response (Cont'd^
         A mega-site management plan must be submitted
         to HQ for all sites where the total site RI/FS
         work exceeds $3 million.

         Request funds for treatability studies separate
         from the RI/FS under the "TS" event in CERCLIS.
         Record actual start and completion dates for
         treatability studies in CERCLIS.

         Remedial action information must be entered into
         CERCLIS. Regions will not receive funds for an
         RA in their Advice of Allowance unless the RA
         remedy type is in CERCLIS. Regions will not
         receive credit for a PRP RA start unless the remedy
         type is in CERCLIS.

         Negotiate reimbursement of Technical
         Assistance Grants at Federal Facilities
         during FFA/IAG negotiations.

         Mixed funding settlements must be planned.
         Funds are part of the region's RA budget.

         Send notice letters to PRPs, conduct negotiations and
         issue administrative Orders at every removal, time
         permitting.

         Prepare enforcement site management plans
         shortly after a site is proposed for the NPL.

         Issue notice letters for RI/FS at least 90 days prior to
         the planned RI/FS start.

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
            CHAPTER V - PROGRAM PLANNING REPORTING
                   REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES
INTEGRATED PLANNING

       Planning in the Superfund program is accomplished through the budget, operating
guidance, SCAP and performance evaluation process. Successful planning requires the
clear articulation of program priorities in the budget and operating guidance, accurate
costing of these priorities in the budget, workload model and SCAP, and careful translation
of the priorities and resource requirements into specific output commitments in SCAP and
SPMS. Candid evaluation of performance against these commitments is essential to the
assessment of the viability of program priorities, resource requirements and overall
effectiveness.

       Integrated planning is the responsibility of both HQ and the regions. HQ adjusts
resources within and between the response and enforcement programs to ensure that
priority activities have adequate resources. Regions provide specific input on the level of
resources needed to accomplish priority activities and negotiate commitments consistent
with realistic site planning.  Regions should not accept targets that require completion of
activities which cannot be funded or staffed within the resources provided.

       Flexibility to adjust resources in response to changing program conditions
decreases through time. Exhibit V-l on page V-3, summarizes levels of flexibility as the
operating year is entered. Major phases in the decision making continuum include:

              Formulation of the outyear budget 12 to 18 months prior to the fiscal year.
              Development of the budget includes identification of major program issues,
              analysis of program costs, and alignment of resources among competing
              priorities. These activities occur within an overall resource cap established
              by the Administrator and Assistant Administrator (AA) which balances
              Superfund needs against other Agency programs.

        •      Development of the initial operating plan six months prior to the fiscal year
              and final operating plan immediately prior to the start of the fiscal year. The
              operating plan and associated SCAP/SPMS output commitments are the
              vehicle  by which OSWER translates national budget commitments into
              region specific targets and provides resources to support targets through the
              Advice  of Allowance (AOA) and workload process. Regions are expected
              to live within the annual regional budgets established at the start of the year
              until the mid-year SCAP update. Regions have substantial flexibility within
              the general budget and AOA structure constraints to shift funds as needed to
              meet priority activities. Continued shifting of enforcement funds to the
              regional AOAs will increase this flexibility in FY90. HQ does not maintain
              contingency reserves in the operating plan.  As a result, once the initial
              operating plan is established at the start of the year, resources can be shifted
              to a region only at the expense of resources for other regions.
                                        V-l

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       •      The mid-year update is used to realign resources in the current fiscal year
              and establish preliminary resource and target levels for the upcoming fiscal
              year. Current year resource adjustments focus on changes needed due to
              cost and project schedule changes. Changes may result in both shifts
              within program areas and revised  annual funding  levels.
              Estimates developed for the upcoming fiscal year represent the first formal
              opportunity for changing resources among program areas at a national level.
              The revised resource estimates also serve as a "baseline" for examining
              program needs in the budget year.

PROGRAM  MANAGEMENT  PROCEDURES

       This section describes the information flow and HQ/regional responsibilities
associated with the integrated planning.

       HQ responsibilities in the integrated planning process include:

       •      Joint (Fund and Enforcement) establishment of a hierarchy of program
              priorities in consultation with the regions to be used in negotiations and
              adjustments of targets;

       •      Joint (Fund and Enforcement) review of operating plans and site
              commitments proposed by the regions prior to negotiations;

       •      Work with regional managers to determine how resources should be
              adjusted to meet program priorities;

       •      Timely communication with the regions on changes/additions to SCAP
              schedules;

       •      Seek to reprogram resources between the Fund and Enforcement programs
              if needed to support priority activities;

       •      Provide the funding and FTE at levels consistent with established pricing
              factors when targets are negotiated;

       •      Increased participation  of regional managers in the formulation of
              preliminary resource requests; and

       •      Develop policy and guidance in response to Congressional or Agency
              initiatives.

       Effective operation of integrated priority setting depends heavily on regional
willingness to do the following:

       •       Manage projects to integrate enforcement and fund milestones and to ensure
              schedules and timelines are met;

       •       Provide accurate, complete and timely project planning data in CERCLIS
              and SCAP;

       •       Follow the established planning procedures and requirements so that HQ
              has a common basis to evaluate regional proposals; and
                                       V-2

-------
                                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

             Recognize that missed commitments severely impact resource availability
             (for example, FTE and dollars budgeted for negotiations and/or RD in a
             fiscal year cannot be used if the ROD slips past the fiscal year. The FTE
             cannot be replaced and the funds do not automatically roll over into the next
             fiscal year.)

                                   EXHIBTT  V-l

        FLEXIBILITY SCALE  FOR BUDGETING/PLANNING
        MINIMUM
                                                               MAXIMUM
 OPERATING YEAR  BUDGET
          (FY90)
                                                          OPERATING  YEAR  BUDGET
                                                                   (FY92)
OPERATING  YEAR  BUDGET
          (FY91)
1.  Operating Plan Sets Fund-
   ing Ceiling
                              1. Development of Operating
                                Plan Begins 6 Months Prior
                                toFY
                            1. Formulation Begins 12 -18
                               Months Prior to FY
                               Largely Dependent on Reg
                               Planning Data in CERCLIS
2.  Quarter Specific Targets are
   Set-
                             2. Initial SCAP/SPMS Targets
                                Set in March; Finalized in
                                August
                            2. No Targets Set but Sche-
                               dules and Estimated RA
                               Cost Help to Drive Budget
                               Request
   -  SPMS Targets can be
     Changed only through
     Formal RA Request
   -  Sites can be Substituted
     to Meet Commitments
                                                         3. Pricing Factors are Subject
                                                            to Review
   Pricing Factors are Set -
   Cannot Change Pricing on
   Events/Activities
  Pricing Factors can be
  changed through Regional/
  HO Consensus
                                                            Budget is Constrained
                                                            Based on Resource Cap
                                                            Imposed by AA and Admin
                                                            istrator Unless Exception
                                                            can be Justified
4. Additional Funds/FTEs can
   only be Obtained through
   Special Requests
  The Budget is Set but There
  is More Leeway to Make Ad-
  justments Based on Proven
  Need
                                                            Flexibility to Design Budget
                                                            to Optimize Cross-Program
                                                            Priorities at Maximum
   Regions have Flexibility
   within General Budget and
   AOA Structure Constraint to
   Shift Funds to Meet Priority
   Activities
                                Mid-Year SCAP Update Sets
                                Preliminary Resource Levels
6.  Mid-Year SCAP Update Used
   to Realign Resources
                                Flexibility on Dollars and FTE
                                may be Constrained by Pre-
                                sent Budget
7.  Flexibility on Dollars much
   Greater than FTEs through
   Reg. Reprogramming
                                         V-3

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 PRE-REMEDIAL  PLANNING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

       Preliminary Assessments/Screening Site Inspections

       Regions can only be given credit for Preliminary Assessment (PA) and Screening
 Site Inspection (SSI) completions if the completion date and a decision on further activities
 at the site are entered into the appropriate CERCLIS site record.

       There are three decisions on further activities that must be made at the completion of
 the PA:

       •      High priority for an SI;
       «      Medium priority for an SI; and
       •      No further remedial action planned (NFRAP).

       There are two decisions on future activities that must be made at the completion of
 the SSI:

       •      Recommendation for an LSI; and
       •      No further remedial action planned (NFRAP).


       Listing Site Inspection

       Listing Site Inspections (LSIs) are the field efforts to support proposals to the NPL
 using the revised HRS. LSIs are not RI/FS substitutes and, consequently, the
 expenditures must be efficient and focused. Two important goals are to limit technical
 hours for each LSI and to minimize subcontracting expenditures. LSIs to meet SCAP
 planning estimates must be identified on a site-specific basis.

 REMOVAL  PLANNING AND REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS

       The nature of removal activities is to respond to emergency, time critical and non-
 time critical situations at NPL and non-NPL sites. Planning for removal actions in FY90
 will be more difficult than ever before. On the one hand, SARA provides broader removal
 authority  and imposes new requirements; on the other hand, removal funding did not
 increase above the FY89 level.

       Each region should recognize that it probably  does not have sufficient funds to
 address all actual or threatened releases that meet the removal criteria in the National
 Contingency Plan (NCP). Responsible management means having to make some tough
 decisions. Regions may have to defer funding time critical actions in order to maintain a
 sufficient contingency for classic emergencies. Additionally, regions have to depend more
 upon state and local authorities to address the real, but smaller threats that regions now
 occasionally handle.

       The increased use of enforcement authorities becomes essential as the funds for
 removal actions are reduced. PRP searches should be initiated as soon as a candidate site
 has been identified. Oral notice, followed by written  notice, should be given to PRPs in
 emergency situations. For time critical situations, written notice should be given to
 identified PRPs, negotiations should be conducted and administrative orders issued to the
extent possible where there are viable parties and the work can be properly scoped and
implemented. PRP searches may continue after the removal has started to further identify
                                       V-4

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

PRPs for take-over of actions or cost recovery. Non-time critical removals with viable
PRPs are prime candidates for PRP actions.

       Since so much of the removal work cannot be anticipated, regions are only required
to do site-specific planning one quarter in advance. Each quarter, a plan for the upcoming
quarter is prepared. A region begins this planning period by identifying sites in CERCLIS
which are candidates for removal work in the upcoming quarter, designating the expected
lead and identifying the funding each action will require. Oversight dollars for PRP
removals will be provided through the Case Budget. In order for funds to be available for
classic emergencies or for sites that cannot be identified during the planning process, a
removal contingency amount is placed in the non-site/incident activity section of the
CERHELP data base by the region.

       Conducting removal investigations at unaddressed NPL sites is a high priority in
FY90. A new event (RS) has been added to CERLCIS to report completed removal
investigations at NPL sites. There is no planning requirement; actual completions should
be reported as they occur.

       The process for determining quarterly Advices of Allowance for the removal
program is described in Chapter VI.


REMEDIAL PLANNING  REQUIREMENTS

       Site Classification

       As a result of the recommendations of the 90 day study, regions will no longer be
required to enter or maintain the site classification.

       •      NV -  Search complete, no viable PRPs, orphan site;

       •      VC -  Viable PRP; cannot do work; and

       •      VP - Search complete, viable PRPs.

Regions will be required to enter into CERCLIS outcome codes upon completion of an
NPL or non-NPL PRP search. See the Enforcement Planning Requirements section of this
Chapter for additional information.

       Project/Event Lead Codes

       Project/event lead codes identify the entity performing the work at the site. Exhibit
V-2, on page V-8, shows the valid project/event lead codes. Beginning in FY90, RI/FS
and RD projects can no  longer be identified as SE lead.

       A lead code must be placed in CERCLIS for all response events and enforcement
activities. The lead code for a project support activity is the same as the lead code for the
activity being supported. For example, management assistance funds to a state in support
of a PRP RI/FS should be coded as RP lead.  All enforcement actions (i.e., orders,
decrees, PRP searches, etc.)  performed by EPA and all RODs resulting from PRP RI/FS
projects should have a lead of "FE".  All enforcement actions conducted by the state should
have a lead of "SE".  RODs at Federal Facilities have a lead code of "FF". CERCLIS
should not contain planned obligations for projects with "SR" or "SN" leads.
                                       V-5

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       The Agency acknowledges that states can and have assumed the lead role in
reaching an agreement with the PRPs for response activities at NPL sites without
negotiating a cooperative agreement or other formal agreement with EPA (SR lead).
However, the NCP has determined that in the absence of a formal agreement the state will
not be officially recognized as the "lead agency" for the project and EPA will not concur on
the remedy selected.
                                  EXHIBIT  V-2
        PROJECT/EVENT LEAD CODES IN CERCLIS IN FY9O
  Lead

    F


    RP
    PS
    SN


    SR





    CO


    MR




    SE
   FE





   EP


   FF
 Definition

 Federally financed work performed by Fund/EPA
 with no enforcement component (applies to response events)

 Potentially Responsible Party financed work
 performed by the PRP under a federal order (applies to
 response events)

 Federally financed work by a State with no
 enforcement component - Money provided through
 a cooperative agreement (applies to response events)

 Potentially Responsible Party financed work
 performed by PRP under a state order with
 oversight paid for or conducted by EPA through a
 cooperative agreement or, if oversight is not funded by EPA,
 a State Memorandum of Agreement or other formal
 document between EPA and the state (applies to response
 events)

 State financed (no Fund dollars) work performed by
 the state (applies to response events)

 Potentially Responsible Party response under a
 state order and no EPA oversight support or money
 provided through a cooperative agreement and no other
 formal agreement exists between EPA and the state (applies to
 response events)

 Work performed by the Coast Guard - Limited to
 removals (applies to response events)

 Preauthorization Mixed Funding (Fund/Responsible Party)
 work performed by PRP under a federal decree with
 an agreement that the fund will provide
 reimbursement to the PRP (applies to response events)

 Federally financed work performed by a State with
 a state enforcement component - Money provided
 through a cooperative agreement or other comparable
 enforcement document (No longer applies to Rl/FS  and RD,
 Beginning in FY9O only applies to enforcement activities and
 ROD events.)

 Federally financed work perfomed by Fund/EPA with
 an enforcement component or work done by enforcement
 program (No longer applies to RI/FS and RD.  Beginning  in
 FY89 only applies to enforcement activities and ROD
 events.)

 Work performed by EPA using in-house resources
 (only applies to response events)

Work performed by the Federal Facility with oversight
provided by EPA and/or the State
                                        V-6

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

Takeovers

       A takeover means a change in entity performing an event. Typically, this occurs
where a PRP settlement has been concluded after the event has been started. It may also
occur where the fund assumes a PRP-lead project because of non-compliance.

       For each remedial or removal event takeover, a new CERCLIS record must be
created and the first and subsequent start (FSS) and complete (FSC) codes (C2115 and
C2116) revised. A takeover does not create a new OU. The original CERCLIS event must
be updated to show the completion date as the date of the takeover. The start date for the
new CERCLIS event is also the date of the takeover.

       The CERCLIS Event Takeover Flag (C2114) is manually maintained. A "T" is
used in this field to flag the original event which has the change in lead. The new event has
an event code followed by a sequence number to indicate the original event that  was taken
over.

       When the takeover of a response event occurs and work has not proceeded past the
workplan stage, credit will be given to the program taking over the lead for both a start and
completion. For example, assume a settlement is reached for a PRP to conduct a RI/FS for
which a fund has already obligated funds but no work  has been approved. The PRPs, in
picking up the project at this stage, will get a RI/FS start. Had the work plan been
approved, the fund would have received RI/FS start credit.  In order to assure credit is
given to the proper program, the FSS and FSC codes should be placed with  the event
which was taken over.  (See Exhibit V-3 for an example of the takeover coding.)
However, if a takeover occurs after the workplan stage  then the new lead will only receive
credit for a completion; the previous lead retains credit  for the start. Exhibit V-4 shows the
proper placement of the FSS and FSC  codes under these circumstances. Basically the FSS
code stays with the original event record and the FSC code is placed with the new record.

                                EXHIBIT  V-3

            EVENT OR ACTIVITY TAKEOVER AT WQRKPLAN STAGE
                    TAKEOVER  PLAN  ACTUAL  PLAN  ACTUAL
  QU  EVENT  LEAD   FLAG   START  START  COMP.   COMP.  F§£  FSC  COMMENTS
  01   C01     F        T       88/4   7/29/88   89/1   11/30/88              SITE WIDE
  01   C02     RP      C01      89/1   11/30/88   91/1            A   A     SITE WIDE
                                      V-7

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


                                 EXHIBIT V-4


                        EVENT OR ACTIVITY TAKEOVER
                     TAKEOVER PLAN  ACTUAL  PLAN
  Oil  EVENT  LEAD   FLAG   START   START  COMP.  COMP.  FSS FSC  COMMENTS
   01   C01     F        T       88/1   H/15/87  89/3    4/30/89   A         SITE WIDE
   01   C02     RP      C01     89/3    4/30/89   90/2                  A    SITE WIDE
        If a PRP takes over RI/FS after program dollars have been obligated, unspent funds
 should be immediately deobligated.  After these funds are replaced in the region's Advice
 of Allowance, they may be used by the region for other RI/FS activities or in accordance
 with the flexible funding priorities outlined in Chapter VI.  If the region does not have
 sufficient Case Budget funds to oversee the PRP RI/FS, it may request a change in the
 Advice of Allowance to move funds from the program to enforcement. However, only the
 funds needed to provide oversight during the current fiscal year should be requested.
 Additional funds for RI/FS activities in subsequent fiscal years may be requested from the
 Case Budget.  If the PRPs take over the RD or RA after program funds have been
 obligated, the region can retain the funds needed to provide oversight of the PRP RD or
 RA activities since they are in the same program element. The remainder should be
 deobligated. Once again, after these funds are replaced in the region's AOA they may be
 used for other RD activities or in accordance with  the flexible funding priorities. Funds to
 support PRP negotiations, including the development of workplans, should be funded by
 the Case Budget.

        When PRP RI/FS requires significant revisions to the Feasability Study or Field
 work prior to signing the ROD, the event should be coded as a Fund takeover before
 dollars are obligated.

        If the Fund originally obligated dollars for RD and/or RA activities and a takeover
 occurs, regions will have to request a change in account number through their regional
 Financial Management Officer (FMO). The activity code within the account number
 changes if the Agency is acting in an oversight role as opposed to performing  the response
 action.

        When there is a takeover of a removal action, credit is given to the program with the
 original start and the completion is credited to the program assuming the work.


       Impact on Funding Status of PRP Takeover

       During the development of outyear budget planning information, regions should
pay particular attention to the probability of a PRP takeover or the potential for a mixed
funding response.  Historically, twenty to  twenty five percent of each region's Federal or
state lead RI/FS result in PRP lead RDs and RAs.  Regions should examine the sites
scheduled for RD and/or RA in FY91 and  FY92, ascertain PRP viability and the strength of
their enforcement case, there relative environmental priority, and determine the likelihood
of a PRP takeover.
                                       V-8

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       No Action RODs

       The NA (No Action ROD) event should not be used begining in FY90. All
completed RI/FS should have an RO (ROD) event entered.  No action remedies should be
shown through use of the remedial technology code (C3401 = RT and C3402 = NA).


       Operable Units in Remedial and Enforcement Programs

       One of the driving mechanisms for Superfund's budgeting and planning process is
the Operable Unit (OU) concept. Confusion over the definition of OU has led to
conflicting planning and tracking methodologies among regions. Outlined below is a
standard methodology for tracking OUs on an event-specific level that must be followed by
all regions.

       The NCP defines an OU as "discrete actions that comprise incremental steps toward
the final remedy."  This means that any specific area or response may be considered an
OU. Exhibit V-5 provides the ground rules for OUs and Exhibit V-6 provides examples of
operable units for the different remedial phases.

       The OU field in CERCLIS  does not reflect the definitions or ground rules for
operable units. In CERCLIS, an operable unit is defined by the combination of operable
unit number, event sequence number, and the first and subsequent start and completion
codes. Past the ROD stage the QU number field in CERCLIS is used to tie the RD and RA
back to a particular ROD. For example, if you have only one ROD, no matter how many
separate plans and specifications or separate bid packages are developed, the OU number in
CERCLIS will remain "01". In this situation, the sequence number and first and
subsequent start and completion codes would be used to delineate that, by definition, there
is more than one operable unit.

       Many enforcement activities are conducted on an OU basis, e.g., negotiations and
Orders on Consent Decrees. A CERCLIS change request is under regional review which
will allow OU coding of these activities. The OU number, event and event sequence
number must be identified in CERCLIS in the remedy section of the enforcement activity.

       There are several OU structures, as shown in Exhibit V-7 including:

              •      one occurrence of each event;
              •      multiple events (RDs, RAs) from a single ROD;
              •      multiple events from multiple RODs.

       If a site has multiple like-events (e.g., RDs) within a single operable unit,
CERCLIS automatically generates a sequence number for each event.  The sequence
number is dependant on the order the event is entered into the system. If a single operable
unit has multiple RDs and RAs, the only way to tie an RD with its corresponding RA is
through the system-generated sequence number.  Therefore, regions must be certain that
the planning information for the RD and its RA are entered into CERCLIS at the same time.
                                      V-9

-------
                                      OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
             EXHIBIT V-5
OPERABLE UNIT GROUNDRULES
•  Each OU at the RI/FS stage must result in
   a ROD; subsequent RODs must address
   an aspect of the remedy not developed in
   the initial ROD.
•  Each OU at the RD stage must result in
   separate plans and specifications.

•  Each OU at the RA stage must be based
   on a separate bid package.

•  Potentially Responsible Party, state or
   EPA takeovers do not result in separate
   OUs.
             EXHIBIT  V-6
   EXAMPLES OF  OPERABLE UNITS
         • RI/FS
           • Source Control
           • Groundwater Cleanup
           • Permanent Relocation
         • RDandRA
           • Pump and Treat System
           • Pilot Testing
           • Incineration
           • Cap
           • Waterline Installation
           • Soil Removal
                  V-10

-------
                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                           EXHIBIT V-7

                     OPERABLE UNITS AND
 FIRST AND SUBSEQUENT START AND COMPLETIONS CODING
ONE OCCURRENCE OF EACH EVENT/ACTIVITY

mi
01
01
01
01
01
01

EVENT
FN1
CO1
RO1
AN1
RD1
RA1
PLAN
START
87/3
88/1

89/4
90/2
91/2
ACTUAL
START
5/25/87
11/15/87




PLAN ACTUAL
COM P. COMP.
88/1 10/20/87
89/4
89/4
90/2
91/2
93/2

ESS

A


A
A

FSC

A
A

A
A

COMMENT

SITE WIDE
SITE WIDE

SITE WIDE
SITE WIDE
MULTIPLE EVENTS/ACTIVITIES FROM A SINGLE ROD

mi
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01

EVENT
FN1
CO1
RO1
AN1
RD1
RA1
AN2
RD2
RA2
PLAN ACTUAL
START START
87/3 5/25/87
88/1 11/15/87

89/4
90/2
91/2
90/4
91/2
91/3
PLAN ACTUAL
COMP. COMP.
88/1 10/20/87
89/4
89/4
90/2
91/2
93/2
91/2
92/2
93/4

ESS

A


B
B

D
D

FSC COMMENT

A SITE WIDE
A SITE WIDE

B SOURCE
B SOURCE

D GROUNDWATER
D GROUNDWATER
MULTIPLE EVENTS/ACTIVITIES WITH MULTIPLE RODS

mi
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02

EVENT
FN1
RI1
FS1
FS2
RO1
AN1
RD1
RD2
RA1
RA2
FN2
CO1
RO1
AN1
RD1
RD2
RA1
RA2
PLAN
START
87/3
88/1
89/1
89/2

90/2
90/4
91/2
91/2
92/1
87/4
88/2

90/1
90/3
90/4
91/3
93/3
ACTUAL
START
5/25/87
11/15/87
12/23/88
1/5/89






9/25/87
2/5/88






PLAN ACTUAL
COMP. COMP.
88/1 10/20/87
89/1 12/23/88
90/1
90/2
90/2
90/4
91/2
92/1
93/4
92/3
88/2 3/22/88
90/1
90/1
90/3
91/3
93/3
94/1
94/4

JESS

B




C
D
B
C

D


B
C
C
D

FSC


C
D
D

B
C
C
B

B
B

C
D
C
D

COMMENT

WATERLINE
WATERLINE
WATERLINE
WATERLINE
WATERLINE
WATERLINE A
WATERLINE B
WATERLINE A
WATERLINE B

GROUNDWATER
GROUNDWATER
GROUNDWATER
GROUNDWATER A
GROUNDWATER B
GROUNDWATER A
GROUNDWATER B
                               V-ll

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       First and Subsequent Starts and Completions

       Start and completion codes (C2115 and C2116, respectively) are used to identify
and characterize the sequencing of events and operable units. They are not used for
enforcement activities. If an event does not have actual dates, the start and completion
codes are determined by the planned dates. One of the codes shown in Exhibit V-8 must be
assigned to each remedial event as it is entered into CERCLIS.
                                EXHIBIT  V-8
        FIRST AND SUBSEQUENT START  AND  COMPLETIONS

                   A      =     First and only event at a site

                   B      =     First of two or more events

                   C      =     Subsequent, but not final event

                   D      =     Final of two or more events.
       The first and subsequent start (FSS) and first and subsequent complete (FSC)
codes are based on event start and completion dates, not the system generated sequence
number. Thus the first start of an event at a site is coded "A". If a second like event is
started, the "A" code for the first event start must be changed to a "B" and the second like
event is assigned a "D" code. If a third like event is started, the first event remains a "B",
the second event must be changed from a "D" to "C" and the third event is assigned a "D"
code. Event completions use the same methodology. If there is one occurrence of each
event, all FSS and FSC codes are "A".

       Exhibit V-7 illustrates the use of the first and subsequent start and completion
codes.  Since the FSS and FSC codes are manually maintained, it is necessary to update
these codes each time an event is added. Exhibit V-9 indicates combinations of FSS/FSC
codes that are inconsistent with the coding procedures.
                                EXHIBIT  V-9
         IMPOSSIBLE FSS AND FSC CODE  COMBINATIONS
                        More than one A, B, or D
                        An A and B
                        An A and D
                        An A and C
                        C without a D and B
                        B and C without a D
                        C and D without a B
                                     V-12

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       To Be Determined fTBD) Sites

       Under certain circumstances, regions may not be able to identify all the sites
necessary to meet SCAP targets.  This may occur for the following activities:

             First RI/FS starts;
       •      Administrative Cost Recovery;
       •      Small Case Cost Recovery;
             Section 106 RD/RA referrals without settlement; and
             Unilateral Administrative Orders (UAOs) for RD/RA

       In such cases, regions may enter planning data into TBD site records. CERCLIS
provides the capability, through the use of a pseudo-EPA identification number, to set up
temporary site records as TBDs until the actual site is identified.  Following are procedures
for handling SCAP TBD sites and associated planning data in CERCLIS.

       The key data field for all CERCLIS site and related records is the EPA Identification
Number.  This number is twelve characters in length with the first two characters
identifying the state in which the site is located. The third position identifies it as a
permanent or temporary Dun & Bradstreet number, and the remaining nine digits are
unique to a site within the state. The method of handling TBD sites in CERCLIS must be
consistent with guidance for assigning EPA Identification Numbers to valid Superfund
sites.

       The procedure for assigning pseudo numbers is as follows. Each SCAP TBD site
to be entered into CERCLIS will be assigned a unique 12-character EPA Identification
Number which is constructed from regionally assigned state codes and numbers. The
pseudo state codes shown in Exhibit V-10 for each region would be used in the first two
positions of the pseudo ID.

                                EXHIBIT V-10
                          PSEUDO STATE  CODES
                     Reeion          Pseudo State Code
                                      V-13

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       The third position of the code will always be "T" which further identifies the site as
being a "TBD" site. The remaining nine digits will be selected from the 1000 numbers
purchased from Dun & Bradstreet by HQ and allocated to each region.

       An example of the use of the code is as follows. Region I has three TBD sites for
RI/FS starts to be entered into CERCLIS.  EPA Identification Numbers to be used for the
three sites are as follows:

                       TBD site #1   -     ZAT982565053
                       TBD site #2   -     ZAT982565061
                       TBD site #3   --     ZAT982565079

       At the time a real site is determined for TBD site #1, the site and associated data for
EPA Identification Number ZAT982565053 are deleted from the CERCLIS data base.
Subsequently, the appropriate planning data are added to the real site in the CERCLIS data
base. The pseudo number, ZAT982565053, is then recycled for future use.

       Regions may not use TBDs in planning subsequent RI/FS starts. When multiple
OUs at a site are involved, regions should schedule the subsequent starts and associated
core activities when planning the first RI/FS start at the site to the maximum extent
possible. Subsequent starts should be scheduled even if they are not planned to begin in
FY90.  Even though TBDs are being used for target setting purposes, regions must have
real sites in CERCLIS which can be substituted at a later date for the pseudo sites.


       Standard Timeframes

       When identifying sites for RI/FS starts, regions must provide schedules for all
associated remedial and enforcement core  activities, including date of RA contract award
and Section 106 and/or Section 107 referrals to HQ for removal and remedial activities.
Exhibit V-l 1 is a list of some of the core activities and their respective standard durations.
Standard  durations should only be  used if more accurate estimates are not
available.  When better  planning data and schedules are developed
CERCLIS must be revised to reflect these schedules. Following are special
guidelines that should be considered when establishing schedules for certain core activities:

       •      RD/RA negotiations begin when the first special notice for RD/RA is
             issued, when a waiver of special notice for RD/RA is issued or when the
             first general notice letter for RD/RA with expected completion dates is
             issued. HQ strongly encourages beginning RD/RA negotiations when the
             draft FS and proposed plan are released to the public, especially in cases
             where the PRPs conducted the RI/FS or the proposed remedy is non-
             controversial. At the very latest, special/general notice should be issued
             when the ROD is signed. The maximum duration of RD/RA negotiations is
             two quarters post ROD. If no good faith offer is received, regions should
             proceed with a unilateral Administrative Order (where applicable) or Fund-
             financed RD.  Use the following guidelines when scheduling RD/RA
             negotiations:


                    PRPs conducted RI/FS or strong likelihood of PRP takeover- 2
                    quarters post ROD. The referral to DOT or HQ or a Fund-financed
                    RD should be planned in the same quarter as completions of the
                    negotiations.
                                     V-14

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                     Fund RI/FS, some viable PRPs, some likelihood of PRP takeover--
                     2 quarters post ROD. The referral to DOJ or HQ or a Fund-financed
                     RD should be planned in the same quarter as completions of the
                     negotiations.

                     Fund RI/FS, few PRPs, little possibility of PRP takeover-- 1
                     quarter post ROD. A Fund-financed RD would be scheduled to
                     begin the same quarter negotiations are planned to be complete.

                     Orphan site ~ O quarters. A Fund-financed RD would be scheduled
                     to begin the quarter after the ROD is signed.

        •      The date of contract award for a Fund-financed RA is assumed to be two
              quarters after the start of the RA.

        •      Federal Facility LAG negotiations, pursuant to notice letters, are on a 90-day
              time frame, with a one-time ability to extend to 120 days. Schedules for
              these three-party negotiations are to be established at least two weeks prior
              to the quarter that the LAG settlement is targeted.

        Identifying core activities and providing planned obligation estimates are important
 due to the impacts these projects, especially RAs, have on outyear budgets for the program
 areas. The cost of RA projects makes it imperative that scheduled start dates and planned
 obligations are known well in advance of the beginning of the fiscal year.  In essence,
 dollars associated with RA project starts are locked in during budget formulation eighteen
 months prior to the beginning of the fiscal year. As a result, as better information becomes
 available on project costs, dollar estimates, and project schedules, the core activity plans
 should be updated and kept current in CERCLIS.

        Planning for Mega Sites

        FY90 regional requests in CERCLIS for RI/FS starts  should be  limited to an
 average of $750K per project and all ongoing RI/FS should be fully funded.  The $750K
 limit and full funding requirement do not pertain to mega sites (sites with total RL/FS
 projects in excess of or expected to exceed $3 million)  For mega-sites a new requirement
 for FY90 is the submission of a mega-site management plan characterizing site problems
 and management options. Mega-site management plans require joint development by
 response and enforcement personnel including Office of Regional Council (ORC). The
 purpose of the plan is to document the region's approach for managing the site, to identify
 coordination options, and to project total resource requirements for the site. Mega-site
 management plans are to be completed by June 1989 and June 1990, so issues can be
 resolved prior to the development of the operating plan for FY90 and FY91, respectively.
 Examples of mega-site management plans for large sites can be obtained from Region I
 (New Bedford site) and Region VIII (Clark Fork site).  Technical assistance can be
 obtained from HSCD.

       Treatability Study Planning

       The performance of treatability studies during the RI/FS is a priority for the
remedial program. Separate identification of this work allows the program to determine
and explain the impact of treatability studies on RI/FS and RD costs and schedules. Since
funds for treatability studies are not included in the $750,000 per operable unit and
$1,100,000 per site RI/FS cost, it is necessary to establish treatability studies as a separate
                                       V-15

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 event code ("TS") in CERCLIS beginning in FY90. Funds should be planned site-
 specifically and, since regions will receive resources through the workload model for
 treatability studies, planned start and completion dates are required. Regions should also
 record actual start and completion dates in CERCLIS.
                               EXHIBITV-n
                        STANDARD TIMEFRAMES
              ACTIVITY


        Non-NPL PRP Searches
        NPL PRP Searches
        RI/FS Negotiations
        Federal Facility Negotiations
        Fund RI/FS
           (FS to Public)
           (ROD)
        PRP RI/FS
           (FS to Public)
           (ROD)
        RD/RA Negotiations (post ROD)
        Case Development (ends in referral)
        Sec. 106 or 106/107 Settlement Referrals for
          Concurrence (time at DOJ)
        Sec. 106 or 106/107 RD/RA Referrals without
          Settlement or Cost Recovery Referrals
          (ongoing cases
          referred to DOJ until conclusion)
        RD or FF/PRP RD Oversight
        RA or FF/PRP RA Oversight
        Removal Negotiations
        Removals
DURATIONS
(In Quarters)
       Alternate Remedial Contracts Strategy (ARCS') Coding

       The ARCS was developed in response to the need for additional competition and
the desire for more contractors in the remedial contracting program. The strategy builds on
the concept of rewarding good performance on the part of the contractors by assigning
more work to good performers.

       Each region or group of regions has a set of contractors to which remedial
planning, design and construction management work may be assigned. Each contract will
have a small base quantity of work and many options for additional work.  With ARCS,
regions will have complete responsibility for contract management.
                                     V-16

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       It is essential to the integrity of the ARCS concept that the work be distributed
evenly to all contractors during start up. This will ensure a sound basis for evaluation and
decisions regarding future assignment of work. It is also important for regions to establish
systems for monitoring, analyzing and projecting program management costs which will
become part of the SCAP negotiations.

       In order to convey contract information to HQ, the five character Financial Vehicle
data element in CERCLIS (C3239) will be used to identify the type of contract and the
name of the ARCS contractor. If an entity other than the ARCS contractor will perform the
work, the first three positions of the five character Financial Vehicle element is used to
identify the type of contract and the last two characters should be 00. For example, if the
contract is assigned to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Financial Vehicle entered
should be "COEOO" (BUROO for Bureau of Reclamation projects). If the contract is
assigned to ARCS, the first three characters of the Financial Vehicle data element should be
"ARC." The fourth and fifth characters identify the particular ARCS contractor. Exhibit
V-12, on the following page, contains the codes to be placed in characters four and five
based on the regions and existing ARCS contractors.  As new contractors are awarded
contracts, the region should contact HQ and a new code will be reserved for that contractor.
The contractor information should be placed in CERCLIS when inputting the planned
obligation data for FY90 and beyond. HQ will work with the regions to develop a
schedule for revising the historical ARCS financial information. Funds needed for ARCS
program management should be placed in the CERHELP data base by contractor.

       If regions are planning to use ARCS contractors and pay for them through the Core
Budget, the same codes should be used.

       Remedial Action Information

       As the Agency approaches reauthorization in an era of reduced RA budgets, there is
a need for additional information to (1) support and justify the response RA budget; (2)
provide RA cost tracking information; and (3) provide for characterization of the RA
projects and their associated costs. The information to be placed in CERCLIS includes:

       •       RA cost estimate (capital cost) at the ROD stage. This information must be
              entered into CERCLIS when the ROD for both Fund and PRP financed
              activities is signed.

       •       RA cost estimate at the completion of the RD phase. This information is
              required for Fund-financed RAs only and must be entered into CERCLIS
              when the RD is complete.

       •       Current year Fund-financed RA planned obligation.

       •       Contract award amount. This information must be entered into CERCLIS
              when the contract is awarded for a Fund-financed RA.

       •       Type of RA. This information must be entered into the Technology
              Information Qualifier (C3402) against the ROD event when the ROD is
              signed and against the RA event when requesting RA funds or recording a
             PRP PA start. Exhibit V-13, on the following page, contains the RA type
              codes.
                                      V-17

-------
                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                          F.YHTRTT V-12
                    ARCS CONTRACTOR CODES
REGION
                         CONTRACTOR
                                                         CODE
REGION I
ARTHUR D. LITTLE
TRC ENVIRONMENTAL
METCALF & EDDY
NUS CORPORATION
ROYF.WESTON
EBASCO
COM
REGION I
TAMS CONSULTANTS
MALCOLM-PIRNIE
ROYF.WESTON
EBASCO
COM
ICF
REGION III
TETRA-TECH
NUS CORPORATION
ECOLOGY* ENVIRONMENT
CH2M HILL
BLACK &VEATCH
REGION IV
ROY F. WESTON
EBASCO
COM
CH2M HILL
BLACK & VEATCH
BECHTEL
REGION V
WW ENGINEERING
PRC ENVIRONMENTAL
DONOHUE & ASSOCIATES
ROYF.WESTON
ECOLOGY & ENVIRONMENT
CH2M HILL
BLACK & VEATCH
REGIONS VI, VII AND VII
MORRISON-KNUDSON
JACOBS ENGINEERING
SVERDRUP
FLUOR DANIEL
URS CORPORATION
ROY F. WESTON
CDM
CH2M HILL
REGIONS IX AND X
URS CORPORATION
ROYF.WESTON
ICF
ECOLOGY & ENVIRONMENT
CH2M HILL
BECHTEL
                          V-18

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              Planned and actual RD completion date (mm/dd/yy) for Fund and PRP
              financed RDs (subevent completion);

       •      Planned and actual RA contract award date (mm/dd/yy); and

              RA on-site construction actual start (subevent start required for cost
              recovery).

 Regions will not receive funds for a RA in their Advice of Allowance
 unless  the RA remedy type is in CERCLIS.  Regions  will not  receive credit
 for a PRP RA start unless the remedy type is  in CERCLIS.

       The necessary financial information must be entered into CERCLIS with a
 financial type (C3202) of "E" against the ROD, RD, RA and RA contract award events.

       Since information on planned RA funding needs is constantly being reviewed, it is
 essential that the planned obligation for RA placed in CERCLIS when projecting the
 putyear budget be updated when better information is available (i.e., ROD is signed or RD
 is completed).  The specific dates (mm/dd/yy) for RD completion and RA contract award
 should be added when initial targets are set in February with monthly updates until the
 actual dates occur.

       It is recognized that most RODs contain multiple remedies. Regions should select
 all the categories from Exhibit V-13 that are described in the ROD. No-action ROD should
 be identified by entering "NA" in the Technology Information Qualifier with the "ROD
 event.

       Project Support Activities

       Planning requirements for project support activities (community relations, technical
 assistance,  state management assistance,  etc.) has been changed for FY90.  Regions will
 no longer be required to plan or report the start or completion of these activities. Because
 of workload model impacts, this change does not apply to treatability studies operation and
 maintenance (O&M) or long term response (LTR). During the development of the budget,
 funding needs can be planned site-specifically or non-site specifically by event type in
 CERHELP. During the operating year, activities needing funds in the upcoming quarter
 must either be planned site-specifically in CERCLIS prior to generation of the CERCLIS
 AOA report or a quarterly breakout (by activity) of the annual funding need must be
 provided in CERHELP.

       If the regional project support budget is established non-site specifically then,
 regardless of whether the quarterly planning is site or non-site specific, the total annual
 project support budget must be reduced by the quarterly funding needs prior to HQ
 placement of the Advice of Allowance in CERHELP. If a region plans project support
 activities non-site specifically, the planned funding amount in CERHELP must be reduced
 as the site-specific funding documents are processed (See Chapter VI on handling financial
 data in CERCLIS). Failure to make these adjustments could cause the region to exceed its
 annual budget and result in approval of their AOA being withheld.

      Regions should also plan the conduct of aerial surveys by the Environmental
Management System Laboratories (EMSL) in CERCLIS. Funds for EMSL can be
obligated through a procurement request or through the change request procedures. The
transferring of funds to EMSL follows the normal change request procedures. The change
                                      V-19

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


request would keep the funds under TFAY9A and show the Allowance Holder as 60. The
purpose should be shown as Aerial Surveillance.  Regions must be sure to change the
budget source in CERCLIS to a HQ account after the change request is processed. (See
Chapter VI for additional information on budget source codes and change request
procedures.) If a change request is used, regions should follow up with a letter to EMSL
detailing the site names and/or specific instructions.

        The lead code for project support activities must match the lead code for the
project/event being supported. For example, the lead for community relations at an RP lead
RI/FS should be RP.
                                   EXHIBIT V-13
                 REMEDIAL ACTION REMEDY TYPE CODES
   Code
Definition
Technology
    RI


    SO


    vx

    vs


    WF

    BO


    or




    ON
Incineration/Thermal Destruction


Solidification/Stabilization


Vacuum Extraction

Volatilization/Soil Aeration


Soil Washing/Flushing


Biodegradation/Land Application



Other Treatment Technologies





Onsite Containment
   RO
Offsite Containment
Onsite
Offsite

Fixation
Neutralization

Soil Vapor Extraction

Aeration
Flaring

Metals Precipitation
Ion Exchange

In Situ Biodegradation
Biodentrification
Activated Sludge

Decontamination
Dewatering
Offsite RCRA Treatment and Recycling
InSitu Flaming
Dechlorinization (APEG/KPEG)

Soil Cover
Asphalt Cap
RCRA Cap
Levees
Slurry Wall
Onsite RCRA Landfill (Above/Below Grade)
Deep Well Injection
Excavation
Sediment Excavation and Dredging
Pumping Contained Wastes
Debris Removal
Groundwater Extraction/Injection (Hydraulic Containment)
Active Landfill Gas Collection

Soil Excavation
Sediment Excavation and Dredging
Pumping Contained Wastes
Debris Removal
Groundwater Extraction/Injection (Hydraulic Containment)
Active Landfill Gas Collection
Offsite RCRA Landfill
Offsite Solid Waste Landfill
                                          V-20

-------
                                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                                         EXHTBTT  V-13


              REMEDIAL ACTION REMEDY TYPE CODES (Cont.)
   Code
 Definition
Technology
    OS

    PT
Other Source Control Remedies

Pump and Treatment
    RH

    OH
Alternate Water Supply

Other
    LT

    NA

    TS
Leachate Collection/Treatment

No Action

Temporary Storage
Onsite/Offsite Residual

Air Stripping
Carbon Absorption
Electrochemical Reduction
Extraction
Filtration
Ion Exchange
Oil/Water Separator
Precipitation
Wellhead Treatment
Activated Carbon Units - Residential
Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)
Coagulation
Flocculation
Activated Sludge

Municipal Distribution System

Monitoring
Plume Management
Natural Atenuation
Subsurface Water Diversion/Collection
Slope Stabilization
Demolition
Relocation
Institutional Controls
Onsite
Offsile
       Technical Assistance Grants

       The region should budget technical assistance grant (TAG) funds at Fund or PRP
sites based on their knowledge of which communities may request such grants. Since
many communities may not be eligible or may decline to apply for various reasons, the
region should not assume that every NPL site will require a TAG. Funding for all TAGs,
including TAGs at Federal Facilities, is in  the response budget. Regions should negotiate
reimbursement of TAG costs at the Federal Facility during FFA/IAG discussions. The
regions are to administer the TAGs at Federal Facilities.
                                        V-21

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C



  ENFORCEMENT PLANNING  REQUIREMENTS

         Mixed Funding Settlements

         The term "mixed funding" is used generically to refer to three types of settlements:

         •      pre-authorization ("MR" lead);

         •      mixed work (two or more operable units or phases, "RP" and "F" or
               "S"lead);  and

               cashouts  ("F" or "S"  lead).

         Pre-authorization occurs where PRPs reach a settlement with EPA whereby they
  agree to perform a share  of the response,  and the Agency agrees to reimburse some part of
  their expenses. These are coded in CERCLIS as "MR" lead events. Mixed work occurs
  where PRPs and EPA agree to jointly work on a project or where work may be divided
  between the parties. No  reimbursement to the PRPs occurs.  Mixed work should be
  shown as separate operable units or phases in CERCLIS. Operable units or phases where
  the PRP are performing the work should have "RP" lead events. The lead for events at the
  operable units or phases where Fund-financed activities are being performed should be "F"
  or "S". Cashouts  occur where PRPs agree to pay some share of the site response cost,
  past or future, and do not perform any work themselves. This is typically done by PRPs to
  "buy-out" their liability at the site.  Events at sites with cashout settlements should be coded
  in CERCLIS as "F" or "S". Cashouts also occasionally require the establishment of a
  special account because the PRPs have agreed only to pay for work at a particular site.
  Regions are encouraged to use mixed funding settlements where possible.

        For FY90, HQ will be shifting the obligation authorities for pre-authorization to the
  regions. Funds needed for these agreements are part of the region's RA budget. Projects
  should be given an "MR" lead. Funds needed for PRP oversight should reflect the
  appropriate contractor/agency (COE/BUREC) carrying out the oversight in the financial
  vehicle field m CERCLS. EPA's cost share should be identified by entering "PRPOO" in
  the financial vehicle field.


        PRP Removal

        For non-NPL sites, PRP searches should be initiated as soon as a removal
 candidate has been identified.  The preliminary PRP search should be completed with
 additional research occurring, before most time critical and non-time critical removals are
 initiated. This allows for timely negotiations for Administrative Orders (AO) to occur
 before the start of the removal.  PRP  searches also support possible cost recovery actions
 Regions are required to report both planned and actual PRP search start and completion
 dates, outcome of the PRP search,PRP lead removal start and completion dates remedy
 code, value of removal, AO completion data, and completion status in CERCLIS.

       Notice letters to owners, operators and other identified PRPs should be given and
 negotiations conducted before the removal is initiated in every instance unless time does not
 allow. Oral notice, followed by written notice, should be given in emergency situations
For certain non-time critical removals which represent major response efforts the special
                                      V-22

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

notice procedures of Section 122(e) should be employed. Where special notice is not
employed, written notice under Section 122(a) must be given.

       Regions should operate on the assumption that, time permitting, where viable PRPs
have been identified, they will issue administrative orders, unilateral or consent, at every
removal action. Ordinarily, where time allows, a consent order is sent to PRPs before a
unilateral order is issued. Factors which may justify fund financing without an order
include technical difficulty in defining the steps to be taken in an order, unique technical
complexity, inappropriateness of allowing a particular PRP to do the work, and insofar as
resources are constrained, very low cost of remedy.  In some cases, a unilateral order can
be converted to a consent order, but this should be done without delaying PRP response.
Oversight costs should be taken into account in negotiations, particularly in large removals.

       Once PRP lead removals have begun, EPA should have an active oversight role,
including on-scene presence. Contractor assistance is available if needed. Where PRPs are
not complying with the order, regions should be prepared to quickly move forward with
Fund-financed response and later seek treble damages during cost recovery actions.  Due to
the time-critical nature of the removal program, regions should seek judicial action for
preliminary relief to compel PRP response only in exceptional circumstances.

       Where PRPs comply generally, but violate terms (deadlines, etc.) of the order,
regions should be prepared to enforce the terms of the order via stipulated penalties,
statutory penalties, or other sanctions. When unilateral AOs are issued and not complied
with, treble damages should be sought during cost recovery (unless there was a viable
reason for PRPs not to conduct the work). Regions should track the PRP's compliance
status in CERCLIS. Regions must also develop administrative records to accompany their
actions at removal sites. These records must be available at the local repository.
       Pre-RI/FS Enforcement Activity

       Regions are strongly urged to use an enforcement site management plan to ensure
that proper funding/enforcement activities and management responsibilities are laid out for a
site. An enforcement site management plan should be put together for a site shortly after
proposal for the NPL. The plan should lay out important enforcement activities that are
essential to happen at the site (proper PRP searches, issuance of RI/FS special notice,
issuance of RD/RA special notice, RD/RA negotiations, development and fmalization of
Consent Decree, issuance of Unilateral Administrative Order).  These enforcement activities
should be integrated with Fund-financed or PRP response events at the site or operable
unit. The plan can be used to ensure that funding is requested for the above mentioned
activities and that the proper people in all affected offices (OWPE, OECM, ORC, DOJ, and
region) have been brought into the process at the appropriate points.

       For sites likely to be added to the NPL, PRP searches should start concurrently
with the Listing Site Inspection (LSI) or at the latest initiation of the listing process.

       The PRP search should be managed ~ including follow up, civil investigator
assistance, and Office of Regional Counsel review -- to assure that:  (1) PRPs, particularly
generators, are identified early, (2) general notice is issued well before RI/FS special notice
to enable PRPs  to organize, (3) information related to PRPs is obtained months before the
RI/FS special notice, and (4) special notice is issued over 90 days before the planned RI/FS
obligation date.  Information requests should be issued at least two quarters before general
notice and must be followed up to assure they are as comprehensive as possible. To the
extent available, information required for special notice should be presented to PRPs before
                                       V-23

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

 the actual special notice is issued. Regions are required to record dates associated with
 general notices, special notice letters, and information request letters in CERCLIS. Copies
 of notice letters should be sent to HQ.

        PRP searches should be completed to the extent possible prior to negotiations and
 should be planned enough in advance to avoid delaying a scheduled RI/FS start date.
 Upon completion of the PRP search regions are required to record the outcome in
 CERCLIS. Valid outcome codes (C1719) are:

              Search complete, no viable PRPs, orphan site;

        •      Viable PRPs cannot do the work; and

        •      Search complete, viable PRPs.

        Regions should be prepared to move quickly through the negotiation process.  This
 can be accomplished through:

        •      Advance scoping of the RI/FS;

              Providing a draft order and statement of work for the RI/FS with the special
              notice; and

        •      Establishing interim milestones to judge whether real progress is being
              made.  These should be shared with the negotiating parties.

        The regions have the option of starting discussions with PRPs before,  as well as
 during the initial 60-day moratorium  period. In addition, costs for ongoing or  completed
 response actions, such as removals should be documented in advance and included in
 RI/FS negotiations.

        The PRPs who receive special notice have 60 days to submit a proposal to
 undertake or finance the RI/FS. During this 60 day period, EPA may not initiate the
 RI/FS.  Additional studies or investigations authorized under Section  104 may be initiated
 and nothing precludes EPA's authority to undertake response or enforcement activity
 regarding a significant threat to public health or the environment. The regions may initiate a
 scope of work or a negotiations support document which should be funded by Case
 Budget. These activities are to be funded under RI/FS negotiations.  The scope of work or
 negotiations support document should be provided to the PRPs when notice is given so
 they can prepare an adequate proposal.
       RI/FS Settlement and Oversight

       Settlements with PRPs for RI/FS are typically accomplished through an
Administrative Order on Consent (AOC) or in rare circumstances by consent decree (CD)
or Unilateral Order (UAO).  AOCs are preferred.  In any case, the settlement document
should include either a work- plan prepared by EPA using Case Budget funds or a detailed
Statement of Work with a workplan to be developed according to EPA guidance manuals.
A well-defined schedule that lists deliverables and milestones should also be included.

       EPA is required to use third party assistance in oversight of PRP lead RI/FS
through Technical Enforcement Support (TES), ARCS, other Federal agencies (e.g.,Corps
of Engineers) or states. Oversight resources are obtained through the Case Budget process.
                                      V-24

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

At the time of settlement a detailed oversight plan should be developed which identifies in-
house and extramural support needs.  Oversight should include active field oversight as
well as desktop review of engineering reports and other deliverables.  Oversight must be
tracked and billed to PRPs. In addition, regions must ensure compliance with the cleanup
standards in Section 121 for ongoing and new PRP lead RI/FS.  Remedial Project
Managers (RPMs) must keep up with progress on PRP lead RI/FS as if it were an EPA
contractor performing the work.  Where delays or inadequacies are noted, prompt action,
including enforcement actions, where appropriate, should be taken. Regions must maintain
the PRP compliance status in CERCLIS.


       Pre-RD/RA Enforcement Activity - RD/RA Negotiations and Oversight

       Prior to completion of the draft FS, regions should undertake considerable planning
and review, including: (1) development of an enforcement strategy with activities,
responsibilities and dates; (2) review of PRP search information for completeness; (3)
consideration, where appropriate, of mixed funding and de minimis settlement options and
discussions with PRPs before the special notice; (4) documentation of past costs (e.g.,
RI/FS) for inclusion in RD/RA negotiations; (5) preparation of a special notice letter and
accompanying draft CD.

       HQ strongly encourages special notice for RD/RA be planned and issued concurrent
with the release of the FS to the public or at the latest, when the ROD is signed. PRPs will
have 60 days in which to submit a settlement proposal after receiving notices. If a good
faith proposal is submitted in that timeframe, another 60-day period follows for
negotiations. If a good faith offer is not submitted, negotiations should be terminated.
RD/RA negotiations should not last longer than two quarters post ROD or from the
issuance of special notice or general notice letters with a schedule. The moratoriums set up
by issuance of special notice should be honored. Negotiations should be completed and
settlement reached within the timeframes or a unilateral order should be issued.
Negotiations are completed when the Consent Decree or referral without settlement is sent
to HQ or DOT, a unilateral order is issued or the RD is funded. During the moratorium,
EPA may not initiate remedial action. Additional studies authorized under Section 104,
however, may be initiated during the negotiation period.  Initiation of RD during the
moratorium period will only occur in exceptional circumstances and must have advance
concurrence from HQ.

       In order to proceed through negotiations expeditiously, regions should prepare a
draft CD early in the process, and establish interim milestones in the RD/RA negotiation
process.  Regions are urged to use unilateral orders when negotiations are protracted. In
addition, where the negotiations do not produce agreement and there are viable PRPs, AOs
should be considered to set up treble damages or as a step prior to referral. Every attempt
should be made to complete negotiations within  120 days. However, in accordance with
the streamlined settlement guidance, Regional Administrators may extend the negotiation
period for up to 30 days. Further extensions require the approval of the OWPE Office
Director.

       All negotiated settlements for RD/RA, under SARA, must be in the form of CDs.
Regions should consider including a provision in the Consent Decree allowing PRPs to
begin the RD prior to lodging. Administrative Orders on Consent for RA are not permitted.

       Oversight of PRP lead RD/RA is performed primarily through REM and ARCS,
though some TES oversight capacity exists. Regions should seek payment of oversight
costs in all such settlements, as well as past costs of RI/FS and other removal response
                                      V-25

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


 costs.  The status of the PRP's compliance with the AO or CD must be kept up-to-date in
 CERCLIS.


       Section 106 Judicial and Administrative Activity

       Referrals for Section 106 enforcement action for RD/RA without settlement are an
 integral part of the Superfund Enforcement program. At the end of negotiations, if the
 decision is made to proceed with a Fund-financed RD, monies will be available. However,
 given the number of RODs signed and RDs completed in the last two years and scheduled
 for FY90 even assuming a significant settlement rate, many sites will go without RA
 funding.  The decisions made on which sites to fund and which to queue will be based on
 the environmental prioritization factors. If RA funds are not available, regions may want to
 reconsider issuing a unilateral AO or pursuing Section 106 litigation.

       The administrative authority under Section 106 should be used at all sites that meet
 the criteria outlined in OWPE guidance, to bring PRP negotiations to a close or compel
 PRP response at the site.  A unilateral order should be issued if a good faith offer is not
 submitted within the negotiation timeframes identified or a settlement is not reached at the
 end of the moratorium. Unilateral orders issued should include oversight costs.

       For PRP lead RI/FS, regions should plan that, absent settlement or compliance with
 a unilateral administrative order, these sites will be candidates for referral as Section 106
 judicial actions. In addition, on Program lead RI/FS, regions should expect that where
 there are viable PRPs, absent settlement, funding or compliance with a unilateral
 administrative order, these sites will be candidates for referral as Section 106 actions.
 Section 106 actions are expected to become easier, given review of remedial decisions on
 the record, and the general success in motions for summary judgment on liability.


       CERCLIS needs to be updated monthly with dates of referrals or orders issued,
 remedy, compliance status, dollars sought (in case of a cost recovery referral), and value of
 remedy.
       Cost Recovery

       Cost recovery actions are one of the highest Enforcement program priorities in
FY90. Consistent with the priorities matrix, 107 statute of limitation referrals are the
highest priority, followed by non-statute of limitation RA and non-statute of limitation pre-
RA (removal) referrals, respectively. For each site ready for cost recovery (each completed
removal, completed RI/FS, and each RA on-site construction started), regions should have
a completed PRP search and information about the viability of the PRPs; totals for funds
obligated/expended; removal, RI/FS and RD completion dates and RA start dates; RA on-
site construction; and statute of limitations dates. The regions should have strategies that
include the following elements:

             Where there are viable PRPs, costs should be documented and a demand
             letter sent prior to or concurrent with cost recovery actions. The date the
             demand letter is issued should be recorded in CERCLIS;
                                      V-26

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                       for a11 removals greater than $200K must be planned in order to be
              filed in court within one year of completion, if resources are available, but
              in no event later than three years, from the date of completion, unless there
              was a Section 104(c)(l)(C) waiver or there clearly will be physical initiation
              of on-site construction of the RA within three years.  It generally takes three
              months from referrral to filing, but may take longer for complex sites;

              Referrals for RI/FS and RD should be planned to be  filed within two years
              from completion unless there is physical on-site construction of the remedial
              action within three years;

       •      If an RA on-site construction is started within 3 years of a removal
              completion, RI/FS completion or RD completion, the statute of limitation
              date for that component is 6 years from the on-site construction date;

       •      Referrals for remedial activities should be planned within a year of the RA
              start, if resources are available. If a RI/FS referral was conducted
              separately or there are no unreimbursed past costs, a referral should be
              initiated when RA funds have been expended unless special circumstances
              exist (i.e., non-settlers);

       •      Where there is a partial settlement, an action against viable non-settlers
              should be pursued promptly (before the response begins) and treble
              damages should be pursued if a unilateral order was issued;

       •      Treble damages should be sought in the referral where Unilateral Orders are
              violated;

       •      Each region should issue demand letters and pursue administrative
              settlement for response activities less than $200K. EPA will refer some
              cases where the PRPs did not respond to the demand letter;

       •      Close Out memorandums should be initiated for all cases when a decision
              not to pursue some or all costs has been made. Prior to making this
              decision, particularly for large RAs, the PRP search is to be reviewed by a
              civil investigator and upgraded as necessary. The date of the Close Out
              memorandum and the funds that will not be recovered should be entered
              into CERCLIS. If the decision is preliminary, a planned date should be
              entered into CERCLIS  for the decision document.


       Negotiation of Interagency Agreements or other Federal agency compliance
agreements should include a provision for recovery of past Fund expenditures, including
EPA oversight costs.

       As part of cost recovery management and preparation for civil referrals, regions
should plan upgrading of PRP searches, assembly of administrative records, cost
documentation, and demand letters.  In addition, planning for RI/FS and RD/RA
negotiations should include cost documentation of past removal and RI/FS costs. Finally,
oversight cost recovery and accounts receivable must be managed.
                                       V-27

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       State Enforcement

       Regions are required to report progress on State Enforcement lead sites as they
 would any other site. This universe includes work financed by the PRP under a state order
 with oversight paid for or conducted by EPA (PS-lead) and work financed by the PRP
 under a state order and no EPA oversight support or money is provided (SR). SR lead
 activities/events should have no planned obligations. Funds for state oversight are
 provided through cooperative agreement (CA) or other comparable enforcement document.
 While it is recognized that information at SR lead sites is difficult to obtain, regions are
 requested to report, through CERCLIS, any information they have on these sites,
 particularly if it may contribute to the RA start goals.


 FEDERAL  FACILITIES

       The primary focus of the program is on Federal Facilities currently on or proposed
 to the NPL and entering into Section 120 Federal Facility Agreements/Interagency
 Agreements (FFA/IAG) with these facilities. The first priority for FY90 is to continue to
 oversee work at facilities with §120 FFA/IAGs signed in FY89. The second priority is to
 complete §120 FFA/IAG negotiations at facilities which were targeted in FY89 but slipped
 to FY90 and the third priority is to enter into § 120 FFA/IAGs  at all facilities that were not
 targeted for §120 FFA/IAGs in FY89. All proposed and final Federal Facilities, including
 Update 9 sites, should have signed §120 FFA/IAGs by the end of FY90, except for several
 Federal Facilities which will be targeted in FY91.

       Many of the Federal Facilities will have significant RCRA/CERCLA integration
 issues.  Regions, in conjunction with states, need to address these issues relative to the
 scope of the FFA/IAG early in the negotiations process. Both RCRA and CERCLA
 program staff, as well as the Office of Regional Counsel, need to be involved in these
 discussions.

       Federal Facilities are defined as "Facilities owned or operated by a department,
 agency, instrumentality of the United States." The Federal Facility Hazardous Waste
 Compliance Docket contains the  primary universe of Federal Facilities that are being
 assessed for inclusion on the National Priorities List. The  bulk of these Facilities on the
 Docket that have been or will be  placed on the NPL are Facilities owned by the
 Departments of Defense and Energy. Over time, Facilities and lands owned by the Bureau
 of Land Management (BLM) within the Department of Interior will probably score high
 enough for inclusion on the NPL. To date, the Docket does not contain Facilities that fall
 within the "Formerly-Owned" category. HQ is currently analyzing these Facilities relative
 to the requirements of CERCLA §120.

       EPA's policy is to enter into §120 lAGs with all Federal Facilities proposed to or
 on the NPL. The scope of these lAGs is to include the RI/FS phase as well as the RD/RA
 phase. Where appropriate, and in conjunction with the RCRA program offices, these LAGs
 can be used to justify RCRA corrective action requirements. The concept is to use
 CERCLA to justify RCRA so that only one set of requirements is applied to avoid
 redundant and duplicative efforts. In some cases, however, a combined RCRA/CERCLA
 permit/IAG approach may be taken when the situations warrant such an approach, e.g., at
 DOE Weapons Facilities, or when the State or EPA RCRA program has compelling
 interests at units on a Facility. Pre-planning, coordination among appropriate offices, and
definitive "scoping" of a Federal  Facility are necessary factors for successful remediation.
                                      V-28

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       Regions should follow the Federal Facility negotiation policy for addressing
Federal Facilities. In essence, the policy is as follows:

              Establish 90 day IAG negotiation periods based on the quarterly SCAPIAG
              targets. These schedules are to be forwarded to HQ two weeks prior to
              each quarter.

       •      Address the RCRA/CERCLA issues prior to the negotiation period in
              conjunction with the State and RCRA program offices.

       •      Issue a Federal Facility notice letter to the Federal Facility establishing the
              negotiation time frame.

       •      Conduct three-party negotiations.  The 90 day period may be extended 30
              days if settlement is close.

       •      If issues still remain after the 90/120 day period, the IAG is to be elevated to
              HQ (FFHWCO) for dispute resolution.  Along with the elevation, the
              region should recommend either a 106 AO or two-party agreement should
              HQ resolution fail.  If settlement is not reached, either the 106 AO will be
              referred to DOJ or the region will enter into a two-party agreement,
              depending on which is appropriate.

       In situations where a Federal agency is a PRP at a private site, they are to be treated
the same as a private party. Cash-outs with premiums with the Federal agency may
expedite RI/FS and RD/RA. negotiations.  Similarly, at formerly-owned sites with multiple
PRPs, the Federal agency is to be treated the same as a private party. At formerly-owned
sites where the Federal agency is taking sole responsibility for the RI/FS and RD/RA, the
regions may use a §120 IAG approach.
                                       V-29

-------
                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
               CHAPTER VI
FINANCIAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
    CHAPTER VI - FINANCIAL PLANNING
              AND MANAGEMENT
     ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
Following are the actions regional managers must
take to comply with the requirements described in this
Chapter. In order to acquire a more in-depth
understanding of these requirements, the Chapter
itself should be read.

    •   Regions are required to plan their obligations
       within program specific budget allocations
       given to the regions prior to the July update.

    •   Funding needs within the budget allocation should
       have a funding priority status of "Approved."
       Funding needs above the budget allocation should
       have a funding priority status of "Alternate."

    *   HQ will not initiate negotiations with a region
       until the "Approved" funds requested are
       within the budget allocations.

    •   Regions are required to operate within their
       final negotiated annual operating budget and
       quarterly Advice of Allowance (AOA).

    •   RA funding decisions will be made based on the
       RA environmental prioritization. These
       decisions will be re-evaluated at mid-year and
       throughout the third and fourth  quarters.

    •  RI/FS costs should be reduced to a national
       average of $750,000 per operable unit and $1.1
       million per site with the exception of Mega-sites.
       RI/FS budgets will be developed based on these
       averages.

    •  No monies will be issued to the region through
       the AOA process unless the appropriate project
       specific obligation and commitment data are
       reflected in CERCLIS.

    •  Regions must pull an Advice of Allowance report
       from CERHELP and enter the AOA amounts
       from that report into the Integrated Financial
       Management System (IFMS) before the end of
       the funding  quarter.

-------
CHAPTER VI - FINANCIAL PLANNING
     AND MANAGEMENT (Cont'd)
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
  Planned and actual obligations and commitments
  in CERCLIS and CERHELP cannot exceed the
  annual regional budgets or the AOA will not be
  approved.

  Shifts of funds between allowances and any
  addition or deletion of funds from any
  allowances require HQ approval of a SCAP
  amendment and a change request.

  HQ approval is not required to shift funds
  between projects in the other remedial, RI/FS,
  RD, removal or enforcement AOA.

  CERCLIS must be revised to reflect shifts
  between projects within allowances and shifts
  between allowances.  HQ will not approve a
  SCAP amendment request or a change order
  until CERCLIS reflects the proposed revisions.

  Regions will not receive funds for an RA in their
  AOA unless the RA remedy type has been entered
  into CERCLIS and the RA has been  evaluated and
  approved for funding under the RA environmental
  prioritization criteria.

  A region will not receive funds above its annual
  regional budget unless CERCLIS is revised and
  a SCAP amendment and change request has been
  approved by HQ.

  A regional contingency account can "hold"
  remedial response funds (except RAs) made
  available as a result of PRP takeovers, RD bids
  coming in under projected amounts or when
  actual obligations were less than planned
  obligations.

  The contingency account must be reduced when
  the region identifies uses for these funds.

  In the event of a funding shortfall, the regional
  contingency account will be tapped as a first
  source of additional monies.

-------
                                            OSWER Directive 92003-01C
CHAPTER VI - FINANCIAL PLANNING
     AND MANAGEMENT (Cont'd)
ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
If a region receives funds in their AOA which
were not obligated during the quarter, the
relevant planned obligation data in CERCLIS
must be revised or the amount placed in the
contingency account. Failure to make this change
in CERCLIS may cause a reduction in the next
quarter AOA.

Regions will receive their percentage of the
annual removal budget if they have updated
quarterly plans for those amounts in CERCLIS
by the AOA pull date.

Review the financial status of all contracts, lAGs
and CAs regularly. If the required activities have
been completed and there are funds outstanding,
the outstanding funds should be deobligated
immediately.

When a funding document has been processed by
the region, the planned financial data in CERCLIS
must be replaced by the commitment or obligation
data. Failure to make this change may cause a
reduction or withholding of the AOA for
subsequent quarters.

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


      CHAPTER VT - FTNANCTAT. PT.ANM1NG  AND MANAGEMF.1VT


       This chapter discusses the impact of the SCAP process on the regional operating
budget and AOA and outlines Superfund financial management responsibilities.

       In FY89, the Agency began implementation of the new Integrated Financial
Management System (IFMS). This system will be implemented in two phases. The first
phase is now in place; the second phase is scheduled for implementation in October 1989.
The Agency is still in the developmental stages of phase n. As a result, many of the
financial management systems decisions have not been made and the information in this
chapter will need to be revised. Addenda to the Manual will be issued later in the FY.


SCAP'S RELATIONSHIP  TO ANNUAL REGIONAL BUDGET

       The SCAP process is the planning mechanism used by the Superfund program to
identify pre-remedial, remedial, removal and enforcement funding needs  for the fiscal year.
The planned obligations included in the second quarter SCAP update (February) form the
basis for the regional budgets for the next fiscal year. The final annual regional operating
plan, and the associated budget, are a result of the August HQ and regional negotiations on
the proposed program budgets. Though regions are required to operate within their final
negotiated annual operating budget, adjustments within this budget can be made during the
fiscal year.

       The actual allocation of funds is done through the Agency's Phase m Operating
Plan. This plan is submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for apportionment
of funds. After OMB review and concurrence, the Operating Plan is submitted to the
Congress for approval of significant reprogramming of funds.

       Prior to the beginning of the fiscal year, each region will be given a proposed
budget allocation for the remedial (including pre-remedial), removal and enforcement
programs. The budget allocations are developed using the program/activity specific criteria
discussed later in this section. Regions are required to plan their obligations within the
program specific allocations, they are not required to plan obligations within the activity
specific criteria. Final budgets will be developed upon completion of the fourth quarter
negotiations between HQ and the regions. Planned obligations for regional activities must
fall within the total identified budget levels, and should be shown by entering "approved"
in the funding priority status data field. Funding needs above the HQ proposed total
budget level must be designated as "alternate". This will allow HQ to see the regional
funding priorities, what activities will not be performed as a result of lack of funds, and
provide the information needed for any supplemental funding requests. HQ will not initiate
negotiations with a region until the funds requested are within the proposed total budget
levels.

       Following is an explanation of the criteria used to develop the regional budgets.


       Pre-Remedial Annual Regional Budget

       The HQ and regional budget for the pre-remedial program is $2 million less than the
funds available in FY89. The proposed regional pre-remedial budget was established
based on the number of State-lead PA/SI completions targeted in the March negotiations.
PA's are priced at $6 K and Si's are priced at $25 K each. Management  assistance or other


                                      VI-1

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 forms of state assistance should be funded as project support or Core Program Cooperative
 Agreement funds.


       Remedial Annual Regional Budget

       In FY89, a number of Fund-financed subsequent RA projects starts were not
 funded and there are not enough funds for the RAs scheduled to begin in FY90. Funding
 for RAs will be distributed to the regions based on the RA environmental prioritization
 approach presented in Chapter I. Projects deemed to be of highest environmental priority
 will be funded. The funding decision will be reevaluated at mid-year and throughout the
 third and fourth quarters.

       The criteria used to develop the major portions of the regional budget are shown in
 Exhibit VI-1 on the following page.


       Fund-Financed Rl'IPS Funding Strategy

       FY90 represents the third year of the Fund-financed RI/FS full funding strategy.
       The strategy calls for full funding of all projects started prior to or during FY90 by
       the end of the year. This strategy excludes a small number of unusually large or
       complex sites (Mega sites) which will continue to be funded on an annual basis.

       Successful implementation of this strategy requires meeting the RI/FS cost
       reduction goals initiated in FY89. This requires that RI/FS costs be reduced to a
       national average of $750,000 per operable unit and $1.1 million per site. Both the
       operable unit and site goals are important. The operable unit goal primarily affects
       year-to-year funding limits. The site goal is needed for longterm cost management
       and to eliminate the incentive a region may have to break sites into operable units to
       increase its annual budget. A region's RI/FS budget is developed based on the
       funding strategy.

       Treatability studies are not included in the cost goals. These activities are funded as
       a separate event.

       Removal Annual Regional Budget

       The Removal Annual Regional Budget consists of removal actions and removal
 support dollars. The FY90 Removal Action Regional Budget allocations will be distributed
 based on 90% of the FY89 initial regional budget allocation. The balance of the FY90
 removal budget will be held in reserve at HQ.

       FY90 Removal support dollars will be calculated using the program management
 costs specified in the mini-ERCS contract.

       Enforcement Case Budget — Annual Regional Budget

      The Case Budget refers to the extramural financial resources necessary to pay for the
support provided to OWPE for Superfund work by contractors, other federal agencies, and
the states. The majority of the Case Budget is used to pay for contractor support.
                                       VI-2

-------
                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                      EXHTBTT VT-1
        CRITERIA FOR PROPOSED REGIONAL
         REMEDIAL BUDGET DEVELOPMENT
             ACTIVITY    CRITERIA


                  RI/FS •  Negotiate Mega-Sites.

                        •  $750K per new start.

                        •  $250K per FY89 start.

                        •  Other ongoing RI/FS based on
                           number of projects and funds
                           obligated in previous FYs.

                    RD •  $700K for each Fund-financed
                           RD start targeted in the March
                           negotiations.
                    RA •  Based on dollars and schedules
                           in CERCLIS in accordance
                           with the RA environmental
                           prioritization criteria.
     PROJECT SUPPORT
Based on each region's share
of remedial targets negotiated
in March.
TREATABUJTY STUDIES
           TECHNICAL
   ASSISTANCE GRANT
Funds were allocated in
proportion to each region's
Fund-financed RI/FS
starts.

Based on the number of NPL
sites with remedial work
ongoing in FY90.
       COREPROGRAM •
    COOP. AGREEMENT
            PRPRD/RA
           OVERSIGHT
                 ARCS
        MANAGEMENT
Based on actual and planned
Core Program Cooperative
Agreement obligations in FY89.

Based on the region's
PRP RD and RA projects priced
at $37.5K per quarter.

Based on the number of ARCS
contracts in each region multiplied by
pricing factors for new or ongoing
contracts.  Funds are allocated to
regions that have ARCS project
officers.
                           VI-3

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Enforcement Case Budget - Annual Regional Budget

      The Case Budget refers to the extramural financial resources necessary to pay for the
 support provided to OWPE for Superfund work by contractors, other federal agencies, and
 the states. The majority of the Case Budget is used to pay for contractor support.

      The process for allocating and planning Case Budget spending in FY90 will change
 somewhat over the FY89 process. The Case Budget of this chapter describes these
 changes and provides guidance on the activities that will require Case Budget support and
 detailed instructions on how to secure extramural resources.

       A region's Case Budget allocation contains its share of available extramural
 resources to support the enforcement activities. This includes the following:

        •      RP Searches;

        •      Removal Negotiations and Oversight;

        •      RI/FS Negotiations;

              RD/RA Negotiations;

        •      Federal Facility IAG Negotiations and Oversight;

              Sections 106,107 Referrals;

              Ongoing PRP Rl/FS Oversight;

        •      Ongoing Litigation Support;

        •      Oversight of State Enforcement;

              Project Support; and

              Complete Site Support.

       As was the case in FY89, Case Budget funds will continue to be allocated in FY90
 based on the number of targeted enforcement activities requiring case budget funding
 identified in CERCLIS, as well as non-targeted enforcement activities that also need
 funding. The budgets for most of the activities are based on activity pricing factors.
 (Appendix G includes a discussion of enforcement activity pricing factors.) In FY90, the
 Case Budget allocation will be apportioned to the regions based on program outputs in the
 Technical Enforcement Workload Model.

       Ninety-five percent of the total regional enforcement budget will be allocated to the
regions. Three percent will be used to address complex site needs. Distribution of these
funds for complex sites will occur following the August SCAP negotiations in accordance
with agreements reached by the HQ/regional budget and SCAP planning workgroup. The
remaining two percent of the SCAP budget will be held in HQ as a reserve to meet
unexpected funding requirements.
                                      VI-4

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
      The process for allocating and planning the Case Budget in FY90 will change
somewhat over the FY89 process though funds will still be apportioned based on
SCAP/SPMS targets and measures, financial needs identified in CERCLIS and pricing
factors. The Case Budget section, appearing later in this chapter, describes changes to the
allocation process, while providing guidance on the activities that Case Budget will fund
and detailed instructions on how to secure extramural resources.
ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE PROCEDURES AND FINANCIAL
REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS

       The planned obligations identified through the SCAP process are the basis for the
Advice of Allowance (AOA) approved by the Office of the Comptroller and AA SWER.
No monies will  be issued to the regions through the AOA process unless
the appropriate project specific obligation and commitment data are
reflected in CERCLIS.
       Regional Allowances

       In FY90, the Office of the Comptroller will issue six allowances to the regions.
 They are:

              RA (site specific site allowance);
              RD (non-site specific site allowance);
              RI/FS (non-site specific allowance);
              Removal (non-site specific site allowance);
              Other remedial (regular or "O" Allowance); and
              Enforcement (regular allowance).

       This structure may change as a result of the Congressional reporting requirements
 discussed later in this section. The following sections explain how these allowances are
 developed and the flexibility available in the Advice of Allowance structure.


       The AOA Process

       The AOA is based on the Phase m Operating Plan which identifies projected
 obligations for each quarter of the fiscal year. The Phase ffl Operating Plan for FY90 is
 based on the final SCAP plans developed in the fourth quarter of FY89. Funds available
 for obligation, however, are limited to projected needs for the upcoming quarter. The AOA
 process has been revised with the implementation of IFMS. Beginning in FY89, regions
 enter the quarterly AOA into IFMS. The AA SWER and the Comptroller's office review
 the funding levels entered by the region and compare them to the AOA amounts generated
 by the HO program offices. If the two agree, within three working days after the start of
 the quarter, the Comptroller's Office and the AA SWER approve the AOA in IFMS and the
 funds are available for obligation.

       Four weeks before the end of the quarter, HQ will generate an AOA report which
 reflects the approved planned obligations in the CERCLIS and CERHELP data bases. HQ
 will enter the AOAs into the CERHELP AOA system two weeks before the end of the
 quarter.  Regions must pull the report from CERHELP and enter these amounts into IFMS
 ff the planned and actual obligations and commitments in CERCLIS and CERHELP exceed
 the regional budget, the region will be contacted, the AOA will not be entered into


                                      VI-5

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 CERHELP and the AOA in IFMS will not be approved until CERCLIS is revised. If the
 AOA entered by the regions does not agree with the AOA in CERHELP, IFMS will not be
 approved and the Automated Document Control Register will not work.  Only projects
 planned in CERCLIS can be funded by the AOA.  Exhibit VI-2 illustrates the AOA
 process.  Regional IMCs should work closely with their Regional Finance Office on the
 entry of the correct AOA into IFMS.

       The HQ Budget Division monitors obligations against the AOA weekly.  If a region
 exceeds any of the allowances, or a site-specific RA allocation, the HQ Budget Division
 will notify the region and request resolution of the overcommitment/overobligation. The
 region then has until the end of the current month  to rectify the
 overcommitment/overobligation or shut down procedures will be initiated.

       If the region does not submit a change request, decommit or deobligate funds, or
 effect corrections in IFMS as necessary, the HQ Budget Division will initiate
 reprogramming from the region's regular or other remedial allowance. Repeated violations
 for site or allowance allocations may result in partial or total withdrawal of the region's site
 allowance.

       As is standard Agency policy, if a region exceeds either the regular or site
 allowance, the HQ Budget Division will withdraw obligational authority in accordance with
 existing procedures. During the last quarter of the year, the HQ Budget Division will work
 with the regions and OSWER as necessary to ensure that all allowances and obligations are
 aligned prior to year-end closing.

       AOA Flexibility

       Flexibility exists within the AOA structure to shift funds both within and between
 allowances.  Shifts between allowances require a SCAP amendment and must be reflected
 in CERCLIS prior to HQ approval. Based on Regional priorities funds may also be
 reprogrammed between response and enforcement. These shifts, require a SCAP
 amendment and may require Congressional notification. If the funds proposed for
 reprogramming exceed $500,000 Congressional approval is required.

       Funds saved within the RD account due to PRP takeovers, or due to bids coming in
 under the previously projected amount may be used for other RDs or will generally be
 approved by HQ for use within the region consistent with the following priorities:

       •       Classic emergencies;
       •       Funds necessary to conduct oversight of PRP settlements;
       •       RA projects; and
       •       Removal actions at NPL sites.

       The RD funds may be placed in the regional contingency account, described later in
this chapter, until a decision is made on where they can best be utilized.  Regions must
submit a SCAP amendment and AOA change request to HQ and update CERCLIS prior to
obligating the saved RD funds for any of the above activities.
                                      VI-6

-------
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                       EXHIBIT  VT-2

        THE ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE PROCESS
                           4 Weeks
                           before the
                         quarter ends
                  Approved planned obligation
                      data are pulled from
                     CERCLIS/CERHELP
           c
HQ reviews approved obligation data a
  compares them to the annual regional
           program budgets

If the planned and actual obligations and commitments do not exceed
 the annual regional budgets, OWPE and OERR enter AOA data into
  CERHELP and provide AOA to Comptroller and AA SWER two
                  weeks before the quarter ends
                             I
                    Regions pull AOA data
                       from CERHELP
                  Regions enter AOA data from
              CERHELP into IFMS before the end
                         of the quarter
            __                                     ^^
           Comptroller and AA SWER compares AOA
           in IFMS to AOA data provided by OERR and
            OWPE within 3 working days after quarter
                            begins
               If IFMS and Comptroller/AA SWER
                AOA data agree, Comptroller and
                AA SWER approve AOA in IFMS
                    Regions obligate funds to
                  projects planned in SCAP as
                     reflected in CERCLIS
                             VI-7

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Given the constraints in RA funding for FY90, approval of the redirection of RA
 funds to other program needs is highly unlikely. If a region is able to save RA money
 (through a PRP takeover, or a bid coming in under budget) HQ will look favorably toward
 directing that savings to other environmentally significant remedial actions within the
 region, after consideration, however, of national environmental needs. Once again, a
 SCAP amendment and change request must be approved before the RA funds can be
 redirected.
       AOA Change Request Procedures

       Regions are required to operate within their quarterly AOA, and their annual
 regional budget They are also responsible for managing the funds issued in the AOA. HQ
 approval is not required to shift funds between projects within the other remedial, RI/FS ,
 RD, removal or enforcement portions of the AOA. CERCLIS must be revised to reflect the
 shift of funds between projects. Any shifts of funds between allowances, and any addition
 or deletion of funds from any of the allowances requires HQ approval through the SCAP
 amendment and adjustment procedures. (See Chapter n for more detail on amendments
 and adjustments.) HQ will not approve the change request unless the shift between AOAs
 is reflected in the CERCLIS data.

       Under IFMS, change requests are electronically transferred to HQ. Each change
 request should equal a net change of zero dollars. The change request must be transmitted
 by authorized personnel in the region's financial office. The site-specific record in
 CERCLIS should be revised at the time the change request is transmitted. Regions should
 not initiate any obligations against the change until the Office of the Comptroller and AA
 SWER approves the revised AOA.

       Since the AOA is updated daily, change requests transmitted to HQ can be
 processed and a revised allowance approved immediately.


       FY9Q Congressional Reporting Requirements

       New Congressional budget and reporting requirements in eight programmatic areas
 have resulted in an increase in financial data  collected by the Superfund response program
 and may change the AOA structure in FY90. It will not affect the region's ability to
 obligate funds, nor will it impact the flexible funding initiatives implemented in FY88.

       The eight programmatic areas are:

              Pre-Remedial;
              RI/FS;
              RD;
              RA;
              Removal Actions;
              Response Support;
              Remedial Support; and
              Removal Support.

       A funding level for each of the eight programmatic areas is specified in the budget
and after the fact Congressional notification is required if the planned or actual obligations
exceed any of the funding levels by $2 million or more. The RA threshold is $10 million.


                                      VI-8

-------
                                                         OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C


The Comptroller's office will monitor this requirement through the AOA. The SCAP-15
financial Summary Report will be used to manage the monitoring and reporting
requirements.                                           &      F-   &


SCAP'S RELATIONSHIP TO  THE AHA

       Within the SCAP process, obligations are planned either site, project and operable
unit specifically or non-site specifically. That is, some planned obligations are associated
with specific site activities while other planned obligations are estimates of total funding
required for an activity within a region. The CERCLIS and CERHELP data bases have
been designed to accommodate site- and non-site specific planning.  Exhibit VI-3 lists the
events and enforcement activities for which obligations are planned on a site, operable unit
and project vs. non-site basis.
                                EXHIBTT  VT-3

       SITE VS. NON-SITE SPECIFIC PLANNED OBLIGATIONS
      Site Specific

      Community Relations**
      Design Assistance**
      Expedited Response Actions
      Federal Facility Oversight
      Forward Planning**
      Litigation Support
      Long Term Response
      Management Assistance**
      Negotiations:
        -IAG
        --RD/RA
        --RI/FS
      Operation and Maintenance**
      Oversight of PRP:
        -RI/FS
        -RD
        -RA
        — Removals
      RA
      RD
      RI/FS
      Removals
      Technical Assistance**
      Technical Assistance Grants**
      Workplans**
Non-Site Specific*

ARCS Contractor Management
Administrative Record Backlog
Aerial Surveys
Compliance Monitoring
Core Program Cooperative
 Agreements
Geophysical Support/
 Topographical Mapping
Mini-ERCS Management
PRP Searches
Preliminary Assessment/
 Site Inspection
Preliminary Natural Resource
 Surveys
Records Management
State Enforcement Management
 Assistance
TES Contractor Management
Training
 * For these activities, regions
 must enter the number of sites
 involved and the contract
 vehicle.

 ** These activites may be
 planned site-specifically or
 non-site specifically.
                                     VI-9

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       CERCLIS only tracks extramural funding needs. Therefore, regions should be
certain all their extramural funding needs are reflected in CERCLIS and CERHELP such
that there is a crosswalk between the CERCLIS planned financial data and the regional
AOA.

       In addition to the site and non-site specific planning, obligations are also planned
and budgets developed on a program specific basis.  The Budget Source field in CERCLIS
identifies which program pays for the planned events/activities.  Exhibit VI-4 presents the
budget source codes associated with each program. It is important that regions accurately
identify the budget source since each program develops an annual budget and each program
has a separate AOA process. It is also important that the regions maintain this budget
source code to eliminate potential impacts on the regional AOA.

                                EXHIBIT  VI-4

                        BUDGET SOURCE CODES
              E     =    Enforcement

              V     =    Removal

              R     =    Remedial
N   =    HQ Enforcement

M   =    HQ Removal

D   =    HQ Remedial
       Exhibit VI-5 identifies the major events/activities and the appropriate budget source
codes, depending on the project/event lead, for planned obligations. In general, TES 3 and
4 funds should be given a budget source of "N" instead of "E". Funds for temporary or
permanent relocations conducted by FEMA should be given a budget source of "M" or "D"
after the IAG is signed and funds are transferred to HQ through the change request
procedures. Funds for aerial surveys are allocated in the regional budget. Once the change
request transferring the funds to EMSL is processed, the budget source code in CERCLIS
should be changed to an HQ budget source code. Funds for some project support activities
(i.e., aerial surveys, topographical mapping, geophysical support, etc.) at PRP lead RI/FS
should be included in the RI/FS oversight request.

      For FY90, HQ will be shifting the obligation authorities for mixed funding to the
regions. Funds needed for these agreements will have to be planned in advance and
become part of the region's budget.
                                     VI-10

-------
                                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                  EXHIBIT VI-5
                                 WHO PAYS FOR WHAT
                                         EVENT/ACTIVITY CODES
        EVENT/ACTIVITY
  ARCS Management

  Administrative Cost Recovery

  Compliance Monitoring  (RD,RA,O&M,LTR)

  Core Program Cooperative Agreement

  ERA

  ERA Oversight
  Federal Facilities
   Docket
   RI/FS Oversight
   RD Oversight
   RA Oversight
  Litigation Referrals (with or without
   Settlement) and Ongoing Support
   Section 106
   Section 107
   Section 106/107
  Negotiations(including development
   of site workplans)
   Removal
   RI/FS
   RD/RA
  PRP Searches
   NPL
   Non-NPL
Project Support*
  Aerial Surveys
  Administrative Record
                                                                      ALL
                                                                    F,S,MR,SE
                                                                     FE.RP
                                                                  F,S,MR,FE,SE
                                                                     PS,RP
                                                                      ALL
                                                                      ALL
                                                                      ALL
                                                                     F,MR
                                                                       RP
                                                                      ALL
                                                                       RP
 Operation & Maintenance
 Preliminary Natural Resource Surveys
* Guidance on assigning leads for project support activities is found in Chapter V.
                                        VI-11

-------
                                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                 EXHIBIT  VI-5
                           WHO PAYS FOR WHAT (Cont'd)
                                                                                BUDGET
                                                                                SOURCE
                                      EVENT/ACTIVITY CODES
      EVENT/ACTIVITY
   State Enforcement Management Assistance
                                                                     F,S,MR
                                                                     PSJU>
Technical Assistance
   Technical Assistance Grants
   Topographical Mapping
  Removal
   Contingency
   Investigations
   NPL
   Non-NPL
   Oversight of PRP removals
                                                     RV
                                                     RC
                                                     RS
                                                     NP
                                                     NA
                                                   RVJR.PR
  RI/FS
   Technical Oversight of PRP
                                     RI,FS,CO,FF
                                     RI,FS,CO,FF
                                                                     F,S,MR
                                                                    RP.PS.MR
 Technical Oversight of PRP
                                                                     F.S.MR
                                                                    RP,PS,MR
 Technical Oversight of PRP
  Records Management

  TES 5+ Program Management
  Temporary Relocation
   Remedial
   Removal
 Treatability Studies
*Guidance on assigning leads for project support activities is found in Chapter V.
                                       VI-12

-------
                                                          OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C


       Remedial Financial Planning for AQA

       The AOA for the remedial program is issued by the Office of the Comptroller on a
site and non-site specific basis and is broken down into the following categories:

             Rl/FS;
             RD;
       •      RA (site-specific); and
       •      Other remedial.

       The other remedial allowance includes site-specific and non-site specific program
and project support activities, and oversight of PRP-lead RDs and/or RAs. Site-specific
planned obligations are entered directly into CERCLIS in the appropriate event record for
the site. At this time, the planned obligation date, amount, contractor vehicle, budget
source and priority funding status are to be entered.  The regional other remedial AOA is
the total of the approved site-specific or non-site specific planned obligations in CERCLIS
and CERHELP with a budget source code of "R". CERCLIS will automatically aggregate
the site-specific and non-site specific planned obligations for the purpose of developing and
issuing the AOA.

       The RI/FS and RD allowances are issued on a non-site specific basis.  Site-specific
planned RI/FS and RD obligations are to be entered directly into CERCLIS,  with the
planned obligation date, contractor vehicle,  budget source and priority funding status. The
AOAs are the total of the approved RI/FS and RD planned obligations with a budget source
code of "R".

       Unlike the RI/FS and RD, the Office of the Comptroller issues the AOA for RA
activities on a site-specific basis.  The AOA for RAs is pulled directly from the approved
site-specific planned obligations in CERCLIS and is issued by site name, site/spill identifier
and dollar amount. Regions must be sure the planned obligation date, contractor vehicle,
budget source, priority funding status and remedy type are entered into CERCLIS.
Regions will not receive RA funds  in their AOA unless the remedy type has
been entered into CERCLIS. In  addition, in order to be approved for
funding, the region  must submit  the  RA environmental prioritization
documentation  for  evaluation.

       A region will not receive funds above its annual regional budget unless a SCAP
amendment and change request have been approved by HQ. Each quarter the actual
and approved planned obligations and actual commitments must be less than
or  equal to  the  annual regional budget  or  the AOA will not be approved.

       In FY90, HQ has established a non-site specific remedial contingency account in
CERHELP. The remedial contingency account cannot be used for developing regional
budgets.  It can only be used during the operating year for "holding" remedial response
funds (except RAs) made available; 1) as  a result of PRP takeovers; 2) RD bids coming in
under projected amounts; or 3) in situations  where the actual obligations were less than
planned obligations.

       As regions identify uses for these  funds, the contingency account must be reduced
as the region enters site specific planned obligations in CERCLIS. The funds in the
contingency account will be reviewed by HQ at mid-year and throughout the third and
fourth quarters. In the event of a funding shortfall, the regional contingency accounts will
be tapped as a first source of additional monies.
                                     VI-13

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       If a region receives funds in their AOA which were not obligated during the quarter
received, the relevant planned obligation data in CERCLIS must be changed or the amount
placed iri the contingency account. At the end of each quarter HQ will review the AOA
funds remaining, commitments and obligations made, the contingency account, and
planned obligation data.  If AOA funds were not committed or obligated and the planned
obligation  data were not changed, HQ will take the following actions:

             Reduce the next quarter's AOA for other remedial, RI/FS or RD funds by
             the amount that was not committed or obligated; or

             Request that regions follow the Office of the Comptroller's change request
             procedures to return RA funds to HQ.

       The Financial Summary Report (SCAP-15) wiU be used to evaluate the status of the
RI/FS, other remedial, RD and removal allowances.  The Projected Fund-Financed
Remedial Projects Report (SCAP - 3) will be used for the RA allowance.

       To the maximum extent practicable, regions should plan for mixed funding
requirements prior to the development of the annual  regional budget. However, if a request
for pre-authorization is received and funds are required during the current fiscal year,
regions must identify the source of the requested funds from within their annual budget.


       Removal Financial Planning for AOA

       In  FY90 the process for determining quarterly AOAs for the removal program will
change. As usual, each region's annual budget will  be established in August 1989.
Regions will get 30% of their annual budget in the first quarter, 20% in the second quarter
and 30% in the third quarter, as long as they have updated quarterly  plans for those
amounts in CERCLIS by the specified pull dates. These plans can still be adjusted, as
needed, anytime after the pull date. There will be a negotiation with HQ for the fourth
quarter allocation in order to help ensure that all removal funds are being used to the best
advantage. As is currently the procedure, if at any time a region needs additional funding,
CERCLIS should  be updated to show the proposed spending plan with a funding priority
status of "Alternate" and a request for a change should be made to the Response Operation
Branch. When the change has been approved, the funding priority status code in
CERCLIS should  be revised.
       Enforcement Financial Planning for AOA

      In FY90, the Case Budget AOA allocation will be displayed by contract mechanism
as in the past, as well as according to Workload Model output categories. The CERHELP
portion of CERCLIS will be modified to allow the AOA to be reflected in terms of the
output categories.  Three quarterly AOAs have been proposed for FY90. The AOA issued
in the first quarter will contain the first and second quarter funding needs identified in
CERCLIS.  Funds for tasks planned in the third and fourth quarters will be issued in the
third and fourth quarter AOAs, respectively.
OWPE CASE BUDGET PROCESS

     This section provides an overview of the CB process, including a discussion of
SCAP targeted and non-targeted activities needing Case Budget funding, financial planning


                                     VI-14

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


and tracking requirements and responsibilities, budget allocation and AOA distribution,
contract mechanisms, activities and their pricing factors, CERCLIS coding instructions,
and CERCLIS Case Budget reports. In addition, a brief summary of regional/HQ
responsibilities during the Case Budget process is included.


OVERVIEW OF THE CASE BUDGET PROCESS

     There are five basic components to the Case Budget process. These are 1)
preliminary Case Budget allocation and distribution, 2) regional planning against the
preliminary budget, 3) HQ/regional negotiations, 4) the final Case Budget distribution, and
5) actual work assignment tasking. Each of these steps within the Case Budget process is
fully detailed in the chapter.
      Preliminary Case Budget Allocation and Distribution

      A Region's CB allocation contains the region's share of available extramural
 resources used to support enforcement activities. This includes the following:

             *      PRP Removals
             '      Pre-RI/FS Starts Enforcement Activity
                   PRP RI/FS Oversight
             •      RD/RA, O/M, LTR Compliance Monitoring
             •      Litigation Support
                   - RD/RA Referrals and Negotiation
                   - Cost Recovery Referral Development
                   - Ongoing Litigation Support
                   State Enforcement RI/FS Oversight
             •      Federal Facility Activity (Negotiation/Oversight)
             •      Program Implementation/Support
             •      Complex Sites.

       As was the case in FY89, Case Budget funds will continue to be allocated in FY90
 based on the number of targeted Enforcement activities requiring CB funding listed in
 CERCLIS ongoing projects and non-targeted enforcement activities that also need
 funding The budgets for most of the activities and events are based on average pricing
 factors  (See page VI-16 for a discussion of Enforcement activity pricing factors. Also see
 Exhibit VI-6, which lists all targeted and non-targeted enforcement activities that can
 receive funding in FY90, along with their pricing factors). In FY90, the Case Budget
 allocation will be apportioned to the regions based on program outputs in the Technical
 Enforcement Workload Model. To allow regions to make one request for litigation, the
 three budget categories of RD/RA Referral and Negotiation, Cost Recovery and Ongoing
 Litigation Support have been collapsed into the general category of litigation support One
 request, therefore,  may be made for both the quarter in which the litigation is referred and
 for the subsequent ongoing quarters.
                                      VI-15

-------
         FY90 CASE BUDGET FUNDED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE PROGRAM OUTPUTS
  AVU.
DURATION |  TOTAL
        . AVG.COST
 U
                                                                                        $KAVG.
                                                                                    PRICING FACTOR
                   ASSOCIATED CASE BUDGET
                      FUNDED ACTIVITIES
                          (Target**)
 TECHNICAL ENFORCEMENT
SUPPORT WORKLOAD MODEL
      CATEGORIES
CERHELP
 CODES
                                             CERCLIS CODES
                                                 RP
                                                 RN
                                               RV,IR,PR
                  NON-NPLRP Search
                  Removal Negotiation Starts
                  RP Oversight (PRP removals)*
       REMOVAL
       PROGRAM
   PRERI/FS
(Enforcement Activity)
                  -NPLRP Search
                  - RI/FS Negotiation Starts
    PRPRI/FS
   OVERSIGHT
                   RP RI/FS Oversight
                   (Starts*, Ongoing
                   through Completion*)
     RD/RA
  COMPLIANCE
  MONITORING
                   RA Oversight
                   RD Oversight
                                                                              RP.MR
                                                                              RP.MR
                     Administrative Cost Recovery
                     RD/RA Negotiation Starts*
                     NBARS
                     Referrals*
                      Section 106,106/107
                      Section 107  Removal
                      Section 107  Remedial
                     Ongoing Support
                      Section 106,106/107
                      Section 107
LITIGATION
 SUPPORT

-------
                                                          EXHIBIT VI-6(CONT.)
                     FY90 CASE BUDGET FUNDED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE PROGRAM OUTPUTS
    TECHNICAL
  ENFORCEMENT
SUPPORT WORKLOAD
     MODEL
   CATEGORIES
                                                                                                                      AVERAGE
                                                                                                                      DURATION
                                                                                                                         IN
                                                                                                                      QUARTERS
                                  PRICING
                                 FACTORS
ASSOCIATED CASE BUDGET
   FUNDED ACTIVITIES
       (Target
CERCUS CODES
CERHELP
 CODES
                                                                                  AVG.
                                                                                 TOTAL
                                                                                  COST
                         PS Lead RI/FS Oversight
      STATE
  ENFORCEMENT
                         1AG Negotiations*
                         RI/FS Oversight*
                          1st Operable Unit
                          2nd Operable Unit
                          3rd + Operable Unit
                         RD/RA Oversight*
                          1st Operable Unit
                          2nd Operable Unit
                          3rd + Operable Unit
FEDERAL
FACUJTIES
                                                     RI.FS.CO
                                                     RLFS.CO
                                                     RLFS.CO
                                                      RDJRA
                                                      RDM
                                                      RDM
RD.RA
RD.RA
RD.RA
      PROGRAM
   MPLEMENTAION
                     TES 5+ Program Management
                     Administrative Record
                     Records Management
                     Federal Facility Docket
                     Community Relations
                     State Enforcement
                          Information Management
                          ERA Oversight
                          Management Assistance
                          Preliminary Natural Resource
                           Surveys
                          Technical Assistance

-------
                                                          OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
       Based on the revision agreed upon by HQ and the regions on the Technical
 Enforcement Support Distribution Model, the Case Budget will be distributed as follows:

              Three percent (3%) of the total budget will be held back for complex/mega
              sites;

              Two percent (2%) of the total budget will be held at HQ for contingency
              funding and distributed in a hand AOA;

              The remaining ninety-five percent (95%) of the budget will be distributed to
              the Regions through quarterly AOAs.

       Complex site funding will be based on individual regional appeals to be delivered to
 HQ prior to the August SCAP negotiations. Requests for complex site funding should be
 limited to those activities/events for which the funding requirement is at least twice the
 average pricing factor or which the region cannot adequately fund within their allocation.
 Regional appeals, both in CERCLIS and written, therefore, should identify the site, activity
 or event, and the Case Budget need. Following the negotiations, a review board consisting
 of HQ, the lead region and 3 to 4 other regional representatives will review the appeals and
 make final distribution decisions.

       In FY90 the CERHELP portion of CERCLIS will be modified to allow the Advices
 of Allowance (AOA) to be shown according to Technical Enforcement Support Workload
 categories. In addition, AOAs will be distributed and tracked according to specific contract
 mechanisms (e.g. Non-TES, TES 5).

       Quarterly AOAs have been proposed in FY90. The first quarter AOA would
 distribute all approved complex site funding, fifty percent of all annually priced activities,
 and the first quarter allocation for quarterly priced activities, both new and ongoing. The
 second quarter AOA would include funding for second quarter new and ongoing activities
 with a quarterly pricing factor.  At the mid-year SCAP negotiations, HQ and the regions
 will negotiate the funding requirements associated with the remaining fifty percent for
 annually priced activities, as well as new and ongoing quarterly priced activities needing
 funds in  the third and fourth quarter. These negotiations will be the basis for a
 redistribution of the Case Budget in order to address changes in regional plans and program
 priorities. Specific guidance regarding the process and data sources to be used during these
 negotiations will be provided prior to the end of fiscal year 1989  as a supplement to the
 FY90 SCAP Manual.

       The third quarter AOA would reflect the outcome of mid-year negotiations.
 Remaining funds for annually priced activities would be distributed along with updated
 needs for quarterly priced activities requiring funds in the third quarter. Prior to the fourth
 quarter AOA, another round of negotiations will occur to ensure that any changes in
 regional plans are addressed. The fourth quarter AOA would allocate only those funds
 associated with quarterly priced activities occurring in the fourth quarter.  In addition,
 however, the two percent held at HQ for contingency funding will be distributed to the
 regions as needed in a an AOA.

      Regional Planning Against Preliminary Budget

      The goal of the FY90 Case Budget process is to increase effectiveness, allow greater
flexibility and provide financial accountability through CERCLIS.  The Case Budget will
be distributed according to Technical Enforcement Support Workload Budget categories,


                                     VI-18

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
h32?V  !  ^f ^i P tanncd "^ """"Wed at the bottom line.  Regions should plan their
budget site-specifically or use a combination of site-specfic and non-site-specific planning
where actual sites are undetermined prior to the start of the fiscal quarter. Non-site-specific
plans should be replaced with site-specific plans when sites are identified.
 u  T  , ^g10118 should indicate their Case Budget plans in CERCLIS and CERHELP by
the July 10 data pull.  (Details on how to code Case Budget plans in CERCLIS are
presented in Appendix G) It is important that regions plan their Case Budget needs and
requests against specific sites where possible. This will enable both the regions and HQ to
identify regional priorities and budget needs that exceed the proposed allocation. Such
detail is crucial to any attempt by HQ to seek supplemental funding. Without site- specific
justification, HQ will not consider requests in excess of the proposed allocation. In
addition, throughout the fiscal year regions should ensure that CERCLIS plans are updated
to accurately reflect funding requirements against the available budget.

       Because the Case Budget is fiscal year specific, all budget requests should be limited
to only the amount needed during the fiscal year being planned. The budget should not be
used to fund activities priced quarterly into FY91 except in rare circumstances. In the case
of annually priced activities, it is expected that the funding provided in one fiscal year will
support the activity through completion and that additional funds will not be requested in
subsequent fiscal years. Unless there are extraordinary circumstances, which should be
discussed with HQ, regions should only plan for the amount needed to fund the activity or
event through the end of the fiscal year.

       Exhibit VI-6 on page VI- 16 displays all the activities and events eligible for funding
in FY90 within specific budget categories. Case Budget dollars planned against other
activities will not be accommodated. It is important to note that any other activity or event
not listed here will not be included on the standard reports currently being developed. In
FY90, the Case Budget no longer pays for many supporting activities (e.g. Operation and
Maintenance, Design Assitance, Geophysical Support, etc.). These activities are now
being funded through the Remedial budget Regions should reference Exhibit VI-5 for a
complete listing of which budget supports specific activities and events.

       Since the Case Budget is to be managed at the overall or bottom line level, regions
must consider both their actual allocation and funding priorities when planning their
budgets.  In addition, average pricing factors and budget categories should be considered
when determining site and regional funding requirements. For example, if a region's total
request is within the allocated budget the request within the budget category of PRP RI/FS
Oversight does not have to match the proposed allocation for that budget category.
Regions are not required, therefore, to request dollars within budget category pricing.

       It is recognized that regions may have to shift funds among budget categories in
order to fund priority activities. However, should an additional need arise within a
category that has been "switched from", additional funds from the  contingency fund will be
made available based on the need, other regions' needs, and the amount available. If
additional funds are determined to be necessary, the funding status codes, 'APR' and
'ALT, must be properly used to identify funding priorities.

       To determine the proper funding status code, the activity/event must be identified as
a primary or alternate activity/event to meet a target.  If it is an alternate, the entire request
should be coded as 'ALT. To determine the funding status for primary activities/events,
the total of all the requests must be considered. If the total request does not exceed the
available budget the funding status codes may be 'APR'. If, however, the budget is
exceeded two financial records must be created for the activity/event. The records, that


                                      VI- 19

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 have a corresponding approved record for the same site, activity or event, and operable
 unit, will identify supplemental funding requirements for primary activities and events.
 The approved plans must not exceed preliminary distributed allocations.  AOAs; wiU not be
 distributed to regions with approved planned dollars totalling more than the available
 budget.

       HP/Regional Adjustment

       Throughout the fiscal year, regions must also show adequate utilization of its Case
 Budget Regions should, therefore, examine its entire AOA, its utilization and ascertain
 whether funds are available from other budget categories prior to requesting additional
 funds. HQ must know that the region is fully using its AOA through adequate obligating
 and tasking before it can entertain additional Case Budget requests. Consequently, it is
 imperative that TESWATS and CERCLIS consistently reflect obligations and work
 assignment tasked amounts. Additional requests for HQ held contingency funding will be
 reviewed on the basis of need, other regions' needs, and the amount of dollars available.

       In FY90 there will be a Case Budget review during the mid-year SCAP
 negotiations. There will also be a round of negotiations in June for the fourth quarter
 AOA. A region may carry unobligated AOA to subsequent quarters, however, regions that
 have not been obligating and tasking their allowance risk the loss of their entire third and
 fourth quarter AOA. If a region has an excessive unobligated allowance (greater than
 twenty percent) at the beginning of the third quarter, it will be required to produce a site-
 specific spending plan in CERCLIS for both the third and fourth quarters by mid-May in
 order to retain its entire fourth quarter AOA.

       Final Budget Distribution

       Approximately fifteen days prior to the beginning of the quarter, HQ will indicate
 the approved quarterly budget levels in CERHELP. AOAs will be displayed as approved
 amounts for each Workload Model output category as well as for the TES 5+ and Non-TES
 contract categories.  HQ will not send out a memorandum containing the approved
 amounts, however, it will send notification that the approved budget has been recorded in
 CERHELP. A region's 'APR' records must not exceed their approved budget for the
 upcoming quarter. In order to receive its allowance, a region must have updated quarterly
 plans for those amounts in CERCLIS by the specified pull date.

       Tasking

       The manner in which HQ reviews regional Case Budget tasking will change
 significantly in FY90. It is HQs' goal to integrate the Enforcement contract and financial
 information in CERCLIS with TESWATS and FMS. The tracking of actual tasked dollars
 will be done through CERCLIS.  (See Appendix G for details about how to enter tasking
 data into CERCLIS). Tasking will not be reviewed for each activity for consistency with
 pricing factor methodology, however, HQ will seek to ensure that tasking is consistent
 with regional plans and the approved bottom line allocation  for the fiscal quarters. Tasking
 that exceeds an approved allocation will be addressed with the region.

      To manage the Case Budget it is essential that regional Informational Coordinators
 (IMCs) and TES regional Project Officers (RPOs)  responsibilities are well coordinated
 RPOs must incorporate CERCLIS information in TESWATS and report Enforcement
obligations and work assignments to the IMCs.  MCs, in turn, must provide Case Budget
planning reports to RPOs and ensure accurate data entry into CERCLIS and CERHELP.
CERCLIS/CERHELP will be the only, place where AOA funding,  obligations, and work


                                      VI-20

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
assignment tasking amounts will be shown together. A more detailed description of the
ffltenelated roles and responsibilities is described in Appendix G.  Exhibit VI-7 summarizes
RPO and IMC responsibilities while Exhibit VI-8 describes general regional and HO
responsibilities.
                                    EXHIBIT  VT-7
                               CASE BUDGET RESPONSIBILITIES
   — JANUARY
   — FEBRUARY
   _  MARCH/
       APRIL
Ed
      AUGUST
   - SEPTEMBER
  w
O
C/5
£
                                  REGIONAL
                             RESPONSIBILITIES
                                                                 HEADQUARTERS
                                                                RESPONSIBILITIES
                   PLAN SCAP ACTIVITIES,
                  IDENTIFY TARGETED AND
                  NON-TARGETED FUNDING
                          NEEDS.
                   MID-YEAR SCAP NEGOTIATIONS
                      CONFERENCE WITH HQ
                      TO DISCUSS REQUESTS
                           (ONGOING)
                   INDICATE CASE BUDGET
                       NEEDS WITHIN
                   ALLOCATION (APR) AND
                  ABOVE ALLOCATION (ALT)
                    AUGUST SCAP NEGOTIATIONS
                     REVISE REQUESTS IN
                   ACCORDANCE WITH SCAP
                       NEGOTIATIONS
                      DIRECT ENTRY OF
                      NON-TES TASKING
                        (CAs, lAGs, POs,
                         ARCS, REM)
                    TESWATS
                          iiH
                                ENTRY OF TES*
                                APPROVED
                               OBLIGATIONS
                                (TASKING)
                     ADJUSTMENT OF CASE
                      BUDGET PLANS AS
                         NECESSARY
                    (AT LEAST QUARTERLY)
                                                    E
                                                  R

                                                  C

                                                  L

                                                   I
                                                                MID-YEAR SCAP NEGOTIATIONS
                                                            NEGOTIA
                                                             ACTIVITIES
          REVIEW REGIONAL
          REQUESTS, APPLY
          PRICING FACTORS,
            TO BASELINE
            TARGETS TO
            CALCULATE
            PRELIMINARY
          ALLOCATIONS TO
          REGIONS, POSSIBLE
          ADJUSTMENTS TO
          DOLLARS AND/OR
             CONTRACT
            MECHANISM
 CONFERENCE WITH REGIONS
   TO DISCUSS REQUESTS
        (ONGOING)
NOTIFICATION TO REGIONS OF
 PRELIMINARY CASE BUDGET
       ALLOCATION
    DETERMINATION ON
  SUPPLEMENTAL REQUEST

 AUGUST SCAP NEGOTIATIONS
       NOTIFICATION TO
    REGIONS OF FINAL CASE
     BUDGET ALLOCATION
       REVIEW REGIONAL
     OBLIGATIONS, TASKING
     AND REVISED PLANS IN
       ACCORDANCE WITH
         GUIDANCE AND
      CHANGING PROGRAM
          PRIORITIES
  .* See the exhibits on enforcement financial/audit reports later in this chapter.
                                          VI-21

-------
                                                               OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                             VI-8
            REGIONAL/HQ CASE BUDGET RESPONSIBILITIES
   REGIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES
    HQ RESPONSIBILITIES
         Negotiate activity targets with
         Headquarters at the mid-year SCAP
         negotiations in February.

         Submit Case Budget requests (through
         CERCLIS) in response to Regional
         allocations calculated by HQ by
         mid-March. Identify approved,
         alternate, and complex site funding
         needs.

         Negotiate revisions to targeted activities
         and Case Budget dollars at August
         SCAP negotiations. Receive Case
         Budget AOA distributions.
Calculate regional allocations for
activities planned by the regions following
the mid-year SCAP negotiations in
February. Allocations are made for:
  - targeted enforcement activities
     (based on pricing factors); and
  - non-targeted enforcement activities
     (based on a combination of pricing
     factors and priorities identified by
     the regions during negotiations).

Review regional Case Budget requests
submitted through CERCLIS in response
to allocations (March through June).
Assess complex site issues and initial
need for supplemental funding request.
Confer with Region as necessary.
Proceed, if necessary, with supplemental
funding request.

Determine final allocations at August
SCAP negotiations.

Distribute Advices of Allowance (AOA)
to the Regions in September. AOAs
consist of dollars for no-TES and TES V+
contractors.
         Manage Case Budget within the
         approved bottom-line allocation.

         Enter work assignment tasking amounts
         into CERCLIS as they occur.

         Negotiate Mid-year adjustments.
Negotiate Mid-year adjustments.

Review Regional tasking against
allocations. Generate CERCLIS
mainframe obligations reports in response
to Regional or HQ information needs.
* The Enforcement Financial Workgroup organized by the Program Management and Support Office (PMSO) and
including regional representation will address ways for the regions to receive and enter this data.  ^
                                        VI-22

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
ACTIVITY SPECIFIC  CHiyiNG
      FY90 Budget Category: PRP Remnvak

       Non-NPL PRP
       Non-NPL (Removal) PRP Searches should be coded as 'RP for the activity type
       (C1732). The CERHELP activity code (C402) should be 'RP' for Removal PRP
       Searches. The only valid lead for this activity is 'FE' for Federal Enforcement.
       These activities capture notice letter support, financial assessment, record
       compilation, title search, and de minimis determination. The PRP searches for
       large removals are estimated to cost $13 K. For small removals where the owner or
       operator is known or where cost recovery litigation is a low priority, the PRP
       search costs may be closer to $2.2 K.

       Removal Negotiation Start?

       The CERCLIS and CERHELP activity code for Removal Negotiations is 'RN1.
       The only valid lead for this activity is 'FE1. An average pricing factor has not been
       established for this activity, however, it has been acknowledged as a regional need
       to be funded from the category of PRP Removals.

       PRP Removal Oversight

       CB requests for oversight of PRP Removals should be coded with an event type
       (C21 1 1) of 'RV for removal action.  All removal events must be coded with a lead
       of 'RP' for potentially responsible party or 'MR' for mixed funding. The average
       pricing factor for oversight of this event is $50 K in total.  Requests for these funds
       should be entered in the quarter in which the removal is planned to start, but
       oversight costs will only be provided at sites covered by an Enforcement agreement
       (e.g., Administrative Order, Consent Decree, Judgment).

      FY9Q Budget Category: Pre RI/FS Starts

       NPL PRP Search

       Regions should code PRP searches as 'NS' CERCLIS  (C1732) or 'PS' in
       CERHELP (C402) when initial HRS scoring indicates the site will be listed on the
       NPL.  Continuing PRP search activities should be coded as a second PRP search.
       The lead for these activities should be designated as 'FE'.  The average annual
       pricing factor for this activity is $50 K.

       RI/FS Negotiation Starts

       Rl/FS negotiations are priced at $50 K in total. This represents the funds for
       negotiations including support for negotiation meetings and developing negotiation
       support documents (e.g., a detailed scope of work, forward planning, and records
       compilation) and the issuance of administrative orders.  These funds are not to
       support the full range of activities and workplan development for a Fund-financed
       RI/FS.

       Requests for this activity should be coded as 'FN' for both the CERCLIS and
       CERHELP activity type (C1732 and C402 respectively). The quarter in which the


                                     VI-23

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


request is made must be consistent with the planned start date. The only valid lead
(C1707 and C404) for this activity is TE' for Federal Enforcement.  RI/FS
negotiations at a federal facility, however, are not funded by this category.

FY9Q Budget Category: PRP RT/PS Oversight

PRP RIIFS Oversight

The CERCLIS event codes (C21 1 1) for RVFS oversight are 'RT for Remedial
Investigation, 'FS' for Feasibility Study, and 'CO' for Combined Rl/FS.  This
event has an average pricing factor of $20 K per quarter, however, funding
requests may only be for the quarters in which the event spans in the planned fiscal
year. For example, if a RI/FS is planned to start in the third quarter, $20 K may be
requested in both the third and fourth quarter. The remaining quarters to be funded
must be requested in subsequent years. In addition, the valid leads (C21 17) to
receive CB funds from this category are 'RP for Responsible Party and 'MR' for
Mixed Funding.

FY90 Budget Category: RD/RA Compliance Monitoring

RDIRA Oversight

The CERCLIS and CERHELP event code (C2111 and C402) is 'RD1 and 'RA' for
Remedial Design and Remedial Action. The pricing factor is $2.5 K per quarter.
The lead for this event (C21 17) must be either 'RP' or 'MR' in order to request
Case Budget oversight dollars.

FY90 Budget Category: Litigation Support

Administrative Cost Recovery

Administrative Cost Recovery , 'AV, is priced at $12 K in  the quarter the  action is
initiated.

RDIRA Negotiation Starts

The CERCLIS and CERHELP activity code (C1732 and C402) for RD/RA
negotiations is 'AN'.  The average pricing factor is $30 K,  funded in the quarter in
which the negotiations are planned to start. The review of a PRP remedy  or review
of PRP comments to a recommended remedy, are generally included in the RI/FS
budget as response to public comments. This activity consists primarily of
negotiation sessions and responses to additional PRP inquiries. Costs associated
with preparation of UAOs are also included in the $30 K pricing factor. The valid
lead (C1707 in CERCLIS and C404 in CERHELP) for this activity to receive CB
funds is 'FE' for Federal Enforcement.
Non-Bindine Allocation nf Responsibility

NBARs are elgibile to receive Case Budget funds in FY90.  The average pricing
(CITOT) m K' be^ CFRCLIS activity code 
-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


      Litigation Referrals

      There are three litigation referral activities (C1732) eligible to receive CB funds in
      FY90.  The pricing factor for Section 106  Referrals, 'SX' is $20 K per quarter.
      Section 107 Litigation, 'SV, is priced at $7.8 K per quarter with an average
      quarterly duration of 14 quarters.  Section 106/107 Litigation, 'CL1, has a pricing
      lactor of $20 K per quarter and also has an average quarterly duration of 14
      quarters.  In addition, to request funding for these activities, it is necessary to
      identify the Remedy Type (C2731) associated event for which costs are being
      recovered. The valid cost recovery codes are 'VM1 for removal action, 'VO' for
      RI/FS,  'VD1 for RD, 'VA' for RA, and 'VS' for oversight. The only valid lead
      (C1707) that receives funds for these cost recovery activities is 'FE'.

      Ongoing Litigation Support

      Ongoing litigation support may be requested for the above referenced litigation. It is
      important for ongoing work that actual start dates (C1716) and planned completion
      dates (C1715) are coded accurately.

      FY90 Budget Category: State Enforcement

      Case Budget dollars may be requested for RI/FS with a 'PS'  lead.  The valid event
codes (C2111) are 'RI', 'FS' or 'CO'. This lead (C2117) indicates that the PRP is
performing the work under state order, that the request is for costs associated with
oversight of the PRP and that an Enforcement agreement exists between the State and EPA.

      FY90 Budget Category: Federal Facilities

      The Federal Facility budget in FY90 is $6,295 K nationally.  This money is used to
fund the above Case Budget activities at Federal Facility sites. It is imperative, therefore,
to code the site (C135) a 'Y' indicating that it is a Federal Facility. In addition, the valid
leads are 'FF for events (C2117) and 'FE' for activities (C1707).

      IAG Negotiations

      In FY90 $2 750 K is available nationally to fund IAG negotiations. The activity
      code in CERCLIS (C1732) is 'IN'. The valid lead (C1707) is 'FE1. The average
      pricing factor is $50 K annually.

      fif/pp nr.,1 RFHRA Oversieht

      RI/FS and RD/RA Oversight costs at Federal Facilities are associated with the
      appropriate operable unit. It is imperative, therefore, that the CB request
      corresponds to the operable unit for which the event is planned.  Oversight at the
      first operable unit is priced at $20 K per quarter. The cost of oversight at the
      second operable unit is $12 K per quarter. The oversight at the third or subsequent
      operable unit is priced quarterly at $8 K.

      FYQO Budget Category: Prnpram Implementation
       Reeions should plan up to 10% of their total TES 5 allocation for program
       management purposes. This request for funding should be made non-site
                                      VI-25

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


 specifically  The code in CERHELP (C402) for this activity is'PM'.  The contract
 vehicle (C1408) must be coded to correspond to the specific contract for which
 management costs are associated.

 Mmifl"trativt! Records

 SARA specifies that Administrative Records be developed at Superfund sites where
 remedial or removal responses are planned, are occurring, or where EPA is issuing
 a unilateral order or initiating litigation. In FY90, CB funds are available for
 Administrative Record development The cost for Administrative Record
 development may vary from $5,000 to $20,000, depending upon the number of
 PRPs involved, the number of documents that must be compiled, and  the history of
 the site. HQ anticipates that the cost of most Administrative Records will not
 exceed $12,000. HQ has not established firm pricing factors for Administrative
 Record development, but rather has allowed for a range of expected costs,
 depending upon the priority of the Administrative Record being funded.

 Funding requests for Administrative Record development or modification at sites
 with an ongoing RI/FS should be made site-specifically. The Event Type
 CERCLIS code (C2111) is 'AR'. In addition, the 'AR1 event record should be
 placed in the appropriate RI/FS operable unit if a separate funding action is
 anticipated for AR work.  Costs for Administrative Record development for new
 RI/FS starts are included in the RI/FS pricing factor of $20 K per quarter. All other
 requests for Administrative Record backlog work (for planned or signed RODs,
 Enforcement Referrals, Removals where Sections 106 or 107 activity  is planned or
 in process, including completed removals) may be made non-site specifically. The
 CERHELP Event code (C402) is also 'AR'. The valid leads for Administrative
 Record are 'RP' and 'FE'.

 Records Management

 Funding requests for Records Management activities may be planned non-site
 specifically. The activity type in CERHELP (C402) is 'RM' for records
 management. Records management activities eligible for funding include planning
 of systems, development of file structures, as well as operation of systems for
 retention and retrieval of Superfund site files.

 Community Relations

 The CB is used to pay for Community Relations (CR) for a removal and other
 remedial events when a PRP leads the response. The community relations plan
 should be funded concurrently with negotiations. Funds for a community relations
 plan can be combined with the TES work assignment (WA) funding the
 negotiations, or it can be a separate funding action. CR implementation should be
 funded concurrently with the oversight of PRP response and again, can be
 combined with the oversight funding in one WA, or funded separately.

 CR funding requests may be requested either site-specifically or non-site
 specifically, depending on if the site is known prior to the fiscal year.  In CERCLIS
 the event code (C2111) is'CR' for those community relations activities associated
 with remedial response activities. Those activities associated with removal
response events are entered as 'RC. Specific elements of CR work (e.g., CR
plan, CR implementation, revised CR plan, etc.) are considered subevents to the
                               VI-26

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
   MrSS^f'/^ therefore, cannot be specified for subevents. The
valid CERCLIS leads (C2117) for CR are 'RP, 'PS', and 'SF.

Non-site specific CR funding requests may also be made. The CERHELP Activity
?™J  t°2), 5s, CR  and 'RC for these activities. The lead codes in CERHELP
(C404) should also be 'RP, 'PS', or 'SE'
Federal Facility
 In FY90 there is $1,000 K available nationally for implementation of the Federal
 Facilities Compliance Docket and maintenance of existing docket facilities. All
 requests for this activity may be made non-site specifically in CERHELP (C402).
 Funding requests for docket activities should be entered as 'FD' for Federal Facility
 Docket. The lead in CERHELP (C404) must be 'FF.

 State Enforcement Management Asswtanrf

 Funding requests for state management assistance during Federal lead enforcement
 activities should be made non-site specifically. The Activity Type code in
 CERHELP (C402) is 'EM'. Separate non-site specific records should be entered to
 show total management requests by state. The lead code (C404) should be 'PS1 for
 Potentially Responsible Party financed work performed by the PRP under a state
 order. The Financial Vehicle (C1408) must be coded as 'CAG' to indicate funding
 through a Cooperative Agreement.

 Information Management

 Case Budget funds may be requested in FY90 to cover costs associated with
 information management Requests should be made non-site-specifically with the
 CERHELP activity code (C402) coded as 'IM'.

 ERA Oversight

 Costs associated with ERA oversight may be requested in FY90. The CERCLIS
 code (C1732) is 'ER'. The valid lead is 'RP1 for oversight.

 Management Assistance

 Managment Assistance funds may be requested from the Case Budget if the costs
 are associated with an RP lead event or activity. The CERCLIS and CERHELP
 activity code  is 'MA' and the lead must specifiy 'RP'.

 Preliminary Natural Resource Surveys

 Interagency Agreements with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
 (NOAA) and the Department of Interior (DOI) will be available for Regions to
 manage for initiating Preliminary Natural Resource Surveys (PNRS). Detailed
 guidance has been provided in a joint document with OERR entitled "Regional
 Processing of Superfund lAGSs.  Planning for these activities is through the
 CERHELP The Activity Type (C402) code is 'PN'.  The agency through which
 the work will  be performed must be listed in the comment field (C1421). Regions
 should use $6 K per site to estimate funding requirements. The only valid lead for
PNRS to be funded from the Case Budget is 'RP'.
                              VI-27

-------
                                                           OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
       Technical Assistance

       Final draft guidance was sent to the Regions on Interagency Agreements (lAGs) for
       technical assistance in March 1989.  This guidence detailed processes and
       procedures for obtaining technical assistance with the above referenced agencies.
       Site specific planning for enforcement activities/events is required in CERCLIS.
       The contract vehicle (C2908/C3239) must be coded 'IAG' for Interagency
       Agreements.


ENFORCEMKNT FINANCIAL REPORTS

      Enforcement activities/events requiring CB funds must be coded accurately.  To
enhance financial planning data quality, several Enforcement financial reports have been
developed for both regional and HQ use.

       Financial Planning Reports

      On the main CERCLIS menu, under 'ENFR' for the Enforcement menu, are seven
Enforcement financial planning reports. Exhibit VI-9 lists each report number, title, and a
brief description. The user is prompted for a region and a fiscal year when selecting these
reports. Specific select logic for these reports may be found in the CERCLIS Reports
Library.  Currently two reports are being developed to indicate primary and alternate
activity and event requests within the specific budget category to which they apply. These
reports will be put on the main CERCLIS menu and will be available by late June.

       Financial Planning Audit Reports

       Six audit reports have been programmed to ensure data accuracy for Enforcement
financial data.  These reports are available on the main CERCLIS menu, under 'AUDT for
SCAP Audit reports. Exhibit VI-10 lists each report number, title, and a brief report
description.  Like the standard Enforcement financial reports, the user is prompted for both
a Region and a fiscal year. By late June one Case Budget audit report (a consolidation of
six previously available audit reports) will be available on the main CERCLIS menu. This
audit report will isolate the key CB field (CERCLIS or CERHELP data element) which is
either inaccurate or nonexistent. Without this required information, requests will not
appear on the standard Enforcement financial reports. These standard reports are used by
HQ to determine Regional Case Budget needs. It is important, therefore, that records
appearing in the audit reports be verified for accuracy and modified as necessary.

Contract Management

      Contract Management Delegation

       In FY90 eight Technical Enforcement Support (TES) contracts are available for
       Regions to support their Enforcement programs.  These contracts are referred to
       collectively as TES 5.  Both the Regions and HQ will have management
       responsibilities for these new contracts. Regional Project Officers (RPOs) will
       provide programmatic oversight and technical direction for contractor performance
       from a Regional perspective. HQ Zone Project Officers (ZPOs) will provide
       guidance and technical assistance to the RPO for contract management.
                                      VI-28

-------
                                                                               OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                        EXHTRTT
    NUMBER
TITLE
                                      ENFORCEMENT FINANCIAL REPORTS
                                                           DESCRIPTION
   ENFR-10
    ENFR-11
    ENFR-13
    ENFR-20
    ENFR-21
   ENFR-22
    ENFR-23
EN F Planned Dollars Report for 'SE1 & 'PS      Lists Enforcement FY90 site-specific 'State" activities/events,
                                      planned dollars by region, activity /event type funding status, state,
                                      site name, totals by activity/event funding status, activity/event,
                                      region, and grand total are calculated.

ENF Non-site Specific Planned Dollars         Lists Enforcment FY90 non-site specific planned dollars by region,
                                      activity/event type, funding status, and state, totals by activity/event
                                      region, and grand total are calculated.

ENF Obligation & Approved Planned Dollars     Lists Enforcement site-specific FY90 obligated and approved planned
                                      dollars by region, state, site name, activity/event, contract vehicle, totals
                                      by region and grand total are calculated.
ENF Planned Dollars for Federal Facilities
ENF and Remedial Planned Dollars
ENF Planned Dollars by Activtiy/Event
ENF Planned Dollars by Budget Sources &
Contract Vehicle
Lists Federal Fatties site-specific FY90 planned dollars
by region, activity/event type, funding status, state, and site name,
totals by activity/event funding status, activity/event, region, and
grand total are calculated.

Lists Enforcement and Remedial site-specific FY90 planned dollars by
region, activity/event type, funding status, state and site name, totals by
activity/event type, regional Enforcement/Remedial funding status, region,
and grand total are calculated.
Lists Enforcement site-specific FY90 planned dollars by region,
activity/event, funding status, state, and site name, totals by
actiivity/event funding status, activity/event, region, and grand total
are calculated.

Lists Enforcement site-specific FY90 planned dollars by region, budget
source, contract vehicle funding status, state and site name, totals
by contract vehicle funding status, contract vehicle, budget source, region,
and grand total are calculated.
 OSWER Directive No.9871.0-la, dated March 3,1989, outlines the
 responsibilities for both HQ and the Regions.  The specific directive should be
 referenced for additional guidance.

 fnteragencv Agreements

Regions have been delegated responsibility for developing Regional Interagency
Agreements (TAG) in FY90 for the following agencies: Department of the Interior
                                               VI-29

-------
                                                                 OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                                 fiftffTRTT VT-10

                             ENFORCEMENT RNANCIAL AUDIT REPORTS
NUMBER
TITLE
                                                                 DESCRIPTION
AUDT-27
ENF. FIN, AUDIT-No Contract Vehicle
Events/Activities with a FY(89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount,
and no contract vehicle.
AUDT-28
ENF. FIN. AUDIT- No Actual or Planned Start Date
Events/Activities with a FY (89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount
planned, or no actual start date.
AUDT-29
ENF. FIN. AUDIT- No Actual or Planned Start and
Passed Plan Start Date
Events/Activities with a FY (89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount,
and no actual start date.
AUDT-30
ENF. FIN. AUDIT-No Lead
Events/Activities with a FY (89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount,
and no lead.
AUDT-31
ENF. FIN. AUDIT-Actual Completion Date Before
Planned $ FYQ
AUDT-38
ENF. FIN. AUDIT-No Funding Status
Events/Activities with a FY (89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount,
and an actual complete date prior to
the financial plan FYQ.

Events/Activities with a FY (89 or 90)
financial plan FYQ, an Enforcement
budget source, a financial amount,
and no funding status
     (DOI), Department of Justice (DOJ), National Oceanic and Atmospheric
     Administration (NOAA),  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), U.S.
     Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). HQ
     will maintain the national JAG with the Department of Justice (DOJ) in FY90 and all
     other JAGs managed by HQ will be closed out after FY89. A Region, therefore,
     must initiate an agreement with the respective Agency. For detailed IAG guidance
     the regions should reference OSWER Directive 9295.0-01 "Superfund: regional
     Interagency Handbook".
                                         VI-30

-------
                                                     OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
Technical AsxLwifirr

Final draft guidance was sent to the regions on Interagency Agreements (lAGs) for
technical assistance in March 1989. This guidance detailed processes and
procedures for obtaining technical assistance with the above referenced agencies.
Site specific planning for enforcement events/activities is required in CERCLIS.
The contract vehicle (C2908/C3239) must be coded 'IAG1 for Interagency
Agreement.
Department of
EPA HQ maintains a national agreement with the DOJ/Land and Natural Resources
Division (LNRD) to provide legal representation and associated support services on
behalf of EPA for all matters arising from or related to CERCLA and SARA.
Support services are defined as expert witness and automated litigation services.
DOJ/LNRD maintains a base level budget for legal representation services. The
purpose of this section is to provide the regions with a forward planning process
that will identify needs for these services. EPA HQ will transfer funding to DOT
based on those estimates. The region's Non-TES budget will be reduced by HQ in
the amount transferred to DOJ. The region will delete their planned financial
records when they are notified by HQ that the transfer has been complete.

DOJ will provide expert witness (EW) for referred cases.  The regions will
coordinate the planning for expert witness with the Office of Regional Counsel
(ORC) and DOJ/LNRD. The region should plan for the experts under the
appropriate enforcement activity (i.e., Section 106, Section 107). The funding
vehicle would be LAG and DOJ, "EW" must be posted in the financial notes field.

DOJ may provide automated litigation support (ALS) for referred cases. This
support and the use of EPA regional funds is discretionary and is based on the
requirements for a particular case. The regions must coordinate the planning for
ALS with the ORC and DOJ/LNRD. The region should plan for the ALS under the
appropriate enforcement activity (Sections 106, Section 107). The funding vehicle
would be LAG and DOJ, "ALS" must be posted in the financial notes field.
8(a\ Contracts

Regions are encouraged to use 8(a) minority contractors whenever alternatives to
TES or other contracts are needed. Historically, 8(a) contractors have been used
primarily for PRP searches. They can, however, be used for oversight support,
records management, sampling and other activities. Use of 8(a) contractors is not
limited to any particular type or activity.

Funding for 8(a) requests will be included in the regional AOA. Requests for 8(a)
contract dollars should be made through the usual SCAP process; i.e., they should
be entered into CERCLIS site-specifically using 8(a) contract spending, though
requests should fall within the appropriate activity pricing factors.
                               VI-31

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
SUPERFUNP  FINANCIAL
       The purpose of the following section is to assist regional Program Offices in
carrying out their financial management responsibilities.


       Regional Financial Management Responsibilities

       Due to the complexity of the Superfund program, numerous organizational units
within the regional EPA offices have responsibility for Superfund financial management.
These organizations and their responsibilities are detailed below.


       Regional Administrator

       Regional Administrators have the authority to:

             Approve removal actions up to $2 million per site;
             Award Cooperative Agreements (CAs);
             Award Interagency Agreements (IAGs);
             Enter into Superfund State Contracts (SSCs);
             Initiate remedial planning activities;
             Grant states credit against their cost share; and
             Award Technical Assistance Grants.

       All of these authorities may be re-delegated with the exception of 1) removal actions
       deemed to be "nationally significant" and 2) Technical Assistance Grants.

       Regional Program Office

       Regional Program Office financial responsibilities include:

       •     Providing technical support to the Contracting Officer in contracts
             management;
       •     Reviewing vouchers and/or financial reports;
             Managing Cooperative Agreements (CA) and Interagency Agreements
             (IAGs);
             Preparing Commitment Notices (CN) and Procurement Requests (PR);
             Developing Superfund State Contracts (SSC);
             Negotiating CAs with states, political subdivisions and Indian Tribal
             governments;
             Either issuing site/spill identifiers (S/S ID) or requesting that they be issued
             by the regional Management Division;
       •      Managing the region's allowances;
             Approving Requests for Proposals or Bids and contracts developed by the
             states; and
             Participating in pre-award financial management system reviews.

       Within the regional Program Offices, the following staff have specific Superfund
       financial management responsibilities:

             On-Scene Coordinator (QSCV The regional OSC may be an employee of
             EPA or of the U.S. Coast Guard. This employee reacts to hazardous
                                      VI-32

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


       substances spills and releases or threats of release by initiating and
       managing the removal process. The OSCs financial management
       responsibilities include preparing site budgets and contract action requests;
       completing Action Memoranda; preparing delivery orders and PRs for
       contracts; establishing and maintaining official removal site files; reviewing
       and approving the removal cleanup contractors' charges on a daily basis;
       tracking site costs against the established site ceiling; and approving removal
       contractors' invoices. The OSC must be aware of, in control of and
       responsible for all removal site charges and for ensuring that costs are
       reasonable and necessary.

       Ordering Officer. All Ordering Officers must have a written "Delegation of
       Procurement Authority" signed by a Senior Procurement Manager prior to
       performing their duties. The Ordering Officer, who typically is an OSC,
       may initially obligate up to a maximum of $250,000 for removals at a
       specific site by issuing a Delivery Order under an existing contract. This
       person also develops  the statement of work and cost ceiling for removals.

       Remedial Project Manager (RPM1. The RPM, in coordination with state
       program personnel, is responsible for managing remedial and enforcement
       costs and activities on a site-specific basis, for reviewing remedial
       contractor invoices and financial reports, and for establishing and
       maintaining the official site files. Like the OSC, the RPM must be aware
       of, in control of and responsible for remedial site charges and for ensuring
       that costs are reasonable and necessary.

       Regional Project Officer CRPOVDeputv Project Officer (DPO). TheRPOis
       responsible for overall remedial and enforcement contract management
       functions, including identification of regional and site-specific contract
       requirements, reviewing invoices, and financial monitoring of the contract.
       The DPO is responsible for overall removal and general site support contract
       management functions. The RPO/DPO evaluates and designates contractor
       award fees; monitors contractors' activities;  and reviews monthly contractor
       reports and site-specific attachments.

The RPM or the RPO may initiate work assignmentsX-WAs), CAs, lAGs and
contracts, and approve site-specific IAG invoices.

       Administrative Support Unit (ASU). Administrative SuppoTfOnits may be
       established in each regionalS-ogram Office. The purpose of these ASUs is
	 _ to assist the OSC/RPM in performing their administrative duties, tnus   -
       allowing the OSC/RPM to concentrate their efforts on their technical site
       management activities. These units are designed to perform at least four
       important functions:

              Provide administrative support to the OSC/RPM on site;
              Provide the OSC/RPM with administrative support in the regional
              Program Offices;                                            .
              Provide liaison between the OSC/RPM and other groups involved in
              administrative matters; and
              Provide support to the regional remedial and removal program
              management.
                                VI-33

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


Specific examples of the kind of administrative and financial management support
the ASUs may provide to the OSC/RPM are as follows:

             Assist in developing removal site budgets and preparing Action
             Memoranda;
             Assist in daily cost monitoring via daily contractor reports;
             Maintain the Removal Cost Management System;
             Set up and maintain active remedial and removal site files;
             Complete PRs and CNs; and
             Request and review reports generated by REPORTER for purposes
             of monitoring site costs. REPORTER is the new report writer
             package which has replaced the Software Package for Unique
             Reports (SPUR) of the Integrated Financial Management System
             (IFMS).

The ASUs may be staffed with EPA staff or the non-government functions may be
contracted out.  Additional information on the model of an ASU is found in the
Report of the Workgroup on Management Support for Superfund's On-Scene
Coordinators, dated March 1987.

Regional Management Division

For the purposes of this document, the regional Management Division is the
organization in which financial management, budgetary, accounting, planning, and
assistance agreements administration functions are carried out. The regional
Servicing Finance Office (SFO) and Contracting Officers for the Alternative
Remedial Contracting Strategy (ARCS) and the Emergency Response Cleanup
Services (mini-ERCS) are considered to be a part of this division. In most regions,
the regional Management Division:

•      Assigns account numbers (AN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN) to
       all regional commitment and obligating documents;
•      Controls the regional allowance, maintains the Document Control Register
       (DCR), and reconciles transactions;
       Generally issues S/S IDs for non-Coast Guard-lead sites;
       Sets up regional account numbers in IFMS (new obligational authority
       only);                - -   ^
       Processes all PRs for national contracts and enters commitments into the
       IFMS;
•      Processes CNe-for IAG& and enters «ommitmentsJntO IFMS'
       Processes CAs, assigns CA identification numbers, enters CA -——
       commitments, obligations and drawdowns into IFMS;
       Assists the regional Program Office in the negotiation or pre-application
      phases of the CA development;
      Processes all Letter of Credit increases and monitors drawdowns;
      Receives and reviews financial reports required by the CAs;
      Maintains Superfund original and site-specific document files on all regional
      costs and supports the regional Program Offices in preparing cost
      summaries and documentation for cost recovery purposes-
      Maintains accounts receivable for cost recovery and SSC cost share, and
      maintains billing and collection system;
      Provides regional Program Office with financial data;
      Obligates contracts and modifications for the ARCS and mini-ERCS
      contracts; and
                              VI-34

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
              Reviews invoices and monthly financial reports for the ARCS and mini-
              ERCS contracts.
       HO Financial Management Respnnsihitiri,
es
       Selected Superfund financial management responsibilities which the regional
Program Office may come in contact are highlighted below.

       Financial Management DivixinnlOffice nfthe Comptrnll^r

       This Office, which monitors the financial aspects of the Superfund program
       through four of its branches, performs many Superfund-related functions,
       including the following:

                     Collects HQ's Superfund cost documentation for cost recovery;
                     Oversees annual site-specific reporting processes;
                     Issues financial policies and procedures;
                     Provides general accounting support;
                     Records transfer allocations;
                     Notifies Trust Fund to invest cost recoveries, fines and penalties;
                     and
                     Establishes Superfund account numbers in IFMS.
       Financial and Administrative Management Section/Office of Emergency and
       Remedial Response (FAMSIOERR)

       FAMS provides financial management and accounting support and guidance to
       OERR and the regional Program Offices. As one of HQ's Superfund Allowance
       Holders, FAMS1 responsibilities include:
                    Maintains the OERR DCR and controls the HQ allowances;
                    Commits funds for HQ OERR contracts and lAGs;
                    Assigns accounting data to monthly site-specific invoices; and
                    Processes and monitors HQ OERR
       FAMS' responsibilities in relation to the regional Program Office are as follows:

              •      MaJPtain3 tho central S/S ID system anrl assigns S/S IDs tO Coast
         	,—	Guard-lead removal sites;
                    financial issues; and
                    Provides financial policies to regional Program Offices.
                    'jHfGifitznit jj^L.**LfM ~*~"j "fc^*"' "j *' T'— "  ^*i        	""
       '(TM^IOWPE)

       Like FAMS, the Contracts Management Section provides financial management and
                                      VI-35

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 accounting support and guidance to OWPE and the regional Program Offices.
 Responsibilities include:

              Obligates funds for the TES contracts;
              Processes and monitors WAs in TESWATS;
              Processes and monitors OWPE lAGs;
              Processes invoices for TES contracts;
              Coordinates issuance of regional allowances and processes change
              requests;
              Provides liaison with regional Program Offices on OWPE financial
              issues; and
              Provides OWPE financial policies to regional Program Offices.


 Procurement and Contracts Management Division/Office of Administration (PCMD)

 PCMD conducts the Superfund contracting program. This involves negotiating,
 awarding, monitoring, modifying, and terminating contracts and providing
 technical guidance on contract administration.  PCMD also provides cost and price
 analysis for Superfund contracts.

 Grants Administration Division/Office of Administration

 This division issues policy, regulations and guidance for the processing, award and
 administrative management of financial assistance agreements and lAGs; issues
 identification numbers for all lAGs; and processes and awards HQ lAGs.
 Budget Division/Office of the Comptroller

 This division allocates the Superfund allowances among the HQ and regional
 offices; approves regional allowances; monitors obligations against regular and site
 allowances on a weekly basis; processes transfer allocations; processes change
 requests, and reprograms allowances, as necessary.


 Cincinnati Financial Management C.cn^r

 The Servicing Finance Office in Cincinnati is responsible for providing accounting
 support for all SuperfuruiiAGt  TheJDffiee^mTccsseB-dishnrsement reauests from
 od£ agencies, processes the billing for SSanSfc.aSSSSSXSS^
 obligations and disbursements into IFMS.


 Office of Adminl'itratinnlResearc.h Triangle Park

This Servicing Finance Office (SFO) is  responsible for providing accounting
support for all Superfund contracts. The Office enters contract award data and
obligations into IFMS, processes contractor invoices, and enters payments into
IHvIS via the Contract Payment System.
                               VI-36

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
Financial Management Tools and

Integrated Financial Mgnaeement Svxtem (IFMS)

The IFMS is the Agency's official automated accounting, funds control and
monitoring system. It encompasses all of the Agency's financial systems for
planning, budget formulation and execution; program and administrative
accounting; and audit. IFMS is maintained by the Administrative Systems Division
of the Office of Information Resources Management. The Financial Systems
Branch of the Financial Management Division, Office of the Comptroller, provides
IFMS user support. IFMS is new to EPA and was implemented in order to expand
upon and improve the original Financial Management System (FMS). Because
IFMS is so comprehensive, it requires a two-stage implementation process. The
first phase, which is now in place, expands upon the original FMS data and
provides a mechanism to allow for cross referencing between the old and new
system. The second phase, scheduled for implementation in October 1989, will
complete the restructuring of the financial system to allow for more exact
accounting of financial transactions. The second phase is still under development
and not all the changes which will result from the implementation of IFMS are
currently known. Addenda to this Manual will be issued during the year as more
information is received.
       REPORTER. Through IFMS's REPORTER, formerly Software Package
       for Unique Reports (SPUR), an IFMS user can run specialized reports from
       IFMS, showing only the information selected. REPORTER can select any
       data elements maintained in IFMS, arrange those elements in any desired
       format, and print a report. The regional Program Office staff may request
       REPORTER reports from the regional Servicing Finance Office (SFO).
       These reports are especially useful for determining the status of
       commitments, obligations and payments for a given site.

       Regional IFMS Responsibility. Though each region is organized somewhat
       differently, in most regions the SFO enters commitments into IFMS for
       contracts and Interagency Agreements (lAGs). For Cooperative
       Agreements, the SFO enters not only commitments, but obligations and
       drawdowns as well. At the request of the regional Program Office, the SFO
       sets up regional account numbers in IFMS. Since the Agency does not
       officially recognize commitments or obligations until they appear in IFMS,
       it is imperative that the regional Program Office forward all commitment and
       obligating documents to the SFO as expeditiously as possible for entry into
       IFMS.
Account Number

To manage the Superfund Program effectively, and to recover cleanup costs, EPA
must carefully document and record its direct and indirect costs for each cleanup
action and track the costs through IFMS. The new IFMS account structure is still
under development. An addendum to this Manual will be issued when it is
finalized.
                               VI-37

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 nnrument Cotf") Minuter (DCN)

 The DCN is a six digit number assigned by the regional SFO to Procurement
 Requests (PRs) and Commitment Notices (CNs) as a control number. This same
 number is carried over from the PR or CN to the obligating document. DCNs will
 continue to exist through both phases of IFMS implementation.


 Document Contrnl Roister (OCR)

 The DCR is the Allowance Holder's mechanism for maintaining a running balance
 of all funds available to the Allowance Holder. The DCR can be manual or
 automated (Automated DCR, or ADCR) and is generally maintained in the SFO. In
 Phase 2 of the IFMS implementation, the ADCR function will be integrated into
 IFMS.

 Checking the OCR's balance is part of the Funds Certifying Officer's (FCO)
 certification of funds availability.  Once the FCO certifies that funds are available
 and that the appropriate funds are being used, the FCO assigns to the action a DCN
 and records it in the DCR. This number uniquely identifies the spending action in
 the Agency's DFMS, just as a check number identifies a check.


 Site/Spill Identifiers (S/S IDs)

 Site/Spill identifiers are used to identify costs associated with a specific site. In
 IFMS, the S/S  ID has been expanded to three digits.  The position of S/S IDs has
 not been defined in Phase 2 of the IFMS implementation.

 S/S  IDs are established by the regional offices, with the exception of Coast Guard
 responses which are provided through the OERR FAMS. Each regional office has
 one  or more persons responsible for assigning S/S IDs and communicating updated
 S/S  ID information to HQ. This is usually done by calling or sending an updated
 copy of the regional S/S ID list to the S/S ID contact in HQ.

 Before assigning an S/S  ID, an EPA ID must exist in the CERCLIS data base. The
 EPA ID is a 12-character unique identifier which is used to identify a hazardous
 waste site or an unanticipated removal in the CERCLIS inventory. This ID is based
 on the Facility  Index System (FINDS). An EPA ED must be established prior to
 assignment of an S/S ID. Each site should have  a single EPA  ID. In addition,
 there can only be one S/S ID for each EPA ID.

 Before establishing a new S/S ID, a thorough check should be made to ensure that
 the site is not already listed under another name.  Removal sites should receive
 identifiers as soon as it appears that more than approximately $5,000 will be spent
 on removal work at the site. Remedial sites should receive identifiers when the
 Hazard Ranking System score for the site indicates it will be proposed for the NPL
 and an account number is needed for the obligation of funds. Dioxin sites do not
 have to be on the NPL in order to establish an ID. Enforcement sites receive
identifiers when costs for an enforcement activity are expected to exceed 24
workhours per  pay period, and when a cost recovery action is likely.

Instructions for the assignment of three-digit S/S IDs will be forthcoming.
                              VI-38

-------
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                   EXHTRTT  yy.jj

HANDLING FINANCIAL DATA IN THE CERCLIS ENVIRONMENT
                         Funding Document prepared
                       by Program Officer in appropriate
                    area (Pre-Remedial, Remedial, Removal,
                               Enforcement)
                   f Approval of Funding Document      )
                        Financial Management Officer
                       reviews the Funding Document,
                      assigns a unique Account Number
                       and Document Control Number
                         (AN/DCN) pair and enters
                           information into IFMS.
                          Funds are now committed
                         Regional IMC or designee
                         enters the commitment data
                             into CERCLIS or
                               TESWATS
                              CAs signed by
                           Regional Administrator
  lAGs signea oy
Participating Parties
   Contracts signed
bv Contracting Officer
                          unds are now obligated
               Regions enter obligation data into CJiKULlb. Kegions
                or HQ enter obligation data into IFMS or TESWATS
                        VI-39

-------
                                                   OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
Approvals

Authority to approve pre-remedial, removal, remedial and enforcement activities is
contained in the Superfund delegations package.  An approval by the Assistant
Administrator of the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response or Regional
Administrator, as appropriate, is an authorization to undertake a CERCLA-funded
response action. Examples of these approvals include Removal Action Memoranda
and SCAP submissions. A site/activity must be approved before any commitments
can be made.

The following paragraphs highlight the region's financial management authority and
responsibility in the removal program:

•      Approval Authority. In accordance with Delegation 14-1-A, the Regional
       Administrator has the authority to approve removal actions costing up to
       $2,000,000 at National Priorities List (NPL) sites or non-NPL sites and
       may grant exemptions to the twelve-month statutory limit. In addition,
       Regional Administrators may re-delegate  to the On-Scene Coordinators
       (OSCs) the authority to approve actions costing up to $50,000 in emergency
       situations where an expeditious response is required.

•      Action Memorandum. Except in emergency situations, before a removal
       action can begin, an Action Memorandum must be approved. The Action
       Memorandum must document that the release meets the criteria of
       CERCLA, as amended, and the National Contingency Plan (NCP). In
       addition to the technical data, the Action Memorandum, must include, to the
       extent practicable, an estimated total project ceiling. The OSC uses the
       estimate of the duration and cost of the removal actions in order to determine
       the proper approval authority. The OSCs or other Ordering Officers are
       responsible for obtaining all necessary Regional Office approvals and
       signatures.

       Generally, the Action Memorandum is prepared prior to initiating response
       activities. In extreme emergencies, however, the OSC may initiate activities
       under his  or her $50,000 authority without preparing the necessary
       documentation in advance. In these circumstances OSCs must document
       their decision within 24 hours of initiating response.

The following paragraphs highlight the region's financial management authority and
responsibility in the remedial and enforcement programs:

•      Financial Approval Mechanism.  Planning of remedial and enforcement
      program activities is accomplished by means of the SCAP. Funds cannot
      be committed or obligated for a remedial or enforcement activity unless it is
      included in the SCAP.

•      Obligations made at events which are planned on an operable unit basis
      must be planned and executed on an operable unit basis. Outlays resulting
      form the obligations should also be attributed to the appropriate operable
      unit.
                              VI-40

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Record of Decision (Pnr>) A ROD is required for aU RD and RA
       SESS6!;      R°D> Signed by either ±e Regional Administrator or the AA
       a WtK, documents the Agency's remedial alternative decision-making
       process and demonstrates that the requirements of CERCLA, as amended
       and the NCP have been met.  The ROD also provides the basis for future
       cost recovery actions that may be taken.


Commitments

Once the regional Funds Certifying Officer certifies the availability of funds, a
spending action becomes a commitment, which is a reservation of funds but not a
legal promise to pay a supplier. Commitments which have not yet been processed
are called open commitments until they become obligations.

There are two types of commitment documents: the Procurement Request (PR) and
the Commitment Notice (CN). The PR is used to commit funds for contracts;  the
CN is used to commit  funds for Cooperative Agreements (CAs) and reimbursable
Interagency Agreements (lAGs).

Obligations

Unlike a commitment, an obligation legally binds the government to pay a supplier
for delivery of goods  or services. Thus, once funds are obligated, the region may
no longer release the funds for another purpose.

A contractor, another agency or state  cannot start work until the funds have been
obligated. In addition funds may only be used for the purpose for which they were
obligated under the contract, IAG or CA, and may not be transferred to another
activity and/or site  within  the contract, IAG or CA without first being de-obligated.

Obligating documents must be processed in accordance with guidance issued by the
Procurement and Contracts Management Division (PCMD), the Grants
Administration Division, and the Financial Management Division. The majority of
the contracts are currently awarded by PCMD and entered into IFMS by the
Servicing Finance Office/Research Triangle Park (SFO/RTP).  Certain contracting
functions, particularly  those related to regional contracts, have been decentralized to
the regions. Obligations for CAs are entered into IFMS by the regions; for lAGs,
by the Cincinnati Financial Management Center.

Recently some regions have grouped several smaller sites into a new, larger pseudo
site. The purpose of these pseudo sites is to establish a mechanism for funding
area-wide studies of environmental issues.  This practice has caused problems  for
cost recovery because  costs cannot be assigned directly to a given site.
Additionally,  by creating a new site, it is difficult to reference the older sites. These
problems may be alleviated by following a simple procedure. Funds for area-wide
studies can be awarded in one contract procurement request, Interagency Agreement
or Cooperative Agreement. However, they must be obligated to each of the sites
involved by using separate account and document control numbers.  Obligations
must be identified for each operable unit; particularly when PRPs exist.
                               VI-41

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Payments

       Each contractor/supplier submits an invoice to the proper SFO for payment. Before
       the SFO may pay the contractor/supplier, it must have an obligating document and a
       receiving report (sent by the originating office) to verify that the work was
       completed or the goods were received satisfactorily. Unpaid obligations are not
       removed from IFMS at the end of the fiscal year. Rather, they remain in the system
       until paid or until the Allowance Holder or obligating official notifies the SFO that
       no further payments will be made against the obligation.
       De-obligations

       The de-obligation of funds is handled similarly to the obligation of funds. The
       same commitment and obligation documents and procedures are used, except that
       the dollar amount indicated is a reduction rather than an addition. The availability of
       funds after de-obligation has taken place depends on when the funds initially had
       been obligated. Current fiscal year funds are available for reuse within the
       allowance as soon as the de-obligation is effective.  Prior fiscal year funds that are
       de-obligated revert back to HQ for redistribution. In order to reuse the prior year
       funds, allowance holders must request a re-certification of the funds to their
       allowance from the Office of the Comptroller in coordination with the Office of
       Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER).

       Regions should review the financial status of all contracts, lAGs and CAs
       regularly. If all activities requested have been completed, and there are funds
       outstanding, the region should follow the procedures outlined above to de-obligate
       these funds immediately to make them available for other activities.


       Financial Management Funding Mechanisms

       EPA uses a variety of funding mechanisms to carry out CERCLA-funded response
actions. Included in these are the following:
       Contracts

       Superfund contracts are awarded through standard procurement procedures (see the
       Office of the Comptroller's Resources Management Directives Systems 2550C
       Chapter 2 and the EPA Contracts Management Manual, or refer directly to the
       directives prepared for each contract). Exhibit VI-12 contains information on the
       procurement forms used for most Superfund contracts. The unique aspect of
       Superfund contract processing and financial tracking stems primarily from the need
       to associate contractor costs incurred with specific Superfund sites in order to assist
       in the cost recovery process. Cost recovery negotiations with PRPs or court
       actions require careful documentation of Federal costs incurred at each site/spill.
       The following paragraphs describe key financial management processes for each of
       the primary categories of Superfund contracts.
                                      VI-42

-------
                                                                                                 OSWER  Directive 9200.3-01C
                                                   EXHIBIT  VM2

                          EPA  FORMS COMMONLY USED FOR SUPERFUND PROCUREMENTS
EPA  FORM NO.    ZQEMJiAME
     1900-8
    1900-48
    1900-49
                    Purchase Order
Orfer for Services -
Emergency Response
to Hazardous Substance
Release
Notice to Proceed with
Emergency Response to
Hazardous Substance Release
                                                               PURPOSE
                                                      i procurement of any goods or services
                                                      to commit funds before obligating funds
                                                      on any of these documents.  Must be
                                                      certified by funds commitment clerk.
Used by On-Scene Coordinate (OSCs)
to obligate funds and contract for services
(up to $2,500) from commercial firms
or a state or local government (if site not
owned by state or subdivision at time
wastes were  disposed of) to respond to
a release.

Used by OSC to authorize a contractor to
begin work on an emergency response
(up  to $10,000 per incident). Negotiation
of definitive contract and any modifications
performed by HQ Contracting Officer.
                                                                                                        COMMENTS
commitment in 1FMS. The FMO
enters an obligation only upon
receiving a contract document or
purchase order.


Results in a firm, fixed-price
contract. No price adjustment may
be made for work staled in contract.
Contractor may submit only one
invoice.  FMO will process contract
as an obligation.
                                                                                                A preliminary contractual instrument
                                                                                                that must be made final by a
                                                                                                designated Contracting Officer in HQ.
                                                                                                FMO will process notice as an
                                                                                                obligation.
    1900-56         Letter contract for State,
                    Indian Tribal Governments,
                    or Local Government Responsi
                    to Emergency Hazardous
                    Substances Release
                                 Used by OSC to procure services from a
                                 state, local or Indian tribal government to
                                 begin work on an emergency response
                                 (up to $10,000 per incident) if site was
                                 not owned by state or subdivision at time
                                 of hazardous waste disposal. Negotiation
                                 of definitive contract and any modifications
                                 performed by HQ Contracting Officer.
                                          Results in a cost reimbursement type
                                          agreement with a State, local or
                                          Indian tribal government. It is a
                                          preliminary contractual instrument
                                          that must be made final by a
                                          Contracting Officer in HQ. The
                                          appropriate FMO will process a letter
                                          contract as an obligation.
   1900-59        Delivery Order for Emergency
                   Response Cleanup Services
                                 Used by OSCs to order services (up to
                                 $250,000) fiom  the ERCS contractor to
                                 respond to a release.  All modifications
                                 and obligations  over $250,000 will be
                                                                                  tticer.
                                          Has time and material provisions,
                                          but uses fixed rates negotiated in
                                          ERCS contract. Order must be made
                                          final by a designated Contracting
                                          Officer in HQ. FMO will process
                                          orders as  an obligation.
                                                            VI-43

-------
                                             OSWER Dkective 9200.3-01C
Site-Specific Removal Contracts.  Site-specific removal contracts are
obligated and tracked on a site-specific basis in the Agency's IFMS.
Removal cleanup contracts may be awarded on a zone-, region- or site-
specific basis. These include the Emergency Response Cleanup Services
(ERGS) and mini-ERCS contracts.

       Commitment of Funds. The Procurement Request (PR) is used to
       commit funds for contracts.  OSCs or other Ordering Officers
       prepare the PR for the site portion of the contract and obtain all
       necessary regional office approvals and signatures.  They send the
       document to the SFO for certification of funds and addition of
       accounting information (account number, appropriation number and
       document control number). The SFO must also check that the action
       has been approved. The regional SFO enters the commitment into
       the Automated Document Control Register (ADCR) and IFMS.

       Obligation of Funds.  Site-specific removal cleanup contracts are
       obligated by the regional Ordering Officer (generally the OSC), the
       mini-ERCS Contracting Officer or at HQ. Obligational authority is
       determined by the type and amount of the contract. Although a PR
       is generally prepared in advance of the obligating document for
       removals, these documents may be processed simultaneously or out
       of sequence, due to the urgent nature of removals. OSCs have the
       contractual authority to obligate up to $250,000 via a Delivery Order
       under an existing contract; however, regions have limited this
       authority to $50,000.  For contract amounts over this authority, the
       OSC forwards the obligating document to the Regional
       Administrator for approval and to Procurement and Contracts
       Management Division (PCMD) or the mini-ERCS Contracting
       Officer for obligation and processing. The SFO/Research Triangle
       Park (RTP) enters the obligation into IFMS for all contracts.

       Invoice Processing. The OSC or Deputy Project Officer reviews the
       site portion of contractor invoices and signs a statement indicating
       that the services for which the contractor is invoicing have been
       provided. The OSC forwards the certified copy of the invoice
       within five days to the SFO/RTP  for processing and payment.

       If the OSC disallows any charges, copies of the invoice should be
       sent to the Contracting Officer, along with an explanation for
      disallowing the costs.  When a disputed charge cannot be settled
      with  the contractor, the OSC prepares a memo/letter with a copy of
      the voucher and sends them to the Contracting Officer. The OSC
      sends the original voucher with a copy of the letter to RTP.
      Additional guidance for processing site-specific contractor invoices
      are included in the "Removal Cost Management Manual",
      "Superfund Removal Procedures" manual and the "ERCS Users
      Manual."
                       VI-44

-------
                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


Site-Specific Remedial Crmm,ntg Site-specific remedial contracts refer to
those which are obligated site-specifically. Remedial contractors provide
site-specific support for RI/FS, RDs and RAs at individual NPL sites, as
well as general management support to EPA HQ and regions. Both large,
national contracts as well as smaller, region-specific contracts  e g
Alternative Remedial Contracting Strategy (ARCS) contracts are in place.
Site-specific remedial contracts are obligated and tracked on a site-specific
basis in the Agency's IFMS.

       Commitment of Funds. To commit funds, the regional Program
       Office prepares the PR for site-specific activities, obtains all
       necessary regional Program Office approvals and signatures, and
       forwards the approved document to the regional SFO for
       certification of funds availability and the addition of accounting
       information (account number and DCN). The Regional SFO enters
       the commitment into IFMS. For region-specific contracts, e.g.,
       ARCS contracts, the basic contract is prepared in HQ and contract
       modifications are processed in the regions.

       Obligation of Funds. Site-specific remedial contracts are obligated
       by PCMD in HQ or the ARCS Contracting Officer in the regions.
       These obligations represent contract modifications which must be
       processed in accordance with guidance issued by PCMD. PCMD or
       the ARCS Contracting Officer distributes the processed obligating
       document, and the SFO/RTP enters the obligation into IFMS.

       Invoice Processing.  Site-specific remedial contractors will provide
       copies of their monthly invoice or voucher for payment to the
       Contracting Officer and the regions for review. For HQ contracts,
       RPMs have five days to review the invoice. If the invoice accurately
       reflects contractor activities, the RPM will inform the PO that the
       voucher is consistent with the service provided. If the RPM
       identifies a problem, it should be reported to the appropriate HQ
       Project Officer for resolution.  The HQ Project Officer will resolve
       any problems, certify Jhat the voucher is consistent with the services
       provided, and forward the invoice to the SFO/RTP for processing
       and payment.

       In the case of region-specific contracts, e.g. ARCS, the RPM and/or
       the RPO is responsible for processing the invoices, resolving any
       problems and forwarding the invoices to RTF.


General Site Support Contracts. This category includes contracts which are
not obligated on a site-specific basis. These contracts create a pool of
contract labor capable of providing broad technical and planning support to
any removal pre-remedial, remedial or enforcement site on an "as needed"
basis Examples of this type of contract include, but are not limited to: the
Field Investigation Team, Technical Assistance Team, Contract Laboratory
Program and the Environmental Services Assistance Team. Because these
types of contracts are administered by HQ, they will not be discussed in
detail in this document.
                         VI-45

-------
                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
General site support contractors must submit with each invoice a site-
specific attachment, which details the costs incurred at each site with an
EPA S/S ID. The site-specific attachment must include the invoiced costs
for each of the following categories:

       Each site with an EPA S/S ID
       All other sites, i.e., those without an EPA S/S ID, on one line item
       per region
       Program management
       Base and award fees
       Non-site activities, identified separately, such as training of state
       personnel or coordination of regional activities
       Non-Superfund costs, as applicable, on one line item per
       appropriation.

The contractors submit original invoices to RTP and advance copies to the
HQ Project Officer simultaneously. The Project Officer reviews the invoice
and the site-specific attachment for reasonableness of the site-specific
charges. In some cases, the RPOs and DPOs will conduct a concurrent
review of the invoice.

Enforcement Contracts. The Technical Enforcement Support contracts are a
combination of the general site support contracts and the site-specific
removal/remedial contracts. The TES contracts are not obligated on a site-
specific basis, however, the regions issue work assignments against the
contract labor pool on a site-specific basis. Site-specific work assignments
are not entered into IFMS.

       Commitment of Funds. The RPM in the region prepares the work
       assignment for site and non-site specific activities, obtains all the
       necessary regional Program Office approvals and signatures and
       forwards the approved document to the RPO for processing. The
       RPO enters the work assignment into TESWATS.

       Obligation of Funds. In TES 5+, the regions are provided funds
       within their Advice of Allowance which are obligated non-site
       specifically against the contract to provide capacity for technical and
       planning support. HQ performs this function for the TES 3 and 4
       contracts. After the regional RPO processes the site-specific work
       assignment it is approved by the HQ Contracting Officer in PCMD.
       Approved work assignments are so noted in TESWATS.

       Invoice Processing. TES contractors provide copies of their
       monthly invoice to the regions through FMD for review.  The
       invoice must be submitted with a site-specific attachment, similar to
       the general site support contracts, which details the costs incurred at
       each site. For TES 3 and 4, if the invoice is correct, the RPO
       certifies that the invoice is consistent with the services provided and
       forwards the certification to OWPE for processing and payment. If
       the RPO identifies a problem, it should be reported to the
       appropriate HQ official in OPWE for resolution. Under the TES 5+
       contracts the RPO is responsible for processing the invoices and
      resolving any problems.
                        VI-46

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       General Program Support Contra^  This group of contracts provides
       general program management support to HQ and regional Program Offices.
       These contracts are not for site-specific work and are not obligated site-
       specifically.  They are administered totally by HQ and will not be discussed
       in this document.


       Contract Transition  By FY90, the Superfund program will have completed
       the transition from relying solely on the major REM and TES contracts to
       the more competitive ARCS contracts. As REM contracts approach the end
       of the contracting periods, the regions will be shifting unfinished or new
       work assignments to the ARCS contracts. These actions may require the
       de-obligation of prior year funds.  Normally, prior year de-obligations are
       returned to Agency reserves for later use.  For de-obligations related solely
       to changes in contract vehicles, re-certification of these prior year de-
       obligations will be executed with minimum overlap and the amount de-
       obligated will be reissued to the region in the next regularly scheduled AOA.
       Annual budget ceilings will be increased when funds are recertified.  The
       procedures for de-obligation and re-certification of the funds are as follows:

              The region identifies the amount to be transferred.

              If the amount to be transferred exceeds $1 million for either a
              specific site or an accumulation of sites, the region will contact
              OSWER with the total dollar need and request approval to proceed.

              If the total need is under $1 million or OSWER has been contacted,
              the region will prepare and forward the de-obligating PR to PCMD.

              A package of information should be sent to OSWER  at the same
              time. It should include: 1) a copy of the contract
              modification/procurement request de-obligating the funds; 2) a list of
              the sites (by activity) where the funds are being withdrawn; and 3) a
              list of the sites (by activity) where the funds will be obligated. This
              package should be sent to the Budget and Administration Section,
              Resource Management Staff, OSWER (OS-110).

              OSWER will submit a change request to the Office of the
              Comptroller for a dollar amount not to exceed the proposed de-
              obligation.

              The Office of the Comptroller will issue these funds in the next
              regularly scheduled AOA.

              The region will prepare and forward to PCMD documents to
              obligate the funds.


Tnterapencv A vreementS

An Interagency Agreement (IAG) is a written agreement between Federal agencies
uldS wS good?and services are provided. The Superfund program uses
Stement SGS and Allocation Transfer lAGs to request that certain Federal
ageSS with site cleanups and associated activities and provide ongoing


                                VI-47

-------
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
support or services.  The IAG specifies the services required and identifies the
method of payment.

      Disbursement Interagencv Agreements (LAGs).  Disbursement lAGs are
      agreements in which another Federal agency provides goods or services to
      EPA. This category of IAG is similar in concept to obtaining goods or
      services from a contractor. Superfund program staff prepare lAGs to pay
      other agencies for work performed at a specific Superfund removal,
      remedial or enforcement site and for non-site specific activities.  EPA pays
      the other agency either by advance payment or by payment following work
      performance (repayment). The regional Program Office initiates and
      manages site-specific lAGs. The Assistance Administration Unit (AAU) in
      the regional Management Division typically approves and awards site-
      specific LAGs. The exception is U.S. Coast Guard-lead removal LAGs,
      which are negotiated, approved, awarded, and managed at HQ.

             Commitment of Funds. The regional Program Office determines
             whether assistance from another Federal agency is needed.  The
             regional SFO determines the availability of funds, upon request
             from the regional Program Office.  The regional Program Office
             then prepares the LAG funding package, consisting of a
             Commitment Notice (CN), a transmittal memorandum, EPA Form
             1610-1, which is the LAG itself, and a Decision Memorandum,
             which verifies legal authority for the LAG. The Decision Official in
             the regional Program Office reviews and approves the LAG. The
             staff of the AAU then conducts an administrative review of the
             funding package. The SFO adds accounting data and enters the
             commitment in the Document Control Register (DCR) as well as into
             LFMS. The regional Program Office establishes and maintains the
             official site file(s). The AAU establishes and maintains the  official
             financial file.

             Obligation of Funds. Following pre-validation of the commitment,
             the AAU obtains an LAG number from Headquarters Grants
             Administration Division (GAD) by E-Mail. The Action Official (the
             Regional Administrator or his/her designee) signs the LAG. The
             AAU then sends the signed LAG to the other agency for signature.
             An obligation is created when the LAG has been signed by both
             agencies. The AAU distributes the executed LAG to the regional
             program office, the GAD, and the Cincinnati Financial Management
             Center (CFMC), where the obligation is recorded in LFMS.

             Payments. If the performing agency does not have OMB-approved
             reimbursable authority, the CFMC pays that agency for EPA prior to
             execution of the agreement activities.  For those agencies that do not
             require advances, the regional Program Office certifies that charges
             are accurate following execution of the activities. There are three
             ways in which EPA accomplishes exchange of funds for LAGs: the
             Simplified Interagency  Billings and Collection system (SLBAC), the
            On-line Payment and Collections system (OPAC), and check
            payments. When the OPAC or SLBAC system is used, funds
            exchange occurs prior to regional Program Office certification;
            however, the regional Program Office may request adjustments
            when necessary.  For payment by check, the performing agency


                             VI-48

-------
                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                         ,          - wh° fonvards
                   ce  The regional Program Office reviews and certifies
         ™,?? then retums bo* d* voucher and the certification
       form to CFMC for processing and payment.

       Closeout. The regional Program Office is responsible for managing
       pre-closeout activity.  If all work has been completed, the regional
       Program Office accepts the final report from the other agency and
       initiates closeout procedures. The AAU queries the regional
       Program Office when the project period has expired or when there
       has been no project activity for two quarters. If the AAU requests a
       project status determination, the regional Program Office  determines
       whether the IAG should remain open/extended or be closed, and
       notifies the AAU.

       When no further activity will occur under the IAG (e.g. project
       completed, funds availability period expired, funds expended,
       unsatisfactory/incomplete work product) and final invoices have
       been certified, the regional Program Office prepares a written
       closeout request and sends it to the AAU.  The AAU then
       determines from CFMC that the LAG is financially closed out and
       closes out the IAG by sending a closeout letter to the other agency
       and notifying the regional Program Office and GAD.  Both the
       regional Program Office and the AAU then remove the appropriate
       files from active status and retain them a minimum of six years.
       Disposal of the files is subject to regional Program Office approval.

       When applicable, within thirty days of completion of work under the
       agreement, the regional Program Office prepares, or obtains from
       the other agency, a final inventory and disposition recommendations
       for non-expendable property. The regional Program Office
       forwards a copy of this report to the appropriate property
       management office in the regional Management Division.

Allocation Transfer lAGs. Allocation Transfer lAGs transfer obligational
authority from EPA to the designated agency at the appropriation level. The
funds are transferred to the other agency from an EPA allowance via EPA's
Transfer Allocation account.  This LAG mechanism is similar to the
Comptroller providing allowances to EPA Program Offices to carry out
specific functions; however, transfers occur at the appropriation level.
Obligations and payments are made by the other agency and are reported
monthly to EPA.

Interagency agreements with FEMA for permanent or temporary  relocations
are allocation transfer LAGs.  The regional Program Office, in conjunction
with the AAU in the regional  Management Division, typically initiates,
approves, awards, and manages site-specific Allocation Transfer LAGs.
Implementation of an allocation transfer LAG must be in accordance with
Department of Treasury procedures and can only be used with prior
approval from the Office of the Comptroller.

       Initiating the LAG. The regional Program Office initiates the LAG.
       After developing a preliminary cost estimate with the other agency,
       the regional Program Office prepares the funding package which


                         VI-49

-------
                                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       includes EPA Forni 1610-1, a transmittal memorandum, and the
       Decision Memorandum. The Decision Official in the regional
       Program Office reviews and approves the funding package and
       submits it to the AAU.  The AAU obtains an LAG number from
       GAD by E-Mail and conducts an administrative review. The GAD
       enters LAG data from the E-Mail request into the Grants Information
       Control Systems (GIGS). The Action Official (the Regional
       Administrator or his/her designee) conducts a final review and signs
       the LAG package. The AAU submits the LAG to the other agency
       for signature. The AAU distributes the executed LAG to the regional
       Program Office, to the GAD, and to the Office of Comptroller.
       Upon initiation of the LAG, the regional Program Office submits a
       change request to the Budget Formulation and Control Branch in the
       Office of the Comptroller, so that the funds can be set aside in a HQ
       transfer account  The appropriate program's allowance is then
       reduced to reflect the transfer to the receiving agency.

       Transfer of Funds. The executed LAG serves to transfer obligational
       authority to the other agency. Once the LAG is  signed, and upon
       receipt of a change request from the regional Program Office, the
       Budget Division in the Office of the Comptroller withdraws funds
       from the region's allowance and transfers the funds to  the EPA
       Transfer Allocation account for future transfer to the designated
       agency. The Financial Reports and Analysis Branch executes the
       transfer from EPA to the performing agency.

       Financial Monitoring. The performing agency is required to submit:
       1) monthly reports via SF133, "Budget Execution," on obligations
       and expenditures during the period to EPA's Financial  Management
       Division and 2) periodic status reports to the regional Program
       Office and the HQ Superfund Budget Branch.  The LAG also
       requires the other agency to maintain records and documentation by
       site and submit them to EPA upon request.  The regional Program
       Office reviews progress reports and acts on them as necessary.

       Closeout. The regional Program Office closeout procedures for an
       Allocation Transfer LAG are the same as those for Disbursement
       LAGs. Since there are no billing transactions, outstanding invoices
       or payments are not a concern; however, to determine that the LAG
       may be financially closed out by the Office of the Comptroller, the
       AAU asks the EPA Inspector General to request the other agency's
       Inspector General to determine the financial status of the LAG. Both
       the regional Program Office and the AAU then remove the
       appropriate files for that LAG from active status and retain them a
       minimum of six years. Disposal of the files is subject  to regional
       Program Office approval.

For further information on Regional LAGs, see the  Regional Interagency
Agreements Handbook. October 1988.
                        VI-50

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


Cooperative. Agreements (CA)

A CA is the instrument EPA uses to provide assistance to states, political
subdivisions or Indian Tribal governments in conducting pre-remedial, remedial,
removal, enforcement and program and project support activities. CAs provide
hmding assistance to the state, political subdivision, or Indian Tribal governments
documents responsibilities and obtains state assurances. CAs must be approved by
the Regional Administrator or designee. The steps for developing and managing
the financial aspects of a CA in the region are outlined below.

       Commitments. The regional Program Office prepares the CN and obtains
       all necessary program approvals and signatures to commit funds for the CA.
       The regional Management Division certifies the availability of funds,
       assigns the accounting data, sets aside the required funds on the DCR and
       enters the commitment into the IFMS.  The regional AAU assigns the CA
       identification number.

•      Obligations. The signature of the Regional Administrator, or his/her
       designee, obligates CAs.  The regional  Management Division is responsible
       for processing obligations in accordance with the guidance issued by
       PCMD, GAD and FMD, and for entering the obligations into the DCR and
       IFMS.

•      Letter of Credit. If a state environmental agency, political subdivision or
       Indian Tribal government does not have an established consolidated Letter
       of Credit (LOG) with EPA, one should be established. The LOG is the
       preferred method for providing Superfund payment assistance to states,
       political subdivisions or Indian Tribal governments. The CA recipient
       "draws down" funds from the appropriate credit account at the Federal
       Reserve Bank to cover EPA's share of immediate cash needs for each
       activity approved in the CA.

       The state, political subdivision or Indian Tribal government may only draw
       down funds from the LOG for work authorized for specific  sites and/or
       activities. The total drawdown may not exceed the amount obligated for
       each activity and/or site in the CA. Drawdowns must be made
       proportionally to the amount of work completed, and may only be made for
       the EPA share of project costs. If funds obligated for a specific site or
       activity have been exhausted, the recipient may not draw down from another
       account number within the consolidated LOG.

       The regional Management Division reviews drawdowns on a monthly basis
       and determines whether the account structure established in the CA is being
       followed and that the drawdowns are only large enough to cover immediate
       (usually one month) cash needs. The account from which drawdowns were
       made, identified in the IFMS Outlay Report or state quarterly report, must
       match the activities being undertaken.

       Financial Monitoring. On a regular basis, the RPM should review the
       IFMS Outlay Report and the quarterly progress report prepared by the state,
       political subdivision or Indian Tribal government.  The review should
       determine that drawdowns at the site correspond to technical progress.
                               VI-51

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       De-obligations.  De-obligations of funds are handled similarly to obligations
       of funds. The same commitment and obligation documents and procedures
       are used, except that the dollar amount indicated is a reduction rather than an
       addition. The availability of funds following de-obligation depends on
       when the funds were obligated initially. Current fiscal year funds are
       available for reuse within the allowance as soon as the de-obligation is
       effective. Prior fiscal year funds that are de-obligated revert to HQ for
       redistribution.

       In order to reuse prior fiscal year funds:

              The Allowance Holders must submit a request to re-certify the funds
              to their allowances;
              OERR will evaluate the request based on the approved SCAP and
              will recommend distribution of funds;
              The Office of the Comptroller must approve the request; and
              The request must be approved and a reapportionment obtained from
              the Office of Management and Budget.

       Regions should regularly review the financial status of all cooperative
       agreements. If all activities to be conducted under the agreement have been
       completed and there are funds outstanding, the region should follow the
       procedures above to de-obligate these funds or transfer them to another site
       or response phase.  The transfer of funds under a CA is discussed below.

 •      Transfer of Funds.  Under a multi-site CA funds can be transferred from
       one site to another site. This transaction is called a 'transwitch' and requires
       a formal CA amendment. The CA amendment must show the transfer of
       funds from one site to another by changing the accounting information on
       the funds being transferred to reflect the new site.  CA funds can also be
       transferred from one remedial response phase to another remedial response
       phase at the same site. Again, a formal CA amendment is required in order
       to change the accounting information to reflect the actual response activity
       being performed.

 For additional information on the financial management of CAs, refer to the
 Resources Management Directives Systems 2550D. Chapter 9, and the State
 Participation in the Superfund Program guidance, Chapters 7 and 10.
Superfund State Contracts (SSCs)

When EPA or a political subdivision has the lead for a remedial action, the
instrument used to describe the state's role is a Superfund State Contract (SSC).
An SSC is a legally binding agreement that provides the mechanism for obtaining
required state cost share and other assurances, outlines the statement of work for
the response action and also documents responsibilities for remedial implementation
at a site. When a political subdivision has the lead for a remedial action, the SSC is
signed by EPA, the state and the political subdivision. The SSC does not obligate
funds; funds for Federal-lead projects must be obligated through an EPA
procurement request with a contractor or an Interagency Agreement with another
agency. Funds for political subdivision response actions are provided through the
CA.
                               VI-52

-------
                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


SSC Requirements. An SSC is required to be in place before EPA or the
political subdivision can begin a remedial action funded by the Superfund
An SSC must contain several state assurances. One is that the state will pay
its cost share for response actions. The state cost share is ten percent for
pnvately operated sites. For publicly operated sites, the state cost share is
50 percent and is required for prior removal, RI/FS and RD activities as
well as the RA. In addition to cost share assurances, SSCs must contain
state program assurances and must also include a tentative payment
schedule.

SSC Development. The SSC is developed by the regional Program Office.
The RPM/RPO must insure that, in addition to program assurances, the
financial cost share requirements and payment schedule are included in the
SSC.

Accounts Receivable.  Like a CA, an SSC requires state cost share. To
cover its share of remedial costs under an SSC, the state may be required to
provide cash payments to EPA. Following execution of the SSC, the
RPM/RPO must immediately forward a copy of the executed SSC to the
regional Management Division for necessary accounts receivable
processing.  The RPM/RPO is also responsible for forwarding immediately
to the regional Management Division any SSC modifications that may affect
the payment schedule.

Payment Schedule. The state cost share must be received and recorded in
EFMS before EPA will pay for the work to which the state is contributing
funds. Therefore, state payments  should be scheduled approximately two
weeks ahead of the anticipated outlay date to allow for administrative
processing.  If a remedial action occurs in several phases the payments may
be spread out accordingly.  In this situation, the SSC will schedule the
respective state payments to ensure deposit in the Treasury and recording in
IFMS no later than EPA's obligation of funds for each phase.

Billing. Thirty days prior to the date on the SSC payment schedule, the
regional Management Division will send to the state a notice of the amount
required and the due date. The SSC, and any invoice to the state requesting
payment, must include the requirement that payments be sent to the regional
Superfund lockbox address. The regional Management Division will
reference the SSC, including the EPA site name and identifier, on the
invoice. The Division will also require the state to include a copy of the
invoice with any remittance sent to the regional Superfund lockbox address.

Receipt of Payment. If EPA does not receive the requested funds by the
date on the payment schedule, the  regional Management Division will notify
the RPM/RPO immediately. The  RPM/RPO  is responsible for follow-up
with the state and will keep the regional Management Division advised. No
interest will accrue on the invoiced amount, because the state cost share is
not a debt to the Agency, but rather an advance payment.  The region
deposits its cost share in the Trust Fund and receives in return a
reimbursable allowance.

Closeout. The RPM/RPO is responsible for notifying the regional
Management Division when it is time to close out the specific remedial
                         VI-53

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       action. The regional Management Division will reconcile the financial data
       on the Federal-lead action.

 For additional information on financial management responsibilities related to
 SSCs, refer to the Resources Management Directives Systems 2550D. Chapter 9
 and State Participation in the Superfund Program guidance, Chapter 7.
 Cost Recovery/Cost Documentation

 CERCLA, as amended, imposes liability on responsible parties for the cost of
 responding to releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances from
 hazardous waste sites or spills. When these PRPs fail to clean up sites on their
 own, EPA may perform the cleanup and later attempt to recover the clean-up costs
 from the parties. Obtaining reimbursement for these costs through judicial action is
 one of the chief goals of the Superfund program.

 Cost recovery documentation is performed by a case development team comprised
 of representatives from the Office of Regional Counsel (ORC), the regional
 Program office and the regional Servicing Finance Office. The involvement and
 distribution of responsibilities of each of these offices during the cost recovery
 process does vary within each region. The sequence of activities is provided as a
 guide.  The cost recovery process, which is typically completed within an eight
 week time frame, is briefly described below:

 •      Initiation of Cost Recovery Process. The regional Program Office prepares
       and submits the Cost Recovery Checklist to OWPE through the Regional
       Cost Recovery Coordinator (RCRC) to initiate the HQ documentation
       process. The checklist is also submitted to the regional SFO to begin the
       documentation process for regional Superfund site-specific costs. Among
       other things, the checklist prescribes the date through which costs are to be
       documented and the date documentation is required by the Case
       Development Team.

       The RCRC obtains the cost documentation package from OWPE and the
       SFO and prepares a "merged" cost summary (if this is not done by the
      regional SFO). The RCRC also requests site-specific reports generated by
      REPORTER, formerly Software Package for Unique Reports (SPUR),
      from the SFO which provide the cost basis for negotiations with potentially
      responsible parties.  IN FY90, THE HQ RESPONSIBILITIES
      WILL BE  DELEGATED TO  THE REGIONS.

•     Cost Documentation and Reconciliation. Cost documentation and
      reconciliation involve collecting and reviewing required documentation to
      ensure that accounting and cost information are recorded correctly, that
      costs are properly chargeable, that account numbers refer to the appropriate
      site, and that costs on the documents are reflected accurately in IFMS.  The
      regional SFO documents regional Superfund site-specific costs and prepares
      the regional office cost summary; computes indirect costs; provides expert
      and factual financial witness testimony; provides assistance to legal and
      program staff interpreting financial documents and REPORTER reports,
      and provides CA cost documentation.
                              VI-54

-------
                                              OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
The Office of Regional Counsel reviews the final cost summary and
documentation package in preparation for litigation and takes appropriate
actions pursuant to the Privacy Act and regulations concerning Confidential
Business Information to ensure that protected information is not released.

Site File Maintenance.  Diligent maintenance of the site files is crucial to cost
recovery and is the responsibility of the regions.  Site-specific financial files
should be maintained by the Financial Management Officer until such time
as cost recovery action is initiated or a minimum of six years. The cost
recovery financial documentation case file should be maintained by the
RCRC until this cost documentation is required by the litigation team.
                           VI-55

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 HANDLING FINANCIAL DATA IN THE CERCLIS ENVIRONMENT
        The implementation of IFMS will affect the handling of financial data in CERCLIS.
 This process has not been developed yet The Manual will be updated when procedures
 have been completed.

        Entering Remedial/Removal Data into CERCLIS

        Once the funding document has been processed by the region, the planned financial
 data must be replaced by the commitment or obligation data. The "P" in the financial type
 field in CERCLIS must be changed to a "C" (commitment) or an "A" (actual obligation)
 and the funding amount in CERCLIS and on the funding document must agree. If a region
 wants to retain planned financial data, it must enter the planned obligation into CERCLIS
 with a regional financial type of "X", "Y", or "Z". In any event, the financial type code of
 "P" cannot remain in the system once the funds are committed or obligated. Failure to
 replace the "P" could cause 1) the region to exceed its annual budget which will result in
 withholding AOA approval or 2) a reduction in next quarter's AOA.

       At this time, certain data are optional for entry into CERCLIS or CERHELP by the
 regions. These include commitment/de-commitment or obh'gation/de-obligation date and
 amount, financial type and contractor name.  Regions are not required to enter outlay or
 credit  information into CERCLIS.
       Entering Enforcement Case Budget Data into CERCLIS

       The region will be responsible for entering obligations/tasking (WAs issued) into
 CERCLIS. For lAGs that support enforcement activities, regions will have to post the
 AN/DCN in the financial notes. For all TES actions, TESWATS will produce a weekly
 report listing actual WAs issued (CO sign off). This information is to be posted into the
 current year obligation field in the CERCLIS financial field record. Each transaction for
 each WA will be entered into CERCLIS as a separate record. It is expected that TESWATS
 will provide an automated upload to CERCLIS shortly. All regional transactions should be
 entered on a real time basis or, at a minimum, by the 7th of the following month. The
 regions are responsible for verifying the information in IFMS and CERCLIS for
 obligations or de-obligations and outlays incurred.

       To ensure that all appropriate financial data are reflected in CERCLIS, the following
 information should appear on obligation documents: EPA ID number, site/spill ID number,
 CERCLIS Event or Enforcement activity codes and OU number, WA number, and dollars.

       A crosswalk is provided in Appendix C displaying the relationship between
 CERCLIS Enforcement activities, Remedies and Events and their corresponding codes.

       ANs must be established for each transaction before commitment and obligation. A
 CA is considered obligated when it is signed by the Regional Administrator. An IAG is
 considered obligated when it is signed by the other agency. Contracts are considered
 obligated when the CO signs the obligating document  or, in the case of a TES WA, when
 the CO signs the WA. Regions are also responsible for reviewing and recommending
payment of the invoice/voucher (outlays) for these mechanisms. Once invoices are paid,
these dollars are entered into IFMS. If the obligation was generic and the invoice is site-
specific, IFMS shows the funds de-obligated from the  generic account and obligated and
disbursed from the site-specific account.


                                     VI-56

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       IFMS to CERCLIS Financial Data Transfer

       On Thursday of each week, an automated transfer of selected financial data from
IFMS to CERCLIS and CERHELP will take place. Exhibit VI-13 indicates the removal
and remedial financial data to be transferred.

                               EXHIBIT VT-13

             REMOVAL AND REMEDIAL FINANCIAL DATA
                   TO BE TRANSFERRED FROM IFMS
                       Commitments and decommitments
                       Obligations and deobligations
                       Funding vehicle
                       Outlays and credits (funding type and amount)
                       Obligating document number
                       Document control number
       It is important for the regions to note that they are ultimately responsible for the
accuracy of the CERCLIS or CERHELP data bases. Regions will have to ensure that both
the planned, commitment and obligation data entered as part of the SCAP process and the
actual data transferred from IFMS are accurate and current. Since IFMS is the Agency's
official source of financial data, data transferred from IFMS will override CERCLIS data
entered by the regions. A weekly exception report is used to aid in identifying errors or
differences between IFMS and CERCLIS. Errors that have been carried over from IFMS
must be corrected in both IFMS and CERCLIS.
       Correcting Financial Data

       The region's IFMS administrator is the only person authorized to make changes in
the IFMS data base. The IMC or designee should work with the regional FMO on a
regular basis to make sure that all IFMS errors are corrected. The IMC can request, on a
regular basis, a report from the regional Financial Office which contains all Superfund
financial transactions in IFMS. The information in this report can be compared with the
funding documents and CERCLIS.  Upon determining that the data on the source
document was correct and were correctly entered into CERCLIS, the IMC should give the
regional FMO a copy of the funding document, and any other relevant documentation,
showing that the IFMS data are in error.

       The Office of the Comptroller has issued standard procedures for correcting IFMS
data.  There are three kinds of corrections which may be needed on financial information in
IFMS as shown in Exhibit VI-14.
                                     VI-57

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                              RYHTRTT  VI-14
                     CORRECTIONS TO FINANCIAL
                        INFORMATION IN IFMS
                   Data entry errors in IFMS.
                   Changing account numbers or document control
                   numbers that were initially entered into IFMS.
                   Correcting errors in the source funding document
                   or making other amendments to existing
                   commitments or obligations.
      IFMS data entry errors are resolved by the FMO. Errors in AN/DCN, or other
information on the original funding document can only be corrected by the same process
used to initially create the financial record (by a contract/PR or by amendment of the IAG or
CA).
                                  VI-58

-------
                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
                CHAPTER VII



PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND ASSESSMENT

-------
                                                  OSWER Directive 9200.3-OK
     CHAPTER VII • PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
                 AND ASSESSMENT
       ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES
Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.

   •   Report Superfund accomplishments as soon as
      they occur or, at a minimum, on a monthly basis
      through CERCLIS. HQ management bases its
      evaluation of regional performance on these data.

   •   Regions are responsible for CERCLIS data entry
      and data quality control.

   •   Regions and HQ will work together at mid-year
      to develop strategies for improving performance.

   •   Regions that are scheduled for an OSWER review,
      conduct and submit to HQ a written self-evaluation
      of the priority issues HQ will focus on during the
      review.

   •   Regions participate in the OSWER review.

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
      CHAPTER VTT . PROGRAM  MANAGEMENT  AND ASSESSMENT


       This chapter describes the established procedures for assessing the overall
performance of the Superfund program. Specifically, this chapter:

       •       Outlines the objectives of Superfund's internal evaluation efforts, the
               process by which these objectives are met, and the tools that EPA uses
               in the evaluation process; and

       •       Provides Superfund management and staff with a quick-reference guide to
               their roles and responsibilities in the evaluation process.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

       HQ and the regions have different roles and responsibilities in Superfund program
evaluation and management, as shown in Exhibit VII-1.

                                  EXHIBIT  VIM

                     IMPLEMENTATION  RESPONSIBILITIES
              REGIONAL
          RESPONSIBILITIES

  Meet quarterly SCAP and SPMS targets and
  solve performance problems when they arise.

  Provide quarterly SCAP and SPMS data to HQ
  through CERCLIS.

  Maintain CERCLIS data quality at high levels
  for Superfund program and project management.

  Participate in OSWER On-Site reviews

  Negotiate performance standards lhat provide
  individual accountability for quarterly targets.

  Develop action strategy to recoup slipping
  targets.
        HEADQUARTERS
       RESPONSIBILITIES

 Provide guidance to the regions for preparing
 the quarterly review, the mid-year assessment,
 the year-end assessment, and the OSWER
 On-Site Review.

 Identify priority issues and participate in
 OSWER On-Site reviews.

 Implement and report on follow-up action
 items from the OSWER On-Site review and
 Superfund mid-year assessment.

 Review monthly performance data reported
 by the regions and negotiate action strategies
 with regions for recouping slipping targets.

 Continually assess program performance and
 analyze timeliness and quality of work.

 Recommend resource re-allocation based on
 regional needs and performance.

 Assure that all staff are informed of the
 results of performance reporting and
 OSWER reviews.

 Identify and undertake high priority special
 studies.

Assure that special studies and external
official reports are reflected in FMFIA
documentation.
                                        VIM

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       The Superfund evaluation process provides managers with a chance to meet
program objectives by:

       •     Examining program accomplishments;

             Analyzing and discussing issues that affect the successful operation of the
             Superfund program; and

             Initiating changes in program operations or reallocating resources.

       The strategy for assessing the performance of the Superfund program is comprised
of the following parts:

             SCAP/SPMS performance evaluation with CERCLIS data;

       »     OSWER reviews of regional performance;

             Special studies of high-priority issues, including studies that support the
             Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA); and

       •     Coordination of responses to official reports prepared by the General
             Accounting Office (GAO) and the Office of the Inspector General (OIG).

       This strategy enables management to recognize high performance, concentrate
Superfund resources in those regions that demonstrate success, and provide training and
technical assistance to those regions that are experiencing difficulties.


PERFORMANCE  EVALUATION

       The regions report their Superfund activities on a monthly basis through CERCLIS.
CERCLIS monthly progress reports indicate program accomplishments for SCAP and
SPMS measures on a region-by-region basis. Management bases its evaluations of
regional program performance on these data. Each quarter, accomplishment data is used to
support formal SCAP/SPMS performance reporting and to produce proactive memoranda.
Detailed management evaluations occur at two points of the fiscal year:  during the second
and third quarters (mid-year assessment) and after the fourth quarter (end-of-year
assessment) (see Exhibit VII-2).

   The regions are responsible for data entry and data quality control. Accomplishment
data for SCAP and SPMS reports are "pulled" from CERCLIS at the close of business on
the fifth working day of the month. If a region has not entered its accomplishments into
CERCLIS by that time, its performance will not be captured in the data pull, nor will its
accomplishments be reported in SPMS reports.

       Quarterly Reviews

      The purpose of the quarterly review is to:

      •      Track regional progress toward accomplishing quarterly and end-of-year
             SCAP and SPMS targets;

      •      Identify and assess problems impacting performance soon after they arise;
             and
                                     VIM

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

               Develop strategies for regions that are not meeting their targets.
                                 EXHIBIT VII.7,

                        THE QUARTERLY REVIEW PROCESS








1ST QUARTER
REVIEW

* Evaluate Program
Status
* Brief Senior
Management










2nd QUARTER
ME)- YEAR
ASSESSMENT
* Evaluate Program
rt . *
Status
* Develop Action
Strategy to
Meet Slipping
Targets

* Brief Senior
Management




±





3RD QUARTER
REVIEW
* Evaluate Program
Status
* Report on Progress
of Action Strategy
to Meet Slipping
Targets

* Brief Senior
Management


k.









4th QUARTER
END-OF-YEAR
ASSESSMENT
* Evaluate Program
Status

* Evaluate Annual
Performance and
Produce National
Progress Report
* Provide Input into
Next FY Resource
Allocation Process

* Report on Progress
of Strategy to meet
Slipping Targets
* Brief Senior
Management














   Between 15 and 30 business days following the end of the quarter, after the regions
 have finalized their CERCLIS entries, evaluation staff brief individually the HQ and
 Regional Division Directors, the OERR and OWPE Office Directors, the AA SWER, and
 the EPA Deputy Administrator.


       Mid-Year Assessment

       The focus of second quarter evaluation activities is the mid-year assessment. The
purpose of the mid-year assessment is to provide both HQ and the regions with an
opportunity to assess performance and take appropriate action to enhance progress toward
meeting annual commitments.  During the mid-year assessment, management also
considers the impact of regional program performance on the Superfund pipeline. The
mid-year assessment begins near the end of the second quarter, when HQ and the regions
examine progress made during the first five months of the year.  By early March, the
regions should be able to assess the progress that they have made toward meeting second-
quarter SCAP and SPMS targets. By that time, they should also be able to know whether
they are likely to achieve their  end-of-year targets.
                                      VII-3

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

        Preliminary performance data for the mid-year assessment are pulled from
 CERCLIS on the fifth working day of March and compared to data on missed targets,
 which were previously identified in the second quarter proactive memorandum and in
 second quarter targets. Based on these comparisons, HQ develops a list of regions that
 seem to be having trouble meeting their targets. During the following week, HQ meets with
 staff of each of these regions to discuss strategies for improving program performance. If
 these regions have not improved their performance by the end of the second quarter, a HQ
 team may visit each of them to assist staff in developing strategies for improving
 performance.  HQ will advise  the regions of the extent to which they should consider
 additional resources (e.g., contractual, personnel, technical assistance) in making their
 plans.

        On the fifth working day of April, second quarter SCAP data are pulled from
 CERCLIS. The regions that CERCLIS data show have resolved performance problems
 and are projected to meet annual targets are then dropped from the final list of regions to
 visit. The OERR and OWPE Directors are then briefed on the mid-year assessment
 strategy. The regions are notified of their status by mid-April.

        By the mid-year SPMS briefing (the second week in May), HQ divisions brief the
 OERR and OWPE Directors on the steps taken to ensure the accomplishment of annual
 targets. The mid-year assessments result in a series of agreements between HQ and the
 regions on actions that the regions will take either to achieve or to exceed end-of-year
 accomplishment targets. To ensure that these actions are implemented, HQ will: distribute
 action agreements to appropriate managers; track follow-up items; reallocate resources; and
 provide the regions with technical assistance. The results of the mid-year assessment can
 also affect resource allocations for the next fiscal year. This measure of a region's ability to
 meet their targets will be considered in July, when final FY91 SCAP/SPMS commitments
 and regional budgets are established.


        End-of-Year Assessment

        After the end of the fourth quarter, in October, HQ conducts an end-of-year
 assessment. This assessment is an integrated analysis of program performance activities
 for the year. The purpose of the end-of-year assessment is to emphasize pipeline issues.
 The end-of-year review also notes progress toward implementing strategies identified in the
 mid-year assessment and identifies regions that might require additional assistance as the
 new fiscal year begins.

       HQ considers the end-of-year assessment in developing the preliminary budget
 workload model  in mid-December and the mid-year SCAP negotiations that are held in
 February for the FY90 third and fourth quarters. In this way, the results of the end-of-year
 assessment have a double impact. First, the results are made available to workload model
 staff in December, so the staff can analyze the impact of funding factors on the success of
 regions to meet targets. Second, as a measure of a region's ability to meet their targets will
 be considered in  February, when mid-year SCAP/SPMS commitments and regional
 budgets are adjusted to attempt to meet national targets.
OSWER  REVIEWS OF REGIONAL PERFORMANCE

       The OSWER review integrates the regional program review needs of OERR,
OWPE, OSW, OUST, and the AA SWER's staff. An OSWER review occurs
approximately every 7 to 10 weeks, so that each region is reviewed once every 18 to 24
months.
                                      vn-4

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

       The OSWER review:

       •      Assesses regional performance;


              Provides HQ with each region's perspective on important
       program implementation issues;


              Helps solve regional problems by identifying HQ or regional
       actions;


       •      Facilitates communication among regions; and


              Discusses the relationships among OSWER programs.

       The roles of OERR and OWPE/CERCLA Enforcement Division in the OSWER
review are to:


              Identify priority Superfund issues that are suitable for in-depth, on-site
              analysis;


              Negotiate program strategies to solve regional performance problems; and

       •      Facilitate communication among regions.

       There are five stages to the Superfund portion of the OSWER review process (see
Exhibit VII-3).
                                EXHIBIT VII-3
THE OSWER REVIEW PROCESS
'"•UDBU

SET THE
AGENDA


Identify
Priority
Issues
i
i

-*

REPORT
REGIONAL
PERFORMANCE
Analyze Priority
Issues
(Optional Fact
Finding)


-*

DETERMINE
HQ STRATEGY
Brief
and
Report HQ

^
— ^

OSWER
ON-SITE
REVIEW
Negotiate
with the
Region

fc.


FOLLOW-
UP
Implement
HQ Strategy/
Transfer
Information

••iiiiiuL....j.l..J»WimmiUUIJtlHHatH^^

m
                                     VII-5

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Identification of Superfund Priority Issues

       At the beginning of each fiscal year, HQ notifies the regions that are to be reviewed.
 The review process for each region begins about 10-12 weeks before the actual OSWER
 review, when the OERR and OWPE Office Directors hold a meeting of HQ Division
 Directors to identify Superfund priority issues for the review. Issues that can be dealt with
 through other channels of HQ-Regional communication and evaluation should not be
 proposed as priorities for the OSWER regional review. The Superfund portion of the
 reviews will be focused, analytical, and tailored to each individual region. Priority issues:

       •      Significantly affect regional program performance and  accomplishments;

       •      Can be issues to be solved or successful solutions to issues from which
              other regions would benefit;

       •      Have program-wide or cross-program implications;

       •      Are addressed in a manner specific to the region under review; and

       •      Are best addressed through an in-depth site visit.

       HQ review participants are selected based on their familiarity with the region's
 priority issues.  Therefore, not all program areas are necessarily involved in every review.
 HQ will also actively seek to involve review participants from other regions with similar
 problems or successful experience in resolving the issue.

       After the focus of the review has been agreed upon, the lead Division establishes a
 work group to define the scope of the review and provide direction. The work group
 should review both CERCLIS and other available data to identify any other issues related to
 regional performance that the review team needs to examine during die site visit. A list of
 the priority issues is sent to the region approximately eight to nine weeks before the
 OSWER review.

       Assessment of Regional Performance

       The region is given approximately three weeks to conduct and  submit a written self-
 evaluation of the priority issues. The self-evaluation consists of an analysis of each issue,
 options, and proposed solutions.

       After the work group receives the self-evaluation and completes its initial review,
 program staff gather additional in-depth information on priority issues. As part of this
 exercise, the work group conducts an on-site visit to the region approximately four weeks
 before the OSWER visit. The purpose of this visit is to conduct a staff-level assessment
 and review the facts behind the region's self-evaluation with regional staff.  A report is not
 written at this point but regional management will have an opportunity to discuss the results
 of the work group's fact-finding trip in an exit conference.

       Headquarters Strategy Determination

       The work group briefs senior OERR and OWPE managers. HQ then develops its
strategy and proposed action plans. The proposed plans focus on specific actions needed to
correct weaknesses identified in the region's self-evaluation and the work group's fact-
finding trip.
                                       VII-6

-------
                                                            OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
         The OSWRR nn-5Mtft Review

         The OSWER on-site review provides a forum for HQ and regional senior
  management to have face-to-face meetings and seek agreement on solutions and negotiate
  specific action plans to correct problems. It also is an opportunity for understanding and
  documenting a region's success stories and developing an action plan to disseminate it to
  other regions. The emphasis of the review is on developing an action plan for the region
  and an action plan for HQ that identifies a limited number of key implementation items to be
  tracked. This action plan is incorporated into a final report.

        Follow-Up

        After the review is complete, HQ assigns the Divisions responsibilities for
  following up on the progress toward addressing problem areas. The HQ Divisions'
  responsibility is to make periodic reports on the region's progress on their action plans and
  on the progress made on HQs' action items.  HQ also ensures that findings from the review
  are disseminated both at HQ and to the regions.


  SPECIAL  STUDIES &  FMFIA

        A special study is any in-depth review of important topics pertaining to the
  Superfund program. In the third quarter of every fiscal year, OERR Divisions identify
  Special Studies for selection by the OERR Director. Resources are then budgeted in July
  and August to meet these needs. These  studies will be tracked through the OERR's
 Milestone Tracking System.

        Special studies will also help fulfill annual FMFIA reporting requirements.
 Implementation of FMFIA is an important part of the Superfund management strategy.
 Compliance with FMFIA, requires manager's to:

        •      Evaluate their organization's goals and missions and the structure or
              segmentation of the organization;

        •      Identify and document internal control and management systems;

       •     Assess potential weaknesses, risks or vulnerabilities in existing systems

       •     Develop annually a five year Management Control Plan (MCP) to address
             weaknesses and to test for other weaknesses which includes the Special
             Studies;

             Conduct Internal Control Reviews or Alternative reviews on highly
             vulnerable areas of the program;

       •     Develop and report quarterly on corrective action plans to respond to
             weaknesses; and

             Report annually to Congress and the President on weaknesses and
             corrections.

       Implementation of FMFIA  and the Special Studies process are primarily the HQ
Divisions'responsibility. Those Divisions receiving a highly vulnerable rating m the 1989
Vulnerability Assessments released on April 20,1989, must conduct Internal Control
Reviews (ICRs) by April, 1990.  These ICRs and other significant reviews must be


                                      VII-7

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
represented in plans for Special Studies and in the MCP for the Division. Studies
contained in the MCP should also be cited in the Division's annual FMFIA report.
COORDINATION OF RESPONSES TO  OFFICIAL  REPORTS

       The EPA OIG and the U.S. GAO issue reports that are relevant to the Superfund
program. The HQ Divisions should maintain records to help in producing their responses
to official reports.  Within OERR, the OPM will coordinate responses to the reports and
implementation of the recommendations. Regions and HQ may have to coordinate their
responses, when a report's findings or recommendations have a national impact on the
Superfund program. OSWER must track the implementation of actions undertaken in
response to official reports.  Findings and recommendations from official reports and
EPA's responses to them must be considered in fulfilling FMFIA annual reporting
requirements.
                                    VII-8

-------
                             OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
    CHAPTER VIII



WORKLOAD MODELS

-------
                                                        OSWER Directive 92003-01C
       CHAPTER Vni - WORKLOAD MODELS
       ONE MINUTE PROGRAM MANAGER RULES


Following are the actions regional managers must take to
comply with the requirements described in this Chapter.
In order to acquire a more in-depth understanding of
these requirements, the Chapter itself should be read.

   •    No FTE are given to projects that are incorrectly
        coded and scheduled in CERCLIS.

   •    A 95%  allocation of resources is made in April
        based on preliminary negotiated SCAP/SPMS
        targets  and schedules in CERCLIS. A final
        allocation is made in September based on final
        negotiated SCAP/SPMS targets and schedules in
        CERCLIS.

        Data quality checks used to identify response
        projects that will not receive FTE include:

         -  Missing first and subsequent start and
            completion codes;

         -  Missing planned start and completion dates;

         -  Missing project leads;

         -  Targets missed in previous years; and

         -  Projects identified as " Alternate" targets.

-------
                                                         OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C

                   CHAPTER VTTT - WORiqn^ *^rn p


OVERVIEW




± SS^f F^ftf118 "* C°ntamed * ** SpiU ^ Site ResP°nse M«iel. Enforcement
and Federal Facilities resources are in the Technical Enforcement Model.
u  ,.   ™ew°rkload models are designed to reflect priorities and policies contained in
both the budget request and SCAP/SPMS planning processes. For the most pan, the
workload models are a straight forward application of FTE pricing factors from the national
budget to region-specific SCAP/SPMS targets and projections on the duration of activities
in the remedial pipeline.  No FTE are given to projects that  are incorrectly coded
and scheduled in CERCLIS.

       Regional FTE allocations occur in two stages. An initial allocation is made in April
based on preliminary negotiated SCAP/SPMS targets and schedules in CERCLIS. This
allocation distributes 95% of the total regional Response and Enforcement FTEs contained
in the Congressional budget request. The 95% level represents a "floor" for each region to
allow staff planning prior to the start of the fiscal year in October. A final distribution is
made in September. This distribution reflects the final SCAP and SPMS targets negotiated
in August as reflected in CERCLIS plus the affects, if known, of Congressional action on
the budget request.
HAZARDOUS SPILL AND  SITE RESPONSE  MODEL

       The Response model is calibrated at five points to FTE levels found in the budget
request Each point represents a major program area (i.e., pre-remedial, removal, etc.).
Those calibrations ensure that budget priorities are reflected in the distribution of resources.
SCAP/SPMS targets generally represent program priorities and planning assumptions (i.e.,
project durations). The direct use of these targets and the use of pricing factors on a per
quarter basis for longer term projects provide solid accountability to performance targets
and planning assumptions.  Situations may arise where application of the formulas in the
workload model yield anomalous staffing changes or isolated problems. The model allows
the national program manager to make discretionary adjustments to FTE levels.  Reductions
to meet needs of another region may not exceed 10% of any region's FTE level.

       Though a majority of the model is based on SCAP/SPMS targets, where pricing
factors or targets are not available FTE calculations are based on algorithms including
related activities, and/or percentage shares of a given universe. For example, general
program management FTE are distributed on the basis of the relative size of a region's
remedial and removal programs plus an equal percentage share of total program
management FTE available in the budget.

       There are three distinct phases involved in the execution and maintenance of the
Response model.  The  first phase is the CERCLIS/CERHELF 'data "™*"P^ *^
transfers CERCLIS and CERHELP data into the workload model  The second phase
assigns the remedial pipeline FTE. The third phase calculates total budget FTE aggregated
by program area and region.
                                     vm-i

-------
                                                           OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


       Data are accessed from CERCLIS/CERHELP for SCAP/SPMS targets and the
development of the remedial pipeline of sites. Several data quality checks are then
performed to identify projects which will not receive FTE. This step ensures that regions
will only receive resources for projects which are properly planned and coded in
CERCLIS.  Data quality checks include:

              First/Subsequent Start and Completion Codes (FSS/FSC) -- identifies
              projects which are missing both FSS and FSC codes. It is permissible for a
              project to have one or the other, but a region will not receive FTE for a
              project which has neither.

       •      Planned Start and Completion Dates - any project not having planned or
              actual start and completion dates will not receive FTE.

       •      Planned Obligations - Projects planned to start which do not have planned
              obligations with approved funding are identified.

       •      SCAP/SPMS Codes -- projects containing a blank or a "P" in the
              SCAP/SPMS flag are eligible to receive FTE.

       •      Project Leads ~ regions will not receive FTE for any project which does not
              have a lead. FTE are calculated using lead-specific pricing factors.

       •    "  Missed Targets - the planning data in CERCLIS/CERHELP are compared
              to the targets file in CERHELP. Targets which were missed in previous
              years are identified and eliminated from the FTE calculations.

       The model next calculates FTEs for each project and reduces the resources if
concurrent activities are being conducted at sites with more than one operable unit. The last
steps are the final program and region-specific distribution and the calibration of the model
to the budget

       Exhibits VIII-1 and 2, on the following pages, are flowcharts for remedial pipeline
information and processing.

TECHNICAL ENFORCEMENT MODEL

       The FY90 Enforcement resource distribution methodology is intended to
accomplish three significant goals:

       •       Provide a clear connection between resources and achievement of critical
              enforcement activities;

              Establish incentives to focus effort on most critical areas; and

       •       Involve regional and HQ managers in choosing targets for resource
              distribution.
                                     vm-2

-------
                              EXHIBIT VIII-1
                      WORKLOAD MODEL OPERATIONS
                     REMEDIAL PIPELINE INFORMATION
                              QA/QC CHECKS
                              MISSING LEADS
                             MISSING FSS/FSC
                           MISSING PLAN DATES
                            NO FINANCIAL DATA
                           MISSING FIN VEHICLES
                            MISSING SPMS FLAG
                              COMBINATIONS
   CERCLIS
INFORMATION
RI/FS(RI/FS/CO)
     RD
     RA
    ERA
                                                                  WORKLOAD
                                                                 INFORMATION
                                                                   ALL PIPELINE
                                                                     EVENTS
                                                                        &
                                                                      LEADS
ALL LEADS
                            FLAG PROBLEMS
                                                                   QA/QC FLAGS
                                                                  MODIFIED DATES
                                                                  CHANGE FLAGS
  CERHELP
INFORMATION
                           1. CERCLIS AND TARGET
                             START AND COMPLETION
                             DATES ARE COMPARED
RI/FS (RI/FS/CO)
     RD
     RA
    ERA
                            TARGET DATES ARE USED
                             WHERE DISCREPENCIES
                             OCCUR
  ALL LEADS
                           3. DATE INCONSISTENCIES
                             AREFLAGGED
                          4. RECORDS WHICH ARE NOT
                            IN THE TARGET FILE ARE
                            FLAGGED
                              THESE STEPS ARE AN
                             OPTIONAL PROCEDURE
                                                                                    O
                                                                                    GO
                                                                                      a


                                                                                      S

-------
y
S
                                       EXHIBIT VIII-2
I
•3
I
                     WORKLOAD MODEL OPERATIONS
                     REMEDIAL PIPELINE  PROCESSING
                                               1. FTE ALLOCATION
                                                 PRIOR YEAR START
                                                OUTYEAR COMP
 WORKLOAD
INFORMATION
                          CREATE PLAN DATES
                            FROM ACTUALS
                                     2. FTE ALLOCATION
                                       PRIOR YEAR START
                                       CURRENT YEAR COMP
 ALL PIPELINE
   EVENTS
     &
    LEADS
  WEIGHT FTE
 ALLOCATIONS
  BASED ON #
OF OVERLAP QTRS
                          USE FINAN VEHICLE
                             FROM LAST
                             OBLIGATION
                                       FTE ALLOCATION
                                       CURRENT YEAR START
                                       OUTYEAR COMP
 QA/QC FLAGS
MODIFIED DATES
CHANGEFLAGS
                                                                         CALIBRATE
                                                                      FTE ALLOCATIONS
                                     4. FTE ALLOCATION
                                       CURRENT YEAR START
                                       CURRENT YEAR COMP
                          FIX DATA QUALITY
                             PROBLEMS
                                                 FTE ALLOCATION
                                               USING LEAD SPECIFIC
                                                 PRICING FACTORS
                                            ONLY TO PROJECTS WITHOUT
                                               DATA QUALITY FLAPS

-------
                                                          OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
       Developed by a joint regional/HQ group of key enforcement staff, the FY90
 methodology is intended to:

       •      Focus the distribution of resources on a limited number of major activities,
              primarily those that are SPMS or SCAP targets;

       •      Fold the distribution of resources for functions closely associated with
              achieving the major target activities into the distribution of resources
              associated with the targets themselves. (For example, the removal start
              target will determine the share of resources for all activities attempting to
              achieve the PRP response, such as non-NPL search activities, negotiations
              and all enforcement actions);

       •      Introduce incentives for preliminary targets that take into account current
              regional program profile and past regional performance in achieving
              commitments;

       •      Make preliminary FTE and extramural resource estimates available for
              regional planning prior to negotiation of target commitments;

       •      Provide support for ongoing (non-targeted) enforcement activities based on
              standard pricing factors; and

       •      Continue to provide resources for support activities at a baseline level for all
              regions, not tied to output commitments.

       Program Resource Assumptions

       As presented to Congress, the budget for Superfund enforcement identifies
categories of activity at a level of detail greater than that which the regional/HQ workgroup
thought made sense for resource distribution. The group, therefore, identified certain
budget items as subactivities which supported major target areas.

       Because the FY90 methodology ties resources for certain subactivities to the
distribution of resources for major targets, it depends on  several sets of standard
assumptions about which activities should be grouped together and the proportional
relationships among those activities. Following is an explanation of those standard
assumptions.
                                      vin-s

-------
                                                     OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
Removals
 The FY90 budget provides resources for approximately 100 PRP searches at non-
 NPL sites; issuance of approximately 65 Administrative Orders (unilateral or on
 consent) for removals; and oversight of approximately 40 PRP removals. The
 resources for orders and removal oversight cover both NPL and non-NPL sites.
 Resources for PRP searches at NPL sites are included under the PRP RI/FS starts.
 PRP RIIFS Starts

 This category combines resources for NPL PRP searches, and RI/FS negotiations.
 The resources provided under this category cover NPL PRP searches and RI/FS
 negotiation. It is assumed that there is an approximate 2:1 ratio of PRP search and
 negotiations to each RI/FS start. (For example, if a region targets 10 PRP RI/FS
 starts, it is receiving resources for 20 PRP searches and 20 negotiations.) Although
 in some cases the PRP search resources will support RI/FS targets for the current
 year, most will probably support future RI/FS starts.  It is therefore important that
 the regions carefully plan not only support for current year targets, but that it assess
 the impact of its searches on future years.
 PRP RI/FS Oversight

 This category distributes resources only for PRP RI/FS oversight. The FY90
 budget was based on the assumptions of an average PRP RI/FS duration of ten
 quarters and fewer RI/FS projects in the pipeline.  To the extent the average
 duration of RI/FS is greater than the ten quarters and the RI/FS have a full
 workload requirement, there are significant resource constraints. Adjustment of
 resources to fully support this area, if needed, will depend on decisions made in the
 context of the Superfund priority matrix presented in Chapter I. To the extent that
 additional resources are not forthcoming, each region should carefully review its
 program profile to determine if those commitments can be met without causing
 significant disruption to the progress of the program.
RDIRA Referrals

This category combines resources for RD/RA negotiation starts, unilateral
Administrative Orders, NEAR and RD/RA referrals. The assumptions in the FY90
budget are that RD/RA negotiations will be attempted at all sites with viable PRPs,
beginning the quarter of ROD signature, and that those negotiations will produce
PRP responses, settlement or referral at 50% of the sites.  Issuance of unilateral
AOs is a presumed outcome of 40% of the Fund RD starts.  Resources are included
in the negotiations FTE at the rate of 1.6 negotiation (start) per referral targeted.

Because negotiations are presumed to take at least three quarters (on average), most
of the referrals targeted forFY90 will be the result of negotiations which began
(and received negotiation FTE) in FY89. The negotiations resources which are
distributed in conjunction with the FY90 referral FTE are for starts which will
produce either PRP or Fund RD starts in FY91.
                               vm-6

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


Cost Recovery Referrals

This category combines resources for Section 107 Case Development Referrals
and Administrative Cost Recovery. The resources provided anticipate a stable
number of remedial referrals.  The Pre-RA (removal) pricing is estimated on
average to be; .45/referral.  This is one half the .9 FTE level of effort of a remedial
referral and the same for the extramural resources. Administrative and other small
recovery actions are expected to average .3 FTE and 60% of the cost of a remedial
referral. Priority will be placed on statute of limitation, remedial and other removal
cases over $200K.


Oneoine Case Support - Section 106 1061 107 and 107

The resources provided assume an average duration of 14 quarters from the point of
referral to case resolution.  To the extent that these cases (including those that settle
prior to litigation) have a longer average duration, there could be significant
resource constraints and resources may have to be shifted from other areas to
support ongoing cases. Small cases such as access, liens and bankruptcy are not
provided technical support resources. It is assumed that most of these cases will
generally require only regional council support post-referral.
PRPISate (PS) Lead Sites

The resources provided assume an average cost of .75% of federal-lead/PRP site
response. Because targeting new site-specific state lead commitments is a new
initiative in the FY90 budget, no specific activity pricing was done. Instead,
thirteen new sites were estimated for FY89 and an additional seventeen in FY90 for
which generic site pricing was budgeted. The commitments anticipated are new
enforceable agreements with either a site-specific RI/FS start or ROD. Resources
for enforceable agreements where these site-specific commitments cannot be made
are discussed below in the program implementation section.
Remedial RDIRA Enforcement (Compliance)

The resources provided assume approximately one half the sites with PRP response
for design or remediation (at a cost of approximately one quarter of an FTE and
$20,000) will require significant compliance enforcement for such activities as
stipulated penalties, oversight recovery activities, dispute resolution and review of
compliance schedules. This is a new activity in the FY90 budget.


Federal Facilities

Federal facilities resource distribution is managed somewhat differently than private
sites because (1) many are "mega-sites" and (2) there is little historical data.
Resources are distributed based on commitments to lAGs and activities (1.6.,
RI/FS  RD RA) conducted pursuant to the lAGs. As we move towards FY91,
regions and HQ will discuss modifying the current distribution process  to account
for regional performance in meeting SCAP/SPMS commitments.
                               Vffl-7

-------
                                                    OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C


For negotiations, the pricing factors are 0.27 FTE and $50K extramural monies.
These resources are to be used for preparing for and conducting the negotiations as
well as reviewing and preparing technical work plans.

All activities conducted pursuant to an IAG (i.e., RI/FS, RD/RA) are priced the
same utilizing an operable unit, discounting approach which accounts for multiple,
concurrent activities and economies of scale because the same Federal facility and
contractors will be conducting the operable unit work.

The pricing factors are:

       1st O.U.             . 17 FTE/Qtr.; $20K/Qtr.
       2nd O.U.            .12 FTE/Qtr.; $12K/Qtr.
       Remaining O.U.s     .08 FTE/Qtr.; $8K/Qtr.

Priority is an ongoing work pursuant lAGs.
Program Implementation

The resources provided are primarily core management and non-site specific
program implementation activities. The distribution methodology indicates the
specific method used for each item. It should be noted that non-site specific
resources are provided here for state coordination and enforcement agreements,
Federal Facility support, reportable quantities, and civil investigators.
                              vm-8

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
 AA SWER --
 AAU-
 ADCR--
 ADP-
 ALS--
 ALT--
 AN-
 AO-
 AOA-
 APR-
 AR--
 ARIP--
 ARCS -
 ASU--
 BC/AOA -
 BFS--
 CA-
 CB--
 CERCLA -

 CERCLIS --

 CFMC --
 CD-
 CPCA--
 CLP-
 CN-
 CO--
 COE--
 CORA-
 CR--
 CWA--
 DCN-
 DCR--
 DOD--
 DOE-
 DOI-
 DOJ-
 DPO-
 CEPP --
 EMI--
 EMSL --
 ESF--
 ERA--
 ERCS -
 ERD--
 EW--
 FAMS -
FCO-
FE-
              ACRQNYMS

Assistant Administrator Solid Waste and Emergency Response
Administrative Assistance Unit
Automated Document Control Register
Automated Data Processing
Automated Litigation Support
Alternate
Account Number
Administrative Order
Advice of Allowance
Approved
Administrative Record
Accidental Release Information Program
Alternative Remedial Contracts Strategy
Administrative Support Unit
Budget Control/Advice of Allowance
Budget and Forecasting Section
Cooperative Agreement
Case Budget
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Information System
Cincinnati Financial Management Center
Consent Decree
Core Program Cooperative Agreement
Contract Laboratory Program
Commitment Notice
Contracting Officer
Corps of Engineers
Cost of Remedial Action
Community Relations
Clean Water Act
Document Control Number
Document Control Register
Department of Defense
Department of Energy
Department of the Interior
Department of Justice
Deputy Project Officer
Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program
Environmental Priorities Initiative
Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory
Emergency Support Function
Expedited Response Action
Emergency Response Cleanup Services
Emergency Response Division
Expert Witness
Financial and Administrative Management bystems
Funds Certifying Officer
Federal Enforcement

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
FEMA--
FIT--
FIRSTUP --
FMFIA--
FMO--
FMS--
FOIA--
FS--
FSS/FSC --
FTE--
FY-
GAD-
HQ-
HRS--
IAG--
IMC-
IRMs--
LNRD-
LOC-
LSI--
MEP--
MES--
MSCA -
NFRAP--
NBAR --
NCP--
NOAA--
NPL-
O&M/LTR--
OERR--
OMB-
OMSE--
OPAC --
OPM-
ORC--
OSC-
OSWER-
OU-
OWPE-
PA-
P&CMD --
PMSO -
PNRS  --
PO-
PR--
PRP--
QA/QC-
RA-
RCRC --
RD-
REM-
RI--
RI/FS-
ROD--
Federal Emergency management Agency
Field Investigation Team
Financial Information Register Satellite Terminal User's Package
Federal Managers Financial Intergrity Act
Financial Management Officer
Financial Management System
Freedom of Information Act
Feasibility Study
First and Subsequent Start and First and Subsequent Completion
Full-time Equivalent
Fiscal Year
Grants Administration Division
Headquarters
Hazard Ranking System
Interagency Agreement
Information Management Coordinator
Initial Remedial Measures
Land and Natural Resources Division
Letter of Credit
Listing Site Inspection
Maximum Extent Practicable
Management and Evaluation Section
Multi-Site Cooperative Agreement
No Further Rremedial Action Planned
Non-Binding Allocation of Responsibility
National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan
National Oceanic and Atomspheric Administration
National Priorities List
Operations and Maintenance/Long Term Response
Office of Emergency and  Remedial Response
Office of Management and Budget
Office of Management Systems and Evaluation
On-line Payment and Collections
Office of Program Management
Office of Regional Counsel
On-Scene Coordinator
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
Operable Unit
Office of Waste Programs Enforcement
Preliminary Assessment
Procurement and Contracts Management
Program Management Support Office
Preliminary Natural Resource Surveys
Project Officer
Procurement Request
Potentially Responsible Party
Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Remedial Action
Regional Cost Recovery Coordinator
Remedial Design
Remedial Contractor
Remedial Investigation
Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study
Record of Decision
                                     II

-------
                                                                OSWER Directive 9200.3-01C
RP--
RPIO--
RPM--
RPO--
RRT-
RTP--
RTS--
SARA--
SCAP--
SFO--
SfflAC --
SIF--
SIM--
SMOA--
SOL-
SPCC --
SPMS  --
SPR--
SPUR--
SSC--
SSI--
S/S ID --
TAG-
TAT-
TBD--
TESWATS --
TES-
USACE --
USFWS --
USCG --
WA--
Responsible Party
Regional Planning and Implementing Officer
Remedial Project Manager
Remedial Project Officer
Regional Response Team
Research Triangle Park
Removal Tracking System
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
Superftmd Comprehensive Accomplishments Plan
Servicing Finance Officer
Simplified Interagency Billing and Collection
Site Information Form
State Implementation Memorandum
State Memorandum of Agreement
Statute of Limitations
Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
Strategic Planning and Management System
Superfund Progress Report
Software Package for Unique Reports
Superfund State Contracts
Screening Site Inspection
Site/Spill Identification Number
Technical Assistance Grants
Technical Assistance Team
To Be Determined
Technical Enforcement Support Work Assignment Tracking System
Technical Enforcement Support
United States Army Corp of Engineers
United States Fish and Wildlife Service
United States Coast Guard
Work Assignment
                                      in

-------
                              OFFICE OF WASTE PROGRAMS ENFORCEMENT
                                    BRUCE DIAMOND
                                       DIRECTOR
                                    ELAINE STANLEY
                                   DEPUTY DIRECTOR I
                                                                         KEN PATTERSON
                                                                            POLICY
                                                                         COORDINATOR
    RCRA
ENFORCEMENT
   DIVISION
SUSAN BROMM,
  DIRECTOR
                                        DEPUTY DIRECTOR
                                        SALLY MANSBACH
                                             ACTING
          CERCLA
       ENFORCEMENT
          DIVISION
       LLOYD GUERCI
         DIRECTOR
1
COMPLIANCE &
IMPLEMENTATION
BRANCH
STEVE HEARE
CHIEF


1
GUIDANCE &
EVALUATION
BRANCH
SCOTT PARRISH
CHIEF
                                       GUIDANCE &
                                       EVALUATION
                                         BRANCH

                                       FRANK BIROS,
                                       ACTING CHIEF
       Regional
      Coordination
        Section
  Technical
Implementation
  Section
                                                                 GUIDANCE &
                                                                  OVERSIGHT
                                                                   BRANCH

                                                                 JOHN CROSS
                                                                    CHIEF
 Contracts
Management
  Section
Cost Recovery
Ops/Analysis
  Section
                            Support
                            Section
                           K. Gigliello
                             Chief
    FED. FAC. H.W.
    COMPLIANCE
       OFFICE
   CHRIS GRUNDLER
      DIRECTOR
                            PROGRAM MNGT.
                                 AND
                            SUPPORT OFFICE
                              BOB HERMAN
                               DIRECTOR
                                                 Budget &
                                                 Analytical
                                               Support Section
                                      Information
                                     Management
                                       Section
COMPLIANCE
  BRANCH
                        FRANK RUSSO
                           CHIEF
                     D. Chamberlin
                       Director
                                        Joe Acton
                                       Acting Chief
Regional Pin.
 Evaluation
  Section
                Enforcement
                  Section
Settlements
Operations
  Section
                                                      Oversight &
                                                     Documentation
                                                       Section

-------
                    OFFICE OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
  POLICY AND
ANALYSIS STAFF
RCR A polilcy oversight
ARAR compliance policy and
assistance
NCP
Delegations
Annual Report to Contress on
Superfund
Cross-cutting policy issues
Docket, Directives management
Strategic planning
    COMPLIANCE WITH
      OTHER LAWS
        SECTION
     REGULATORY &
    SPECIAL PROJECTS
        SECTION
                                                                              CONTRACT OPERATIONS
                                                                                    REVIEW AND
                                                                                ASSESSMENT STAFF
    OFFICE OF
    PROGRAM
  MANAGEMENT
 MANAGEMENT AND
       SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT STAFF
  CERCLJS management, support and
  evaluation
  Technical ADP systems development
  and support
  ADP administration
  Administrative services
  Records management
  Personnel
  Training
  Directives system
  Correspondence
  Docket management
  HQ contract management
      ADMINISTRATIVE
          SUPPORT
          SECTION
       MANAGEMENT
          SYSTEMS
       COORDINATION
          SECTION
                                                                            > Regional contract qassessment and assistance
                                                                             QA/QC
                                                                            • Procurement Strategies and PEB
     PROGRAM
  DEVELOPMENT
AND BUDGET STAFF
  Budget formulation/operating plan
  development and implementation
  Resource allocation
  Regional workload model
  Cost Control/estimation models
  Program forecasting
  Accountability measures and tracking
  Program evaluation
  SCAP planning and negotiations
  Regional review
  Work assignment manager training
  Financial policy, accounting and tracking
     PLANNING AND
      EVALUATION
        SECTION
       RESOURCES
     MANAGEMENT
        SECTION

-------
                                        EMERGENCY RESPONSE DIVISION
                                 EMERGENCY RESPONSE
                                          DIVISION
                                                      ERNS
                                                      SERA Summary
                                                      ERT Liaison
RESPONSE OPERATIONS
        BRANCH
    TAT Zone I, H
    ERCSZoneI,4and4B
    Budget/Regional Allowance
    SCAP/SPMS/CERCUS Management
    Oversight
    Operations
       EASTERN SECTION
        (REGIONS I -IV)
      WESTERN SECTION
        (REGIONS V-X)
RESPONSE STANDARDS
    AND CRITERIA
        BRANCH
   State Lead Removal Guidance
   Drinking Water Action Levels
   Land Disposal Restrictions
   Engineering Evaluation/Cost Analysis
   (EE/CA)
   Removal Procedures Guidance
   CERCLA Hazardous Substance Designations
   Repoitable Quantity Adjustments
   Radionuclides/Potentitl Carcinogens
   Oil Regulations and Guidance
   Continuous Releases
   Federally-Permitted Releases
 ENVIRONMENTAL
RESPONSE BRANCH
       RESPONSE POLICY
         GUIDANCE &
       SUPPORT SECTION
                                                 RESPONSE
                                                REGULATION
                                                  SECTION
  On-Site Cleanup Assistance
  Coordination of Emergency Response
  ERT Training Program
  Radiation Response Capability
  Extent of Contamination Studies
  Groundwater Studies
  Soil Gas Studies
  Bloassessment Studies
  Innovative Technology Demonstration
  Treatability Testing
  Site-Specific Cleanup Standards
  Alternative Technology Feasibility Standards
  SITE Program Coordination
  Support Contract Management
  Administrative Support
  Automated Data Support
  Analytical Support
  QA/QC Activities
  Safely and Health Activities
  'Preparedness Program Support
  Air Monitoring Activities
  Coordination with OSHA
                                                                                        OPERATIONAL
                                                                                       SUPPORT SECTION
                                                                                            SITE
                                                                                       INVESTIGATION
                                                                                          SECTION
                                                                           CONTRACTS AND
                                                                          DATA MANAGEMENT
                                                                               SECTION
                                                                                         ALTERNATIVE
                                                                                         TECHNOLOGY
                                                                                           SECTION
                                                                                                                   SAFETY AND AIR
                                                                                                                    SURVEILLANCE
                                                                                                                       SECTION

-------
                   OFFICE OF EMERGENCY AND REMEDIAL RESPONSE
         OFFICE OF THE
           DIRECTOR
ACTING EXECUTIVE
    OFFICER
          _L
                                    OFFICE OF PROGRAM
                                      MANAGEMENT
                         CONRACT OPERATIONS |
                             REVIEW AND
                          ASSESSMENT STAFF
                           J_
                      POLICY & ANALYSIS
                            STAFF
            MANAGEMENT &
          EVALUATION STAFF
               RESOURCES
            MANAGEMENT STAFF
      HAZARDOUS SITE
       EVALUATION
         DIVISION
    ANALYTICAL OPERATIONS
          BRANCH
     PRE-REMEDIAL BRANCH
      _L
HAZARDOUS SITE
   CONTROL
   DIVISION
   SPECIAL
PROJECTS AND
SUPPORT STAFF I
 REMEDIAL OPERATIONS AND
    GUIDANCE BRANCH
      TOXICS INTEGRATION
           BRANCH
 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
   MANAGEMENT BRANCH
     STATE AND LOCAL
   COORDINATION BRANCH
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
     DIVISION
                   RESPONSE OPERATIONS
                        BRANCH
                  RESPONSE STANDARDS AND I
                     CRITERIA BRANCH
                  ENVIRANMENTAL RESPONSE
                         BRANCH
                                   8

                                   fa
                                   I
                                   u>
                                   I
                                   o
                                   I—*
                                   o

-------
o
*-«
o
1
                                                HAZARDOUS SITE EVALUATION DIVISION
CO
O
               PRE-REMEDIAL
                  BRANCH
         Evaluate revised HRS for technical changes
          under SARA.
         Promulgate proposed and final HRS revisions.
         Develop and refine NPL eligibility policies.
         Develop and finalize NPL updates.
         Provide QA on NPL proposals.
         Improve quality of Regional NPL submissions.
         Phase-in new NPL support contract
         Conduct pre-remedial background and field studies.
         Manage PA/SI LSI SCAP process.
         Develop PA/SI LSI guidance and training.
         Manage FIT contract to meet Region's needs and
          ensure proper contract oversight
                                                                   HAZARDOUS SITE
                                                                EVALUATION DIVISION
      ANALYTICAL
      OPERATIONS
         BRANCH
Ensure consistency of analytical methods.
Develop organic and inorganic technical
protocols and new CLP services.
Manage ESAT.
Manage Sample Management Ofice.
Streamline analysis and data review.
Establish national Q/A methods and
procedures.
Maintain analytical data base for sites.
         TOXICS
      INTEGRATION
         BRANCH
Manage risk assessment QA/QC program.
Provide Regions with immediate expert
health/environmental science responses to
RI/FS issues.
Update Superfund risk data bases and ensure
consistency/utility of other data bases.
Provide TA to Regions on the revised public
health and ecological evaluation manuals.
Coordinate with ATSDR and lead EPA/ATSDR
dispute resolution process/follow-up on
Regional problems.
Evaluate results of Section 111 three-city lead
pilot program for soil clean-up/blood-lead-level
correlation.

-------
                                      HAZARDOUS SITE CONTROL DIVISION
                                                                                           SPECIAL PROJECTS
                                                                                              AND SUPPORT
                                                                                                  STAFF
HAZARDOUS SITE CONTROL
            DIVISION
REMEDIAL OPERATIONS
     AND GUIDANCE
         BRANCH
 Provide Regional Coordinator support for RI/FS,
 RODs and post-ROD environmental review
 Support development of soil and debris land
 disposal restriction regulations
 Review and finalize NCP and RI/FS, selection
 of remedy, and ROD guidance
 Direct and evaluate improvements process
 Develop technical guidance
 implementation of treatability studies
 Provide information transfer support
 for ROD data and treatability studies
 Conduct quarterly and other programmatic
 reviews for RI/FS. ROD and post-ROD
 activity implementation
                                                                                           Conduct special projects on remedial policy and technical
                                                                                           issues
                                                                                           Remedial Program Strategy for SCAP/SPMS/budget target
                                                                                           Manage Divsion budgets
                                                                                           Prepare management reports and analyses of program
                                                                                           performance
                                                                                           Implement FMFIA requirements
                                                                                           Provide administrative support for Division
                      DESIGN AND
                     CONSTRUCTION
                MANAGEMENT BRANCH
                 Provide regional coordination support for RD/RA
                 projects and completion/delegations for EPA,
                 State and PRP projects
                 Manage MOUs with Corps and BUREC
                 Provide RD/RA management support, guidance,
                 training and RD/RA Update
                 Manage REM contracts
                 Support implementation and program
                 management of ARC's contracts
                 Revise and implement RD/RA guidance
                 Manage value engineering program
                 Conduct quarterly and other programmatic
                 reviews for RD/RA and completion/delegation
     STATE AND LOCAL
       COORDINATION
           BRANCH
«Develop regulations, policy and guidance fen-
 State program development and participation
• Develop policy and guidance for participation
 of Indians in remedial program
• Conduct response agreement training
• Provide SSC management control
• Conduct Regional MAP reviews
• Manage and support response claims program
• Manage and support community relations
 and technical advisor grant programs
. Manage ASTSWMO grant
• Conduct program evaluations of State
 performance
O
oo
I
«s
s
Lo

-------
u
T—I
9
a-
I
8
                                   U.S. EPA REGIONS
                                                                                   Boston
         S^ X  \

                                                                             VIRGIN ISLANDS

-------
Dr~_i.
.;j'..,;:/~....- 1"> &.i-
,'....'
."
,.,

-------